diff options
| author | ruki <[email protected]> | 2019-06-27 23:53:56 +0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | ruki <[email protected]> | 2019-06-27 17:23:37 +0800 |
| commit | 8361524676812b48cb373b3e8e4212acd54c24dd (patch) | |
| tree | 9c59f30b877413c1227cfd31bea3cce1b436b6bc | |
| parent | 9cabfe72de6ac6c3c71e14e4fa9c061240a44a9a (diff) | |
add pdcurses submodule
67 files changed, 5 insertions, 17539 deletions
diff --git a/.gitmodules b/.gitmodules index 6bf8ef63e..f4e61592f 100644 --- a/.gitmodules +++ b/.gitmodules @@ -7,3 +7,6 @@ [submodule "core/src/sv/repo"] path = core/src/sv/repo url = ../../xmake-io/xmake-core-sv.git +[submodule "core/src/pdcurses/repo"] + path = core/src/pdcurses/repo + url = ../../xmake-io/xmake-core-pdcurses.git diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/HISTORY.md b/core/src/pdcurses/HISTORY.md deleted file mode 100755 index a2c3f6d57..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/HISTORY.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1925 +0,0 @@ -PDCurses 3.4 - 2008/09/08 -========================= - -Nothing much new this time, but I've been sitting on some bug fixes for -almost a year, so it's overdue. Apart from bugs, the main changes are in -the documentation. - -New features: - -- setsyx() is now a function rather than a macro. - -Bug fixes and such: - -- In x11, the xc_atrtab table size was under-calculated by half, - resulting in crashes at (oddly) certain line counts. (It should've - crashed a lot more.) Reported by Mark Hessling. - -- Test for moved cursor was omitting the window origin offset. Reported - by Carey Evans. - -- Is DOS and OS/2, the value for max items in key_table was still wrong. - Reported by C.E. - -- Changed isendwin() so it won't crash after delscreen(). - -- Ensure zero-termination in PDC_mbstowcs() and PDC_wcstombs(). - -- Disable QuickEdit Mode when enabling mouse input for the Win32 - console; reported by "Zalapkrakna". - -- Fix for building under Innotek C (I hope). Report by Elbert Pol, fix - courtesy of Paul Smedley. - -- Unified exports list with no duplicates -- pdcurses.def is now built - from components at compile time. - -- Don't install curspriv.h, and don't include it with binary - distributions. - -- Building DLLs with LCC is no longer supported, due to the primitive - nature of its make.exe. - -- Export the terminfo stub functions from the DLLs, too. - -- Added support for Apple's ".dylib" in configure. Suggested by Marc - Vaillant (who says it's needed with OS 10.5.) - -- In sdl1/Makefile.mng, ensure that CC is set. - -- In the gcc makefiles, "$?" didn't really have the desired effect -- - _all_ the dependencies showed up on the command line, including - curses.h, and pdcurses.a twice. And apparently, this can mess up some - old version (?) of MinGW. So, revert to spelling out "tuidemo.o - tui.o". Reported by "Howard L." - -- Extensive documentation revision and reorganizing. More to do here. - For example, I moved the build instructions from INSTALL (which never - really described installation) to the platform-specific READMEs. - -- New indentation standard: four spaces, no tabs. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 3.3 - 2007/07/11 -========================= - -This release adds an SDL backend, refines the demos, and is faster in -some cases. - -New features: - -- SDL port. See INSTALL, doc/sdl.txt and sdl1/* for details. - -- Double-buffering -- minimize screen writes by checking, in doupdate() - and wnoutrefresh(), whether the changes to curscr are really changes. - In most cases, this makes no difference (writes were already limited - to areas marked as changed), but it can greatly reduce the overhead - from touchwin(). It also helps if you have small, separated updates on - the same line. - -- The PDC_RGB colors can now be used, or not, with any platform (as long - as the same options are used when compiling both the library and - apps). This may help if you have apps that are hardwired to assume - certain definitions. - -- Restored the use_default_colors() stuff from the ncurses versions of - the rain and worm demos, to make them "transparent" (this is useful - now, with the SDL port); added transparency to newdemo. - -- Added setlocale() to tuidemo, to make it easier to browse files with - non-ASCII characters. - -- Sped up firework demo by replacing unneeded clear() and init_pair() - calls. - -- Allow exit from ptest demo by typing 'q'. - -- New functions for implementors: PDC_pair_content() and PDC_init_pair() - (the old pdc_atrtab stuff was arguably the last remnant of code in the - pdcurses directory that was based on platform details). - -Bug fixes and such: - -- Implicit wrefresh() needs to be called from wgetch() when the window's - cursor position is changed, even if there are no other changes. - -- Set SP->audible on a per-platform basis, as was documented in - IMPLEMNT, but not actually being done. - -- Minor tweaks for efficiency and readability, notably with wscrl(). - -- tuidemo didn't work correctly on monochrome screens when A_COLOR was - defined -- the color pair numbers appeared as the corresponding - character; also, the input box was (I now realize) broken with ncurses - since our 2.7, and broke more subtly with PDCurses' new implicit - refresh handling; also, the path to the default file for the Browse - function was a bit off. - -- Assume in the demos that curs_set() is always available -- there's no - good test for this, and the existing tests were bogus. - -- Made the command-line parameter for ptest work. (If given an argument, - it delays that number of milliseconds between changes, instead of - waiting for a key, and automatically loops five times.) - -- Building the Win32 DLL with MinGW or Cygwin wouldn't work from outside - the platform directory. - -- Building the X11 port with Cygwin required manually editing the - Makefile after configuring; no longer. Reported by Warren W. Gay. - -- Minor tightening of configure and makefiles. - -- Bogus references to "ACS_BLCORNER" in the border man page. Reported by - "Walrii". - -- slk_wlabel() was not documented. - -- Spelling cleanup. - -- Changed RCSIDs to not end with a semicolon -- avoids warnings when - compiling with the -pedantic option. - -- Merged latin-1.txt into x11.txt. - -- Updated config.guess and config.sub to more recent versions. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 3.2 - 2007/06/06 -========================= - -This release mainly covers changes to the build process, along with a -few structural changes. - -New features: - -- The panel library has been folded into the main library. What this - means is that you no longer need to specify "-lpanel" or equivalent - when linking programs that use panel functionality with PDCurses; - however, panel.lib/.a is still provided (as a copy of pdcurses.lib/.a) - so that you can, optionally, build your projects with no changes. It - also means that panel functionality is available with the DLL or - shared library. Note that panel.h remains separate from curses.h. - -- Setting the PDCURSES_SRCDIR environment variable is no longer required - before building, unless you want to build in a location other than the - platform directory. (See INSTALL.) - -- MinGW and Cygwin makefiles support building DLLs, via the "DLL=Y" - option. Partly due to Timofei Shatrov. - -- Support for the Digital Mars compiler. - -- Watcom makefiles now use the "loaddll" feature. - -Bug fixes and such: - -- Eliminated the platform defines (DOS, WIN32, OS2, XCURSES) from - curses.h, except for X11-specific SCREEN elements and functions. - Dynamically-linked X11 apps built against an old version will have - their red and blue swapped until rebuilt. (You can define PDC_RGB to - build the library with the old color scheme, but it would also have to - be defined when building any new app.) Any app that depends on - PDCurses to determine the platform it's building on will have to make - other arrangements. - -- Documentation cleanup -- added more details; removed some content that - didn't apply to PDCurses; moved the doc-building tool to the doc - directory; changed *.man to *.txt. - -- The EMX makefile now accepts "DLL=Y", builds pdcurses.dll instead of - curses.dll, builds either the static library or the DLL (not both at - once), and links all the demos with the DLL when building it. - -- In Win32, read the registry only when needed: when init_color() or - color_content() is called, instead of at startup. - -- A few additional consts in declarations. - -- The Win32 compilers that build DLLs now use common .def files. - -- panel.h functions sorted by name, as with other .h files; curses.h is - no longer included by repeated inclusions of panel.h or term.h. - -- Simplified Borland makefiles. - -- Makefile.aix.in depended on a file, xcurses.exp, that was never there. - This problem was fixed as part of the change to common .def files; - however, I still haven't been able to test building on AIX. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 3.1 - 2007/05/03 -========================= - -Primarily clipboard-related fixes, and special UTF-8 support. - -New features: - -- "Force UTF-8" mode, a compile-time option to force the use of UTF-8 - for multibyte strings, instead of the system locale. (Mainly for - Windows, where UTF-8 doesn't work well in the console.) See INSTALL. - -- Multibyte string support in PDC_*clipboard() functions, and in Win32's - PDC_set_title(). - -- Added the global string "ttytype", per other curses implementations, - for compatibility with old BSD curses. - -- Real functions for the "quasi-standard aliases" -- crmode(), - nocrmode(), draino(), resetterm(), fixterm() and saveterm(). - (Corresponding macros removed.) - -Bug fixes and such: - -- In Win32, under NT-family OSes, the scrollback buffer would be - restored by endwin(), but would not be turned off again when resuming - curses after an endwin(). The result was an odd, partly-scrolled-up - display. Now, the buffer is toggled by PDC_reset_prog_mode() and - PDC_reset_shell_mode(), so it's properly turned off when returning - from an endwin(). - -- In 3.0, selection in X11 didn't work. (Well, the selecting worked, but - the pasting elsewhere didn't.) This was due to the attempted fix - "don't return selection start as a press event," so that's been - reverted for now. - -- PDC_setclipboard() was locking up in X11. Reported by Mark Hessling. - -- Missing underscore in the declaration of XC_say() prevented - compilation with PDCDEBUG defined. Reported by M.H. - -- Off-by-one error in copywin() -- the maximum coordinates for the - destination window should be inclusive. Reported by Tiago Dionizio. - -- Start in echo mode, per X/Open. Reported by T.D. - -- Strip leading and trailing spaces from slk labels, per a literal - reading of X/Open. Suggested by Alexey Miheev (about ncurses, but it - also applies here). - -- The #endif for __PDCURSES__ needs to come _after_ the closing of the - extern "C". This has been broken since June 2005. Fortunately (?), it - only shows up if the file is included multiple times, and then only in - C++. Reported on the DOSBox forums. - -- Use CF_OEMTEXT instead of CF_TEXT in the narrow versions of the - clipboard functions in Win32, to match the console. - -- Changed the format of the string returned from longname(). - -- In the clipboard test in the testcurs demo, use a single mvprintw() to - display the return from PDC_getclipboard(), instead of a loop of - addch(), which was incompatible with multibyte strings. - -- Moved has_key() into the keyname module, and documented it. - -- Moved RIPPEDOFFLINE to curspriv.h. - -- Typos in IMPLEMNT. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 3.0 - 2007/04/01 -========================= - -The focuses for this release are X/Open conformance, i18n, better color -support, cleaner code, and more consistency across platforms. - -This is only a brief summary of the changes. For more details, consult -the CVS log. - -New features: - -- An almost complete implementation of X/Open curses, including the - wide-character and attr_t functions (but excluding terminfo). The - wide-character functions work only in Win32 and X11, for now, and - require building the library with the appropriate options (see - INSTALL). Note that this is a simplistic implementation, with exactly - one wchar_t per cchar_t; the only characters it handles properly are - those that are one column wide. - -- Support for X Input Methods in the X11 port (see INSTALL). When built - this way, the internal compose key support is disabled in favor of - XIM's, which is a lot more complete, although you lose the box cursor. - -- Multibyte character support in the non-wide string handling functions, - per X/Open. This only works when the library is built with wide- - character support enabled. - -- Mouse support for DOS and OS/2. The DOS version includes untested - support for scroll wheels, via the "CuteMouse" driver. - -- An ncurses-compatible mouse interface, which can work in parallel with - the traditional PDCurses mouse interface. See the man page (or - mouse.c) for details. - -- DOS and OS/2 can now return modifiers as keys, as in Win32 and X11. - -- COLORS, which had been fixed at 8, is now either 8 or 16, depending on - the terminal -- usually 16. When it's 8, blinking mode is enabled - (controlled as before by the A_BLINK attribute); when it's 16, bright - background colors are used instead. On platforms where it can be - changed, the mode is toggled by the new function PDC_set_blink(). - PDCurses tries to set PDC_set_blink(FALSE) at startup. (In Win32, it's - always set to FALSE; in DOS, with other than an EGA or VGA card, it - can't be.) Also, COLORS is now set to 0 until start_color() is called. - -- Corresponding to the change in COLORS, COLOR_PAIRS is now 256. - -- Working init_color() and color_content(). The OS/2 version of - init_color() works only in a full-screen session; the Win32 version - works only in windowed mode, and only in NT-family OSes; the DOS - version works only with VGA adapters (real or simulated). The Win32 - version is based mostly on James Brown's setconsoleinfo.c - (www.catch22.net). - -- use_default_colors(), assume_default_colors(), and curses_version(), - after ncurses. - -- Added global int TABSIZE, after ncurses and Solaris curses; removed - window-specific _tabsize. - -- Logical extension to the wide-character slk_ funcs: slk_wlabel(), for - retrieving the label as a wide-character string. - -- A non-macro implementation of ncurses' wresize(). - -- Working putwin(), getwin(), scr_dump() and scr_restore(). - -- A working acs_map[]. Characters from the ACS are now stored in window - structures as a regular character plus the A_ALTCHARSET attribute, and - rendered to the ACS only when displayed. (This allows, for example, - the correct display on one platform of windows saved from another.) - -- In X11, allow selection and paste of UTF8_STRING. - -- The testcurs demo now includes a color chart and init_color() test, a - wide character input test, a display of wide ACS characters with - sample Unicode text, a specific test of flash(), more info in the - resize test, and attempts to change the width as well as the height. - -- Command-line option for MSVC to build DLLs (see INSTALL). Also, the - naming distinction for DLLs ("curses" vs. "pdcurses") is abandoned, - and either the static lib or DLL is built, not both at once (except - for X11). - -- For backwards compatibility, a special module just for deprecated - functions -- currently PDC_check_bios_key(), PDC_get_bios_key(), - PDC_get_ctrl_break() and PDC_set_ctrl_break(). These shouldn't be used - in applications, but currently are... in fact, all the "private" - functions (in curspriv.h) are subject to change and should be avoided. - -- A new document, IMPLEMNT, describing PDCurses' internal functions for - those wishing to port it to new platforms. - -- Mark Hessling has released the X11 port to the public domain. - (However, x11/ScrollBox* retain their separate copyright and MIT-like - license.) - -Bug fixes and such: - -- Most of the macros have been removed (along with the NOMACROS ifdef). - The only remaining ones are those which have to be macros to work, and - those that are required by X/Open to be macros. There were numerous - problems with the macros, and no apparent reason to keep them, except - tradition -- although it was PCcurses 1.x that first omitted them. - -- Clean separation of platform-specific code from the rest. Outside of - the platform directories, there remain only a few ifdefs in curses.h - and curspriv.h. - -- General reorganization and simplification. - -- Documentation revisions. - -- When expanding control characters in addch() or insch(), retain the - attributes from the chtype. - -- Preserve the A_ALTCHARSET attribute in addch() and insch(). - -- Per X/Open, beep() should always return OK. - -- On platforms with a controlling terminal (i.e., not X11), curs_set(1) - now sets the cursor to the shape it had at the time of initscr(), - rather than always making it small. (Exception for DOS: If the video - mode has been changed by PDC_resize_screen(), curs_set(1) reverts to - line 6/7.) The shape is taken from SP->orig_cursor (the meaning of - which is platform-specific). - -- Stop updating the cursor position when the cursor is invisible (this - gives a huge performance boost in Win 9x); update the cursor position - from curs_set() if changing from invisible to visible. - -- Some tweaking of the behavior of def_prog_mode(), def_shell_mode(), - savetty(), reset_prog_mode(), reset_shell_mode() and resetty()... - still not quite right. - -- flash() was not implemented for Win32 or X. A portable implementation - is now used for all platforms. Note that it's much slower than the - old (DOS and OS/2) version, but this is only apparent on an extremely - slow machine, such as an XT. - -- In getstr(), backspacing on high-bit characters caused a double - backspace. - -- hline() and vline() used an incorrect (off by one) interpretation of - _maxx and _maxy. If values of n greater than the max were specified, - these functions could access unallocated memory. - -- innstr() is supposed to return the number of characters read, not just - OK or ERR. Reported by Mike Aubury. - -- A proper implementation of insch() -- the PDC_chadd()-based version - wasn't handling the control characters correctly. - -- Return ASCII and control key names from keyname() (problem revealed by - ncurses' movewindow test); also, per X/Open, return "UNKNOWN KEY" when - appropriate, rather than "NO KEY NAME". - -- Turn off the cursor from leaveok(TRUE), even in X11; leaveok(FALSE) - now calls curs_set(1), regardless of the previous state of the cursor. - -- In the slk area, BUTTON_CLICKED events now translate to function keys, - along with the previously recognized BUTTON_PRESSED events. Of course, - it should really be checking the events specified by map_button(), - which still doesn't work. - -- napms(0) now returns immediately. - -- A unified napms() implementation for DOS -- no longer throttles the - CPU when built with any compiler. - -- Allow backspace editing of the nocbreak() buffer. - -- pair_content(0, ...) is valid. - -- There was no check to ensure that the pnoutrefresh() window fit within - the screen. It now returns an ERR if it doesn't. - -- In X11, resize_term() must be called with parameters (0, 0), and only - when SP->resized is set, else it returns ERR. - -- Copy _bkgd in resize_window(). Patch found on Frederic L. W. Meunier's - web site. - -- slk_clear() now removes the buttons completely, as in ncurses. - -- Use the current foreground color for the line attributes (underline, - left, right), unless PDC_set_line_color() is explicitly called. After - setting the line color, you can reset it to this mode via - "PDC_set_line_color(-1)". - -- Removed non-macro implementations of COLOR_PAIR() and PAIR_NUMBER(). - -- Dispensed with PDC_chadd() and PDC_chins() -- waddch() and winsch() - are now (again) the core functions. - -- Dropped or made static many obsolete, unused, and/or broken functions, - including PDC_chg_attrs(), PDC_cursor_on() and _off(), - PDC_fix_cursor(), PDC_get_attribute(), PDC_get_cur_col() and _row(), - PDC_set_80x25(), PDC_set_cursor_mode(), PDC_set_rows(), - PDC_wunderline(), PDC_wleftline(), PDC_wrightline(), - XCursesModifierPress() and XCurses_refresh_scrollbar(). - -- Obsolete/unused defines: _BCHAR, _GOCHAR, _STOPCHAR, _PRINTCHAR - _ENDLINE, _FULLWIN and _SCROLLWIN. - -- Obsolete/unused elements of the WINDOW struct: _pmax*, _lastp*, - _lasts*. - -- Obsolete/unused elements of the SCREEN struct: orgcbr, visible_cursor, - sizeable, shell, blank, cursor, orig_emulation, font, orig_font, - tahead, adapter, scrnmode, kbdinfo, direct_video, video_page, - video_seg, video_ofs, bogus_adapter. (Some of these persist outside - the SCREEN struct, in the platform directories.) Added mouse_wait and - key_code. - -- Removed all the EMALLOC stuff. Straight malloc calls were used - elsewhere; it was undocumented outside of comments in curspriv.h; and - there are better ways to use a substitute malloc(). - -- Single mouse clicks are now reportable on all platforms (not just - double-clicks). And in general, mouse event reporting is more - consistent across platforms. - -- The mouse cursor no longer appears in full-screen mode in Win32 unless - a nonzero mouse event mask is used. - -- ALT-keypad input now works in Win32. - -- In Win32, SetConsoleMode(ENABLE_WINDOW_INPUT) is not useful, and - appears to be the source of a four-year-old bug report (hanging in - THE) by Phil Smith. - -- Removed the PDC_THREAD_BUILD stuff, which has never worked. For the - record: PDCurses is not thread-safe. Neither is ncurses; and the - X/Open curses spec explicitly makes it a non-requirement. - -- With the internal compose key system in the X11 port, modifier keys - were breaking out of the compose state, making it impossible to type - accented capitals, etc. Also, Multi_key is now the default compose - key, instead of leaving it undefined by default; and a few more combos - are supported. - -- In X11, the first reported mouse event after startup always read as a - double-click at position 0, 0. (This bug was introduced in 2.8.) - -- In X11, don't return selection start as a press event. (Shift-click on - button 1 is still returned.) - -- In X11, properly handle pasting of high-bit chars. (It was doing an - unwanted sign extension.) - -- In X11, BUTTON_MOVED was never returned, although PDC_MOUSE_MOVED was - set. - -- The fix in 2.8 for the scroll wheel in X11 wasn't very good -- it did - report the events as scroll wheel events, but it doubled them. Here's - a proper fix. - -- Changed mouse handling in X11: Simpler translation table, with - XCursesPasteSelection() called from XCursesButton() instead of the - translation table; require shift with button 1 or 2 for select or - paste when mouse events are being reported (as with ncurses), allowing - passthrough of simple button 2 events. This fixes the previously - unreliable button 2 behavior. - -- Modifier keys are now returned on key up in X11, as in Win32. And in - general, modifier key reporting is more consistent across platforms. - -- Modifiers are not returned as keys when a mouse click has occurred - since the key press. - -- In BIOS mode (in DOS), count successive identical output bytes, and - make only one BIOS call for all of them. This dramatically improves - performance. - -- The cursor position was not always updated correctly in BIOS mode. - -- In testcurs, the way the ACS test was written, it would really only - work with a) PDCurses (with any compiler), or b) gcc (with any - curses). Here's a more portable implementation. - -- Better reporting of mouse events in testcurs. - -- Blank out buffer and num before the scanw() test in testcurs, in case - the user just hits enter or etc.; clear the screen after resizing. - -- Allow tuidemo to use the last line. - -- Separate left/right modifier keys are now reported properly in Win32. - (Everything was being reported as _R.) - -- Attempts to redirect input in Win32 now cause program exit and an - error message, instead of hanging. - -- Dropped support for the Microway NDP compiler. - -- Some modules renamed, rearranged. - -- Fixes for errors and warnings when building with Visual C++ 2005. - -- In MSVC, the panel library didn't work with the DLL. - -- Complete export lists for DLLs. - -- Simplified makefiles; moved common elements to .mif files; better - optimization; strip demos when possible. - -- Changed makefile targets of "pdcurses.a/lib" and "panel.a/lib" to - $(LIBCURSES) and $(LIBPANEL). Suggestion of Doug Kaufman. - -- Changed "install" target in the makefile to a double-colon rule, to - get around a conflict with INSTALL on non-case-sensitive filesystems, - such as Mac OS X's HFS+. Reported by Douglas Godfrey et al. - -- Make PDCurses.man dependent on manext. Suggestion of Tiziano Mueller. - -- Set up configure.ac so autoheader works; removed some obsolescent - macros. Partly the suggestion of T.M. - -- The X11 port now builds in the x11 directory (including the demos), as - with other ports. - -- The X11 port should now build on more 64-bit systems. Partly due to - M.H. - -- The default window title and icons for the X11 port are now "PDCurses" - instead of "XCurses". - -- Internal functions and variables made static where possible. - -- Adopted a somewhat more consistent naming style: Internal functions - with external linkage, and only those, have the prefix "PDC_"; - external variables that aren't part of the API use "pdc_"; static - functions use "_"; and "XC_" and "xc_" prefixes are used for functions - and variables, respectively, that are shared between both processes in - the X11 port. Also eliminated camel casing, where possible. - -- Changed the encoding for non-ASCII characters in comments and - documentation from Latin-1 to UTF-8. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 2.8 - 2006/04/01 -========================= - -As with the previous version, you should assume that apps linked against -older dynamic versions of the library won't work with this one until -recompiled. - -New features: - -- Simpler, faster. - -- Declarations for all supported, standard functions, per the X/Open - Curses 4.2 spec, with the notable exception of getch() and ungetch(). - You can disable the use of the macro versions by defining NOMACROS - before including curses.h (see xmas.c for an example). NOMACROS yields - smaller but theoretically slower executables. - -- New functions: vwprintw(), vwscanw(), vw_printw() and vw_scanw(). This - completes the list of X/Open 4.2 functions, except for those concerned - with attr_t and wide characters. Some (especially the terminfo/termcap - functions) aren't yet fully fleshed out, though. - -- Non-macro implementations for COLOR_PAIR(), PAIR_NUMBER(), getbkgd(), - mvgetnstr(), mvwgetnstr(), mvhline(), mvvline(), mvwhline(), and - mvwvline(). (The macros are still available, too.) - -- newterm() works now, in a limited way -- the parameters are ignored, - and only the first invocation will work (i.e., only one SCREEN can be - used). - -- start_color() works now -- which is to say, if you _don't_ call it, - you'll only get monochrome output. Also, without calling it, the - terminal's default colors will be used, where supported (currently - only in Win32). This is equivalent to the PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS behavior - introduced in 2.7, except that _only_ the default colors will be used. - (PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS is still available, if you want to combine the - use of specific colors and the default colors.) - -- New logic for termname() and longname(): termname() always returns - "pdcurses"; longname() returns "PDCurses for [platform] [adapter] - [COLOR/MONO]-YxX" (adapter is only defined for DOS and OS/2). This is - the first time these functions return _anything_ in Win32. - -- New installation method for XCurses: the header files are placed in a - subdirectory "xcurses" within the include directory, rather than being - renamed. (But the renamed xcurses.h and xpanel.h are also installed, - for backwards compatibility.) curspriv.h and term.h are now available, - and existing curses-based code need no longer be edited to use - XCurses' curses.h. And with no more need for explicit XCursesExit() - calls (see below), your code need not be changed at all to move from - another curses implementation to XCurses. It can be as simple as "gcc - -I/usr/local/include/xcurses -lXCurses -oprogname progname.c". - -- Combined readme.* into this HISTORY file, and incorporated the old 1.x - (PCcurses) history. - -- New functionality for the testcurs demo: ACS character display; menu - support for PgUp, PgDn, Home and End; centered menu; and it can now - be resized in X. - -- Added modified versions of the rain and worm demos from ncurses. - -Bug fixes and such: - -- Big cleanup of dead and redundant code, including unneeded defines, - ifdefs, and structure elements. - -- flushinp() was not implemented for Win32. - -- resetty() was not restoring LINES and COLS. - -- nonl() made '\n' print a line feed without carriage return. This was - incorrect. - -- Removed bogus implementation of intrflush(). - -- The line-breakout optimization system, disabled by default in 2.7, is - removed in 2.8. It simply didn't work, and never has. (The typeahead() - function remains, for compatibility, but does nothing.) - -- The declarations for the printw() and scanw() function families were - erroneously ifdef'd. - -- Safer printw() calls on platforms that support vsnprintf(). - -- Use the native vsscanf() in DJGPP, MinGW and Cygwin. - -- ACS_BLOCK now works in X. - -- Explicit calls to XCursesExit() are no longer needed. - -- XCURSES is now defined automatically if not DOS, OS2 or WIN32. - -- The default icon for XCurses wasn't working (had to remove the focus - hint code to fix this). Also, the default title is now "XCurses" - instead of "main". - -- Incorrect dimensions (undercounting by two in each direction) were - shown while resizing in X. - -- Scroll wheel events were not always correctly reported in X. - -- 32 bits are enough for the "long" chtype, but 64 bits were used on a - 64-bit system, wasting memory. Now conditioned on _LP64. This could be - faster, too. - -- The short, 16-bit chtype now works with XCurses. - -- Corrected return value for is_linetouched(), is_wintouched(), - can_change_color() and isendwin() (bool instead of int). - -- timeout(), wtimeout(), idcok() and immedok() return void. - -- pair_content() takes a short. - -- Replaced incorrect usages of attr_t with chtype. attr_t is still - typedef'd, for backwards compatibility. (It's supposed to be used for - the WA_*-style functions, which PDCurses doesn't yet support.) - -- Added const where required by the spec, and in other appropriate - places. - -- Removed PDC_usleep(). napms() is now the core delay routine. - -- Fixed poll() support in napms(). - -- Various changes to the internal PDC_* functions -- don't depend on - these, and don't use them unless you absolutely have to. - -- Some routines accessed window structures in their variable - declarations, _before_ checking for a NULL window pointer. - -- Dropped support for the undocumented PDC_FULL_DISPLAY, wtitle(), and - PDC_print(). - -- Cleaned up remaining warnings. - -- Reduced unnecessary #include directives -- speeds up compilation. - -- Fix for demos build in Borland/DOS -- the makefile in 2.7 didn't - specify the memory model. Reported by Erwin Waterlander. - -- Simplified the makefiles; e.g., some now build each demo in a single - step, and Watcom no longer uses demos.lnk. Also, the demo exes are now - stripped when possible; maximum compression used for archives built - by the makefiles; xcurses-config removed as part of "make distclean"; - and I tweaked optimization for some platforms. - -- Reverted to /usr/local/ as default installation directory for XCurses. - -- Upgraded to autoconf 2.59... instantly doubling the size of the - configure script. Ah well. Otherwise, simplified the build system. - -- Dropped support for pre-ANSI compilers. (It hasn't worked since at - least version 2.4, anyway.) - -- Revised and, I hope, clarified the boilerplate and other comments. - -- Simplified logging and RCS ids; added RCS ids where missing. - -- Consistent formatting for all code, approximately equivalent to - "indent -kr -i8 -bl -bli0", with adjustments for 80 columns. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 2.7 - 2005/12/30 -========================= - -INTRODUCTION: - -Hello all. As of a few weeks ago, I'm the new maintainer for PDCurses. -Here's a brief summary of changes in this release. (More details are -available in the CVS log and trackers on SourceForge.) - -NEW FEATURES: - -- Functions: delscreen(), getattrs(), has_key(), slk_color(), - wcolor_set(), wtimeout(). - -- Macros: color_set(), mvhline(), mvvline(), mvwgetnstr(), mvwhline(), - mvwvline(), timeout(), wresize(). - -- Stub implementations of terminfo functions (including a term.h). - -- More stubs for compatibility: filter(), getwin(), putwin(), - noqiflush(), qiflush(), scr_dump(), scr_init(), scr_restore(), - scr_set(), use_env(), vidattr(), vidputs(). - -- The terminal's default colors are used as curses' default colors when - the environment variable "PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS" is set to any value - (Win32 only at the moment). - -- Simplified build system. - -- Replaced PDC_STATIC_BUILD with its opposite, PDC_DLL_BUILD (see .mak - files for more info). - -- Minimal implementation of color_content() -- no longer a stub. - -- Added the remaining ACS defines (ACS_S3, ACS_BBSS, etc.) for - DOS/OS2/Win; "enhanced" versions of existing ACS characters used. - -- Support for scroll wheels. - -- Support for Pacific C. - -BUGS FIXED: - -- Builds correctly (including demos) on all tested platforms (see - below); nearly all compiler warnings have been cleaned up; the ptest - demo is built on all platforms; "clean" targets are improved. - -- The ability to build ncurses_tests has been restored (see demos dir). - -- Line-breakout optimization now defaults to off (equivalent to - "typeahead(-1)"), so output is not interrupted by keystrokes (it's - supposed to resume on the next refresh(), which wasn't working). - -- Implicit wrefresh() in wgetch() was not being invoked in nodelay mode. - -- subpad() was erroneously offsetting from the origin coordinates of the - parent pad (which are always -1,-1). - -- In wborder(), whline(), and wvline(), the current (wattrset) attribute - was being used, but not the current background (wbkgd). - -- Allow Russian 'r' character ASCII 0xe0 to be returned. - -- termattrs() now also returns A_UNDERLINE, A_REVERSE. - -- In Win32, with large scrollback buffers set, there was an unwanted - "scrollup" effect on startup. - -- Revamped keyboard handling for Win32. - -- New screen resize method for Win32. - -- napms(), delay_output(), etc. now work with Cygwin. - -- curs_set(0) wasn't working in Win32 in full-screen (ALT-ENTER) mode -- - the cursor stayed on. - -- The A_REVERSE attribute was broken in XCurses. - -- On 64-bit systems, XCurses was ignoring every other keystroke. - -- Added focus hints for XCurses. - -- Demos (except for tuidemo) once again have their proper titles in - XCurses (using Xinitscr() instead of the obsolete XCursesProgramName). - -- The 16-bit chtype is a working option again (by removing #define - CHTYPE_LONG from curses.h), except in XCurses. It's not recommended; - but if your needs are limited, it still works. - -- Reset screen size in resetty() under DOS, as in Win32 and OS/2. - -- Changes for cursor size under DOS. - -- Automatic setting of BIOS mode for CGA under DOS now works. - -- The cursor is now always updated in PDC_gotoxy(); this fixes the - problem of missing characters in BIOS mode. - -- Macros nocbreak(), cbreak(), nocrmode(), crmode(), nodelay(), - nl() and nonl() now return OK. - -- ERR and OK are now defined as -1 and 0, respectively, for - compatibility with other curses implementations -- note that this - change is not binary compatible; you'll have to rebuild programs that - use shared/dynamic libraries. - -- Added "const" to prototypes where appropriate. - -- Miscellaneous code cleanup. - -ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: - - - Walter Briscoe - - Jean-Pierre Demailly - - Ruslan Fedyarov - - Warren Gay - - Florian Grosse-Coosmann - - Vladimir Kokovic - - Matt Maloy - - K.H. Man - - Michael Ryazanov - - Ron Thibodeau - - Alexandr Zamaraev - -and of course, MARK HESSLING, for his over 13 years of service as the -maintainer of PDCurses. Plus, thanks to all who've reported bugs or -requested features. Apologies to anyone I've forgotten. - -I've tested this version on Turbo C++ 3.0 and Borland C++ 3.1 for DOS; -DJGPP 2.X; Open Watcom 1.3 for DOS (16 and 32-bit), Windows and OS/2; -EMX 0.9d and the "newgcc" version of EMX; Borland C++ 5.5 for Windows; -recent versions of MinGW, Cygwin, LCC-Win32 and Microsoft Visual C++; -and gcc under several flavors of Linux, Mac OS X, *BSD and Solaris. - --- William McBrine - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 2.6 - 2003/01/08 -========================= - -INTRODUCTION: - - This release of PDCurses includes the following changes: - -BUGS FIXED: - -- Allow accented characters on Win32 platform when run on non-English - keyboards. - -- Allow "special" characters like Ctrl-S, Ctrl-Q under OS/2 to be returned. - -- Some bugs with halfdelay() fixed by William McBrine. - -- pechochar() should now work correctly. - -- redrawwin() macro in curses.h was incorrect - fixed by Alberto Ornaghi - -- Don't include "special" characters like KEY_SHIFT_L to be returned in - getnstr() family. Bug 542913 - -- Entering TAB in wgetnstr() no longer exceeds requested buffer size. - Bug 489233 - -- Fixed bug 550066, scrollok() and pads. - Also beep() called when buffer exceeded. Bug 562041. - -- Reverse video of X11 selection reinstated. Pablo Garcia Abio?? - -- Right Alt modifier now works like left Alt modifier under Win32 - -- Add support for all libXaw replacement libraries with Scrollbar bug. - Note that for this to work, you still have to change the libXaw - replacement libraries to fix the bug :-( - -- Don't trap signals in XCurses if calling application has ignored them. - Change by Frank Heckenbach. - -- Bug reports from Warren W. Gay: - - Fix termattrs() to return A_REVERSE and A_BLINK on all platforms. - - Fix definition of getsyx() and setsyx() to be consistent with - ncurses. Bug 624424. - - Fix definition of echo() and noecho(). Bug 625001. - - Fix definition of keypad() and leaveok(). Bug 632653. - - Missing panel_hidden() prototype. Bug 649320. - -- Fixed bug with calling def_prog_mode(), resize_term(), - reset_prog_mode(); the resize details were being lost. - -NEW FEATURES: - -- Clipboard support now available on DOS platform, but handled - internally to the currently running process. - -- New X11 resource: textCursor, allows the text cursor to be specified - as a vertical bar, or the standard horizontal bar. Thanks to Frank - Heckenbach for the suggestion. - -NEW COMPILER SUPPORT: - -- lcc-win32 now works correctly - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 2.5 - 2001/11/26 -========================= - -INTRODUCTION: - - This release of PDCurses includes the following changes: - -- Set BASE address for Win32 DLL - -- Add KEY_SUP and KEY_SDOWN. - -- Add PDC_set_line_color() - -- Add blink support as bold background - -- Add bold colors - -- Add getbkgd() macro - -- Add new PDC functions for adding underline, overline, leftline and - rightline - -- Add support for shifted keypad keys. - -- Allow more keypad keys to work under Win32 - -- Change Win32 and OS/2 DLL name to curses.dll - -- Change example resources to allow overriding from the command line - -- Changes for building cleanly on OS/2 - -- Changes to handle building XCurses under AIX - -- Check if prefresh() and pnoutrefresh() parameters are valid. - -- Ensure build/install works from any directory - -- Handle platforms where X11 headers do not typedef XPointer. - -- Mention that Flexos is likely out-of-date. - -- Pass delaytenths to XCurses_rawgetch() - -- Remove boldFont - -- Updates for cursor blinking and italic. - -BUGS FIXED: - -- Fix bug with getting Win32 clipboard contents. Added new - PDC_freeclipboard() function. - -- Fix bug with halfdelay() - -- Fix bug with mouse interrupting programs that are not trapping mouse - events under Win32. - -- Fix return value from curs_set() - -- Reverse the left and right pointing bars in ALT_CHARSET - -NEW COMPILER SUPPORT: - -- Add QNX-RTP port - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 2.4 - 2000/01/17 -========================= - -INTRODUCTION: - - This release of PDCurses includes the following changes: - -- full support of X11 selection handling - -- removed the need for the cursos2.h file - -- enabled the "shifted" key on the numeric keypad - -- added native clipboard support for X11, Win32 and OS/2 - -- added extra functions for obtaining internal PDCurses status - -- added clipboard and key modifier tests in testcurs.c - -- fixes for panel library - -- key modifiers pressed by themselves are now returned as keys: - KEY_SHIFT_L KEY_SHIFT_R KEY_CONTROL_L KEY_CONTROL_R KEY_ALT_L KEY_ALT_R - This works on Win32 and X11 ports only - -- Added X11 shared library support - -- Added extra slk formats supported by ncurses - -- Fixed bug with resizing the terminal when slk were on. - -- Changed behavior of slk_attrset(), slk_attron() slk_attroff() - functions to work more like ncurses. - -BUGS FIXED: - -- some minor bug and portability fixes were included in this release - -NEW FUNCTIONS: - -- PDC_getclipboard() and PDC_setclipboard() for accessing the native - clipboard (X11, Win32 and OS/2) - -- PDC_set_title() for setting the title of the window (X11 and Win32 - only) - -- PDC_get_input_fd() for getting the file handle of the PDCurses input - -- PDC_get_key_modifiers() for getting the keyboard modifier settings at - the time of the last (w)getch() - -- Xinitscr() (only for X11 port) which allows standard X11 switches to - be passed to the application - -NEW COMPILER SUPPORT: - -- MingW32 GNU compiler under Win95/NT - -- Cygnus Win32 GNU compiler under Win95/NT - -- Borland C++ for OS/2 1.0+ - -- lcc-win32 compiler under Win95/NT - -ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: (for this release) - -- Georg Fuchs for various changes. -- Juan David Palomar for pointing out getnstr() was not implemented. -- William McBrine for fix to allow black/black as valid color pair. -- Peter Preus for pointing out the missing bccos2.mak file. -- Laura Michaels for a couple of bug fixes and changes required to - support Mingw32 compiler. -- Frank Heckenbach for PDC_get_input_fd() and some portability fixes and - the fixes for panel library. -- Matthias Burian for the lcc-win32 compiler support. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 2.3 - 1998/07/09 -========================= - -INTRODUCTION: - -This release of PDCurses includes the following changes: - -- added more System V R4 functions - -- added Win32 port - -- the X11 port is now fully functional - -- the MS Visual C++ Win32 port now includes a DLL - -- both the X11 and Win32 ports support the mouse - -- the slk..() functions are now functional - -- support for scrollbars under X11 are experimental at this stage - -- long chtype extended to non-Unix ports - -The name of the statically built library is pdcurses.lib (or -pdcurses.a). The name of the DLL import library (where applicable) is -curses.lib. - -BUGS FIXED: - -- some minor bugs were corrected in this release - -NEW FUNCTIONS: - -- slk..() functions - -NEW COMPILER SUPPORT: - -- MS Visual C++ under Win95/NT - -- Watcom C++ under OS/2, Win32 and DOS - -- two EMX ports have been provided: - - OS/2 only using OS/2 APIs - - OS/2 and DOS using EMX video support routines - -EXTRA OPTIONS: - -PDCurses recognizes two environment variables which determines the -initialization and finalization behavior. These environment variables -do not apply to the X11 port. - -PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN - -If this environment variable is set, PDCurses will not clear the screen -to the default white on black on startup. This allows you to overlay -a window over the top of the existing screen background. - -PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN - -If this environment variable is set, PDCurses will take a copy of the -contents of the screen at the time that PDCurses is started; initscr(), -and when endwin() is called, the screen will be restored. - - -ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: (for this release) - -- Chris Szurgot for original Win32 port. -- Gurusamy Sarathy for some updates to the Win32 port. -- Kim Huron for the slk..() functions. -- Florian Grosse Coosmann for some bug fixes. -- Esa Peuha for reducing compiler warnings. -- Augustin Martin Domingo for patches to X11 port to enable accented - characters. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 2.2 - 1995/02/12 -========================= - -INTRODUCTION: - - This release of PDCurses has includes a number of major changes: - -- The portable library functions are now grouped together into single - files with the same arrangement as System V R4 curses. - -- A panels library has been included. This panels library was written by - Warren Tucker. - -- Quite a few more functions have been supplied by Wade Schauer and - incorporated into release 2.2. Wade also supplied the support for the - Microway NDP C/C++ 32 bit DOS compiler. - -- The curses datatype has been changed from an unsigned int to a long. - This allows more attributes to be stored as well as increasing the - number of color-pairs from 32 to 64. - -- Xwindows port (experimental at the moment). - -BUGS FIXED: - -- mvwin() checked the wrong coordinates - -- removed DESQview shadow memory buffer checking bug in curses.h in - \#define for wstandout() - -- lots of others I can't remember - -NEW FUNCTIONS: - -- Too many to mention. See intro.man for a complete list of the - functions PDCurses now supports. - -COMPILER SUPPORT: - -- DJGPP 1.12 is now supported. The run-time error that caused programs - to crash has been removed. - -- emx 0.9a is supported. A program compiled for OS/2 should also work - under DOS if you use the VID=EMX switch when compiling. See the - makefile for details. - -- The Microway NDP C/C++ DOS compiler is now supported. Thanks to Wade - Schauer for this port. - -- The Watcom C++ 10.0 DOS compiler is now supported. Thanks to Pieter - Kunst for this port. - -- The library now has many functions grouped together to reduce the size - of the library and to improve the speed of compilation. - -- The "names" of a couple of the compilers in the makefile has changed; - CSET2 is now ICC and GO32 is now GCC. - -EXTRA OPTIONS: - - One difference between the behavior of PDCurses and Unix curses is the - attributes that are displayed when a character is cleared. Under Unix - curses, no attributes are displayed, so the result is always black. - Under PDCurses, these functions clear with the current attributes in - effect at the time. With the introduction of the bkgd functions, by - default, PDCurses clears using the value set by (w)bkgd(). To have - PDCurses behave the same way as it did before release 2.2, compile with - -DPDCURSES_WCLR - -ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: (for this release) - - Pieter Kunst, David Nugent, Warren Tucker, Darin Haugen, Stefan Strack, - Wade Schauer and others who either alerted me to bugs or supplied - fixes. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 2.1 - 1993/06/20 -========================= - -INTRODUCTION: - - The current code contains bug fixes for the DOS and OS/2 releases and - also includes an alpha release for Unix. The Unix release uses another - public domain package (mytinfo) to handle the low-level screen writes. - mytinfo was posted to comp.sources.unix (or misc) in December 1992 or - January 1993. Unless you are a glutton for punishment I would recommend - you avoid the Unix port at this stage. - - The other major addition to PDCurses is the support for DJGPP (the DOS - port of GNU C++). Thanks to David Nugent <[email protected]>. - - Other additions are copywin() function, function debugging support and - getting the small and medium memory models to work. The testcurs.c demo - program has also been changed significantly and a new demo program, - tuidemo, has been added. - - Some people have suggested including information on where to get dmake - from. oak.oakland.edu in /pub/msdos/c - -OTHER NOTES: - - Under DOS, by default, screen writes to a CGA monitor are done via the - video BIOS rather than by direct video memory writes. This is due to - the CGA "snow" problem. If you have a CGA monitor and do not suffer - from snow, you can compile private\_queryad.c with CGA_DIRECT defined. - This will then use cause PDCurses to write directly to the CGA video - memory. - - Function debugging: Firstly to get function debugging, you have to - compile the library with OPT=N in the makefile. This also turns on - compiler debugging. You can control when you want PDCurses to write to - the debug file (called trace in the current directory) by using the - functions traceon() and traceoff() in your program. - - Microsoft C 6.00 Users note: - ---------------------------- - - With the addition of several new functions, using dmake to compile - PDCurses now causes the compiler to run "out of heap space in pass 2". - Using the 6.00AX version (DOS-Extended) to compile PDCurses fixes this - problem; hence the -EM switch. - - Functional changes - ------------------ - - Added OS/2 DLL support. - - A few curses functions have been fixed to exhibit their correct - behavior and make them more functionally portable with System V - curses. The functions that have changed are overlay(), overwrite() and - typeahead. - - overlay() and overwrite() - - Both of theses functions in PDCurses 2.0 allowed for one window to be - effectively placed on top of another, and the characters in the first - window were overlaid or overwritten starting at 0,0 in both windows. - This behavior of these functions was not correct. These functions only - operate on windows that physically overlap with respect to the - displayed screen. To achieve the same functionality as before, use the - new function copywin(). See the manual page for further details. - - typeahead() - - This function in PDCurses 2.0 effectively checked to see if there were - any characters remaining in the keyboard buffer. This is not the - behavior exhibited by System V curses. This function is intended - purely to set a flag so that curses can check while updating the - physical screen if any keyboard input is pending. To achieve the same - effect with typeahead() under PDCurses 2.1 the following code should be - used. - - In place of... - - while(!typeahead(stdin)) - { - /* do something until any key is pressed... */ - } - - use... - - /* getch() to return ERR if no key pending */ - nodelay(stdscr,TRUE); - while(getch() == (ERR)) - { - /* do something until any key is pressed... */ - } - - -ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: (in no particular order) - - Jason Shumate, Pieter Kunst, David Nugent, Andreas Otte, Pasi - Hamalainen, James McLennan, Duane Paulson, Ib Hojme - - Apologies to anyone I may have left out. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 2.0 - 1992/11/23 -========================= - -INTRODUCTION: - - Well, here it finally is; PDCurses v2.0. - - PDCurses v2.0 is an almost total rewrite of PCcurses 1.4 done by John - 'Frotz' Fa'atuai, the previous maintainer. It adds support for OS/2 as - well as DOS. - - This version has been tested with Microsoft C v6.0, QuickC v2.0 and - Borland C++ 2.0 under DOS and Microsoft C v6.0 and TopSpeed c v3.02 - under OS/2 2.0. Also the library has been compiled successfully with - emx 0.8e, C Set/2 and Watcom 9. Most testing was done with the large - memory model, where applicable. The large memory model is probably the - best model to use. - - The amount of testing has not been as extensive as I would have liked, - but demands on releasing a product have outweighed the product's - quality. Nothing new with that !! Hopefully with wider circulation, - more bugs will be fixed more quickly. - - I have included just 1 makefile which is suitable for dmake 3.8 for - both DOS and OS/2. The makefile does not rely on customization of the - dmake.ini file. - - If you discover bugs, and especially if you have fixes, please let me - know ASAP. - - The source to the library is distributed as a zip file made with zip - 1.9. You will need Info-ZIP unzip 5.0 to unzip. Follow the directions - below to compile the library. - -DIRECTIONS: - - 1. Create a new directory in which to unzip pdcurs20.zip. This will - create a curses directory and a number of subdirectories containing - source code for the library and utilities and the documentation. - - 2. Make changes to the makefile where necessary: - Change the MODEL or model macro to the appropriate value (if it - applies to your compiler). Use model for Borland compilers. - - Change any paths in the defined macros to be suitable for your - compiler. - - 3. Invoke DMAKE [-e environment_options] [target] - - where environment_options are: - - OS (host operating system) - COMP (compiler) - OPT (optimized version or debug version) - optional. default Y - TOS (target operating system) - optional. default OS - - see the makefile for valid combinations - - targets: all, demos, lcursesd.lib, manual... - - NB. dmake is case sensitive with targets, so those environments that - use an upper case model value (eg MSC) MUST specify the library - target as for eg. Lcursesd.lib - - The makefile is by default set up for Borland C++. The use of -e - environment_options override these defaults. If you prefer, you can - just change the defaults in the makefile and invoke it without the - -e switch. - -OTHER NOTES: - - The documentation for the library is built into each source file, a - couple of specific doc files and the header files. A program is - supplied (manext) to build the manual. This program gets compiled when - you build the documentation. - - To generate the library response file correctly, I had to write a quick - and dirty program (buildlrf) to achieve this. Originally the makefiles - just had statements like: "echo -+$(OBJ)\$* & >> $(LRF)" which appended - a suitable line to the response file. Unfortunately under some - combinations of makefiles and command processors (eg. nmake and 4DOS) - the & would get treated as stderr and the echo command would fail. - - The original source for PDCurses that I received from the previous - maintainer contained support for the FLEXOS operating system. Not - having access to it, I could not test the changes I made so its support - has fallen by the wayside. If you really need to have PDCurses running - under FLEXOS, contact me and I will see what can be arranged. - - Under DOS, by default, screen writes to a CGA monitor are done via the - video BIOS rather than by direct video memory writes. This is due to - the CGA "snow" problem. If you have a CGA monitor and do not suffer - from snow, you can compile private\_queryad.c with CGA_DIRECT defined. - This will then use cause PDCurses to write directly to the CGA video - memory. - - Added System V color support. - -COMPILER-SPECIFIC NOTES: - - Microsoft C - ----------- - - It is possible with MSC 6.0 to build the OS/2 libraries and demo - programs from within DOS. This is the only case where it is possible to - specify the value of TOS on the command line to be OS2 and the value of - OS be DOS. - - C Set/2 - ------- - - I have only tested the library using the migration libraries. I doubt - that the demo programs will work without them. - - emx - --- - - Testing has been done with 0.8e of emx together with the 16_to_32 - libraries. The emx\lib directory should include the vio32.lib and - kbd32.lib libraries from the 16_to_32 package. - -BUGS and UNFINISHED BUSINESS: - -- PDC_set_ctrl_break() function does not work under OS/2. - -- win_print() and PDC_print() do not work under OS/2. - -- The file todo.man in the doc directory also lists those functions of - System V 3.2 curses not yet implemented. Any volunteers? - -ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: - -- John 'Frotz' Fa'atuai, the previous maintainer for providing an - excellent base for further development. -- John Burnell <[email protected]>, for the OS/2 port. -- John Steele, Jason (finally NOT a John) Shumate.... - for various fixes and suggestions. -- Eberhardt Mattes (author of emx) for allowing code based on his - C library to be included with PDCurses. -- Several others for their support, moral and actual. - --- Mark Hessling - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 2.0Beta - 1991/12/21 -============================= - -Changed back from short to int. (int is the correct size for the default -platform. Short might be too short on some platforms. This is more -portable. I, also, made this mistake.) - -Many functions are now macros. If you want the real thing, #undef the -macro. (X/Open requirement.) - -Merged many sources into current release. - -Added many X/Open routines (not quite all yet). - -Added internal documentation to all routines. - -Added a HISTORY file to the environment. - -Added a CONTRIB file to the environment. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PDCurses 1.5Beta - 1990/07/14 -============================= - -Added many levels of compiler support. Added mixed prototypes for all -"internal" routines. Removed all assembly language. Added EGA/VGA -support. Converted all #ifdef to #if in all modules except CURSES.H and -CURSPRIV.H. Always include ASSERT.H. Added support for an external -malloc(), calloc() and free(). Added support for FAST_VIDEO -(direct-memory writes). Added various memory model support (for -FAST_VIDEO). Added much of the December 1988 X/Open Curses -specification. - --- John 'Frotz' Fa'atuai - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PCcurses 1.4 - 1990/01/14 -========================= - - In PCcurses v.1.4, both portability improvements and bugfixes have -been made. The files have been changed to allow lint-free compilation -with Microsoft C v.5.1, and with Turbo C v.2.0. The source should still -compile without problems on older compilers, although this has not been -verified. - - The makefiles have been changed to suit both the public release and -the author, who maintains a special kind of libraries for himself. In -the case of Microsoft C, changes were done in the makefile to lower the -warning level to 2 (was 3). This was to avoid ANSI warnings which are -abundant because PCcurses does not attempt to follow strict ANSI C -standard. - - BUG FIXES FROM V.1.3 TO V.1.4: - - !!!IMPORTANT CHANGE!!! - - The definitions for OK and ERR in curses.h were exchanged. This was -done to be more consistent with UNIX versions. Also, it permits -functions like newwin() and subwin() to return 0 (=NULL) when they fail -due to memory shortage. This incompatibility with UNIX curses was -pointed out by Fred C. Smith. If you have tested success/failure by -comparisons to anything other than ERR and OK, your applications will -need to be be changed on that point. Sorry... but presumably most of you -used the symbolic constants? - - (END OF IMPORTANT CHANGE) - - Fred also pointed out a bug in the file update.c. The bug caused the -first character printed after 'unauthorized' screen changes (like during -a shell escape, for example) to be placed at the wrong screen position. -This happened even if the normal precautions (clear / touch / refresh) -were taken. The problem has now been fixed. - - PCcurses is currently also being used on a 68000 system with -hard-coded ESCape sequences for ANSI terminals. However, ints used by -the 68000 C compiler are 32 bits. Therefore ints have been turned into -shorts wherever possible in the code (otherwise all window structures -occupy twice as much space as required on the 68000). This does not -affect PC versions since normally both ints and shorts are 16 bits for -PC C compilers. - - At some places in the source code there are references made to the -68000 version. There are also a makefile, a curses68.c file, and a -curses68.cmd file. These are for making, low-level I/O, and linking -commands when building the 68000 version. These files are probably -useful to no-one but the author, since it is very specific for its -special hardware environment. Still in an effort to keep all -curses-related sources in one place they are included. Note however that -PCcurses will not officially support a non-PC environment. - - The file cursesio.c, which was included in the package at revision -level 1.2, and which was to be an alternative to the cursesio.asm file, -has been verified to behave incorrectly in the function _curseskeytst(). -The problem was that the value of 'cflag' does not contain the proper -data for the test that is attempted. Furthermore, neither Turbo C or -Microsoft C allows any way to return the data that is needed, and -consequently you should not use cursesio.c. The best solution is to -simply use the ASM version. In v.1.2 and v.1.3, the user could edit the -makefile to select which version he wanted to use. The makefiles in -v.1.4 have removed this possibility forcing the use of the ASM file, and -cursesio.c has been dropped from the distribution. - - A bug in the wgetstr() function caused PCcurses to echo characters -when reading a keyboard string, even if the echo had been turned off. -Thanks to Per Foreby at Lund University, Sweden, for this. Per also -reported bugs concerning the handling of characters with bit 8 set. -Their ASCII code were considered as lower than 32, so they were erased -etc. like control characters, i.e. erasing two character positions. The -control character test was changed to cope with this. - - The overlay() and overwrite() functions were changed so that the -overlaying window is positioned at its 'own' coordinates inside the -underlying window (it used to be at the underlying window's [0,0] -position). There is some controversy about this - the documentation for -different curses versions say different things. I think the choice made -is the most reasonable. - - The border() and wborder() functions were changed to actually draw a -border, since this seems to be the correct behavior of these functions. -They used to just set the border characters to be used by box(). These -functions are not present in standard BSD UNIX curses. - - The subwin() function previously did not allow the subwindow to be as -big as the original window in which it was created. This has now been -fixed. There was also the problem that the default size (set by -specifying numlines or numcols (or both) as 0 made the resulting actual -size 1 line/column too small. - - There were a few spelling errors in function names, both in the -function declarations and in curses.h. This was reported by Carlos -Amaral at INESC in Portugal. Thanks! There was also an unnecessary (but -harmless) parameter in a function call at one place. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PCcurses 1.3 - 1988/10/05 -========================= - - The file 'border.c' is now included. It allows you to explicitly -specify what characters should be used as box borders when the box() -functions are called. If the new border characters are non-0, they -override the border characters specified in the box() call. In my -understanding, this functionality is required for AT&T UNIX sV.3 -compatibility. Thanks for this goes to Tony L. Hansen -([email protected]) for posting an article about it on Usenet -(newsgroup comp.unix.questions; his posting was not related at all to -PCcurses). - - The only other difference between v.1.2 and v.1.3 is that the latter -has been changed to avoid warning diagnostics if the source files are -compiled with warning switches on (for Microsoft this means '-W3', for -Turbo C it means '-w -w-pro'). Of these, the Turbo C warning check is -clearly to be used rather than Microsoft, even if neither of them comes -even close to a real UNIX 'lint'. Some of the warnings in fact indicated -real bugs, mostly functions that did not return correct return values or -types. - - The makefiles for both MSC and TRC have been modified to produce -warning messages as part of normal compilation. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PCcurses 1.2 - 1988/10/02 -========================= - - The changes from v.1.1 to v.1.2 are minor. The biggest change is that -there was a bug related to limiting the cursor movement if the -application tried to move it outside the screen (something that should -not be done anyway). Such erroneous application behavior is now handled -appropriately. - - All modules have been changed to have a revision string in them, which -makes it easier to determine what version is linked into a program (or -what library version you have). - - There is now a 'cursesio.c' file. That file does the same as -'cursesio.asm' (i.e. it provides the interface to the lower-level system -I/O routines). It is written in C and thus it is (possibly) more -portable than the assembler version (but still not so portable since it -uses 8086 INT XX calls directly). When one creates new curses libraries, -one chooses whether to use the assembler or the C version of cursesio. -The choice is made by commenting out the appropriate dependencies for -cursesio.obj, near the end of the makefiles. - - There is now a 'setmode.c' file. That file contains functions that -save and restore terminal modes. They do it into other variables than do -savetty() and resetty(), so one should probably use either -savetty()/resetty() or the new functions only - and not mix the both -ways unless one really knows what one does. - - Diff lists vs v.1.0 are no longer included in the distribution. The -make utility still is. PCcurses v.1.2 still compiles with Microsoft C -v.4.0, and with Borland Turbo C v.1.0. There is as far as I know no -reason to believe that it does not compile under Microsoft C v.3.0 and -5.x, or Turbo C v.1.5, but this has not been tested. - - There are two makefiles included, one for Microsoft C, one for Turbo -C. They are both copies of my personal makefiles, and as such they -reflect the directory structure on my own computer. This will have to be -changed before you run make. Check $(INCDIR) and $(LIBDIR) in -particular, and make the choice of ASM or C cursesio version as -mentioned above (the distribution version uses the C version of -cursesio). - - The manual file (curses.man) has been changed at appropriate places. - - I would like to thank the following persons for their help: - - Brandon S. Allbery ([email protected]) - for running comp.binaries.ibm.pc (at that time) - and comp.source.misc. - - Steve Balogh ([email protected]) - for writing a set of manual pages and posting - them to the net. - - Torbjorn Lindh - for finding bugs and suggesting raw - character output routines. - - Nathan Glasser ([email protected]) - for finding and reporting bugs. - - Ingvar Olafsson (...enea!hafro!ingvar) - for finding and reporting bugs. - - Eric Rosco (...enea!ipmoea!ericr) - for finding and reporting bugs. - - Steve Creps ([email protected]) - for doing a lot of work - among others - posting bug fixes to the net, and writing - the new cursesio.c module. - - N. Dean Pentcheff ([email protected]) - for finding bugs and rewriting cursesio.asm - for Turbo 'C' 1.5. - - Finally, Jeff Dean (parcvax,hplabs}!cdp!jeff) - has had a shareware version of curses deliverable since - about half a year before I released PCcurses 1.0 on Use- - Net. He is very concerned about confusion between the two - packages, and therefore any references on the network - should make clear whether they reference Dean's PCcurses - or Larsson's PCcurses. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PCcurses 1.1 - 1988/03/06 -========================= - - The changes from v.1.0 to v.1.1 are minor. There are a few bug fixes, -and new (non-portable) functions for verbatim IBM character font display -have been added (in charadd.c and charins.c). The manual file -(curses.man) has been changed at appropriate places. - - In the file v10tov11.dif there are listings of the differences between -version 1.0 and 1.1. The diff listings are in UNIX diff(1) format. - - Version 1.1 compiles with Turbo C v.1.0, as well as Microsoft C v.3.0 -and v.4.0. On the release disk there is a make.exe utility which is very -similar to UNIX make (If the package was mailed to you, the make utility -will be in uuencoded format - in make.uu - and must be uudecoded first). -It is much more powerful than Microsoft's different MAKEs; the latter -ones will NOT generate libraries properly if used with the PCcurses -makefiles. - - There are three makefiles: - - makefile generic MSC 3.0 makefile - makefile.ms MSC 4.0 makefile - makefile.tc Turbo C 1.0 makefile - - To make a library with for example Turbo C, make directories to hold -.H and .LIB files (these directories are the 'standard places'), edit -makefile.tc for this, and type - - make -f makefile.tc all - -and libraries for all memory models will be created in the .LIB -directory, while the include files will end up in the .H directory. Also -read what is said about installation below! - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -PCcurses 1.0 - 1987/08/24 -========================= - - This is the release notes for the PCcurses v.1.0 cursor/window control -package. PCcurses offers the functionality of UNIX curses, plus some -extras. Normally it should be possible to port curses-based programs -from UNIX curses to PCcurses on the IBM PC without changes. PCcurses is -a port/ rewrite of Pavel Curtis' public domain 'ncurses' package. All -the code has been re-written - it is not just an edit of ncurses (or -UNIX curses). I mention this to clarify any copyright violation claims. -The data structures and ideas are very similar to ncurses. As for UNIX -curses, I have not even seen any sources for it. - - For an introduction to the use of 'curses' and its derivatives, you -should read 'Screen Updating and Cursor Movement Optimization: A Library -Package' by Kenneth C. R. C. Arnold, which describes the original -Berkeley UNIX version of curses. It is available as part of the UNIX -manuals. The other source of information is 'The Ncurses Reference -Manual' by Pavel Curtis. The latter is part of Curtis' ncurses package. - - The only other documentation provided is a 'man' page which describes -all the included functions in a very terse way. In the sources, each -function is preceded by a rather thorough description of what the -function does. I didn't have time to write a nice manual/tutorial - -sorry. - - PCcurses is released as a number of source files, a man page, and a -make file. A uuencoded copy of a 'make' utility, and a manpage for the -'make' is also provided to make it easier to put together PCcurses -libraries. Even if you are not interested in PCcurses, it may be -worthwhile to grab the make. - - The makefile assumes the presence of the Microsoft C compiler (3.0 or -4.0), Microsoft MASM and LIB, plus some MS-DOS utilities. The reason for -supplying MAKE.EXE is that the Microsoft 'MAKE:s' are much inferior to a -real UNIX make. The supplied make is a port of a public domain make, -published on Usenet. It is almost completely compatible with UNIX make. -When generating the curses libraries, the makefile will direct make to -do some directory creating and file copying, and then re-invoke itself -with new targets. The workings of the makefile are not absolutely -crystal clear at first sight... just start it and see what it does. - - For portability, the curses libraries depend on one assembler file for -access to the BIOS routines. There is no support for the EGA, but both -CGA, MGA, and the HGA can be used. The libraries are originally for -Microsoft C, but all C modules should be portable right away. In the -assembler file, segment names probably need to be changed, and possibly -the parameter passing scheme. I think Turbo C will work right away - as -far as I understand, all its conventions are compatible with Microsoft -C. - - There are some parts left out between ncurses and PCcurses. One is the -support for multiple terminals - not very interesting on a PC anyway. -Because we KNOW what terminal we have, there is no need for a termcap or -terminfo library. PCcurses also has some things that neither curses nor -ncurses have. Compared to the original UNIX curses, PCcurses has lots of -extras. - - The BIOS routines are used directly, which gives fast screen updates. -PCcurses does not do direct writes to screen RAM - in my opinion it is -a bit ugly to rely that much on hardware compatibility. Anyone could fix -that, of course... - - One of the more serious problems with PCcurses is the way in which -normal, cbreak, and raw input modes are done. All those details are in -the 'charget' module - I do raw I/O via the BIOS, and perform any -buffering myself. If an application program uses PCcurses, it should do -ALL its I/O via PCcurses calls, otherwise the mix of normal and -PCcurses I/O may mess up the display. I think my code is reasonable... -comments are welcome, provided you express them nicely... - - To install, copy all files to a work directory, edit 'makefile' to -define the standard include and library file directory names of your -choice (these directories must exist already, and their path names must -be relative to the root directory, not to the current one). You must -also run uudecode on make.uu, to generate MAKE.EXE. You can do that on -your PC, if you have uudecode there, otherwise you can do it under UNIX -and do a binary transfer to the PC. When you have MAKE.EXE in your work -directory (or in your /bin directory), type make. - - Make will now create 4 sub-directories (one for each memory model), -copy some assembler include files into them, copy two include files to -your include directory, CHDIR to each sub-directory and re-invoke itself -with other make targets to compile and assemble all the source files -into the appropriate directories. Then the library manager is run to -create the library files in your desired library directory. Presto! - - If you only want to generate a library for one memory model, type -'make small', 'make large', etc. The name of the memory model must be in -lower case, like in the makefile. - - I think the package is fairly well debugged - but then again, that's -what I always think. It was completed in May-87, and no problems found -yet. Now it's your turn... Comments, suggestions and bug reports and -fixes (no flames please) to - --- Bjorn Larsson diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/IMPLEMNT.md b/core/src/pdcurses/IMPLEMNT.md deleted file mode 100755 index a549f287c..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/IMPLEMNT.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,327 +0,0 @@ -PDCurses Implementor's Guide -============================ - -- Version 1.3 - 20??/??/?? - notes about official ports, new indentation - style; markdown -- Version 1.2 - 2007/07/11 - added PDC_init_pair(), PDC_pair_content(), - version history; removed pdc_atrtab -- Version 1.1 - 2007/06/06 - minor cosmetic change -- Version 1.0 - 2007/04/01 - initial revision - -This document is for those wishing to port PDCurses to a new platform, -or just wanting to better understand how it works. Nothing here should -be needed for application programming; for that, refer to PDCurses.md, -as built in doc/, or distributed as a file separate from this source -package. This document assumes that you've read the user-level -documentation and are very familiar with application-level curses -programming. - -If you want to submit your port for possible inclusion into the main -PDCurses distribution, please follow these guidelines: - - - Don't modify anything in the pdcurses directory or in other port - directories. Don't modify curses.h or curspriv.h unless absolutely - necessary. (And prefer modifying curspriv.h over curses.h.) - - - Use the same indentation style, naming and scope conventions as the - existing code. - - - Release all your code to the public domain -- no copyright. Code - under GPL, BSD, etc. will not be accepted. - - -Data Structures -=============== - -A port of PDCurses must provide acs_map[], a 128-element array of -chtypes, with values laid out based on the Alternate Character Set of -the VT100 (see curses.h). PDC_transform_line() must use this table; when -it encounters a chtype with the A_ALTCHARSET flag set, and an A_CHARTEXT -value in the range 0-127, it must render it using the A_CHARTEXT portion -of the corresponding value from this table, instead of the original -value. Also, values may be read from this table by apps, and passed -through functions such as waddch(), which does no special processing on -control characters (0-31 and 127) when the A_ALTCHARSET flag is set. -Thus, any control characters used in acs_map[] should also have the -A_ALTCHARSET flag set. Implementations should provide suitable values -for all the ACS_ macros defined in curses.h; other values in the table -should be filled with their own indices (e.g., acs_map['E'] == 'E'). The -table can be either hardwired, or filled by PDC_scr_open(). Existing -ports define it in pdcdisp.c, but this is not required. - - -Functions -========= - -A port of PDCurses must implement the following functions, with extern -scope. These functions are traditionally divided into several modules, -as indicated below; this division is not required (only the functions -are), but may make it easier to follow for someone familiar with the -existing ports. - -Any other functions you create as part of your implementation should -have static scope, if possible. If they can't be static, they should be -named with the "PDC_" prefix. This minimizes the risk of collision with -an application's choices. - -Current PDCurses style also uses a single leading underscore with the -name of any static function; and modified BSD/Allman-style indentation, -approximately equivalent to "indent -kr -nut -bl -bli0", with -adjustments to keep every line under 80 columns. - - -pdcdisp.c: ----------- - -### void PDC_gotoyx(int y, int x); - -Move the physical cursor (as opposed to the logical cursor affected by -wmove()) to the given location. This is called mainly from doupdate(). -In general, this function need not compare the old location with the new -one, and should just move the cursor unconditionally. - -### void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp); - -The core output routine. It takes len chtype entities from srcp (a -pointer into curscr) and renders them to the physical screen at line -lineno, column x. It must also translate characters 0-127 via acs_map[], -if they're flagged with A_ALTCHARSET in the attribute portion of the -chtype. - - -pdcgetsc.c: ------------ - -### int PDC_get_columns(void); - -Returns the size of the screen in columns. It's used in resize_term() to -set the new value of COLS. (Some existing implementations also call it -internally from PDC_scr_open(), but this is not required.) - -### int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void); - -Returns the size/shape of the cursor. The format of the result is -unspecified, except that it must be returned as an int. This function is -called from initscr(), and the result is stored in SP->orig_cursor, -which is used by PDC_curs_set() to determine the size/shape of the -cursor in normal visibility mode (curs_set(1)). - -### int PDC_get_rows(void); - -Returns the size of the screen in rows. It's used in resize_term() to -set the new value of LINES. (Some existing implementations also call it -internally from PDC_scr_open(), but this is not required.) - - -pdckbd.c: ---------- - -### bool PDC_check_key(void); - -Keyboard/mouse event check, called from wgetch(). Returns TRUE if -there's an event ready to process. This function must be non-blocking. - -### void PDC_flushinp(void); - -This is the core of flushinp(). It discards any pending key or mouse -events, removing them from any internal queue and from the OS queue, if -applicable. - -### int PDC_get_key(void); - -Get the next available key, or mouse event (indicated by a return of -KEY_MOUSE), and remove it from the OS' input queue, if applicable. This -function is called from wgetch(). This function may be blocking, and -traditionally is; but it need not be. If a valid key or mouse event -cannot be returned, for any reason, this function returns -1. Valid keys -are those that fall within the appropriate character set, or are in the -list of special keys found in curses.h (KEY_MIN through KEY_MAX). When -returning a special key code, this routine must also set SP->key_code to -TRUE; otherwise it must set it to FALSE. If SP->return_key_modifiers is -TRUE, this function may return modifier keys (shift, control, alt), -pressed alone, as special key codes; if SP->return_key_modifiers is -FALSE, it must not. If modifier keys are returned, it should only happen -if no other keys were pressed in the meantime; i.e., the return should -happen on key up. But if this is not possible, it may return the -modifier keys on key down (if and only if SP->return_key_modifiers is -TRUE). - -### int PDC_modifiers_set(void); - -Called from PDC_return_key_modifiers(). If your platform needs to do -anything in response to a change in SP->return_key_modifiers, do it -here. Returns OK or ERR, which is passed on by the caller. - -### int PDC_mouse_set(void); - -Called by mouse_set(), mouse_on(), and mouse_off() -- all the functions -that modify SP->_trap_mbe. If your platform needs to do anything in -response to a change in SP->_trap_mbe (for example, turning the mouse -cursor on or off), do it here. Returns OK or ERR, which is passed on by -the caller. - -### void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on); - -Set keyboard input to "binary" mode. If you need to do something to keep -the OS from processing ^C, etc. on your platform, do it here. TRUE turns -the mode on; FALSE reverts it. This function is called from raw() and -noraw(). - - -pdcscrn.c: ----------- - -### bool PDC_can_change_color(void); - -Returns TRUE if init_color() and color_content() give meaningful -results, FALSE otherwise. Called from can_change_color(). - -### int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue); - -The core of color_content(). This does all the work of that function, -except checking for values out of range and null pointers. - -### int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue); - -The core of init_color(). This does all the work of that function, -except checking for values out of range. - -### void PDC_init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg); - -The core of init_pair(). This does all the work of that function, except -checking for values out of range. The values passed to this function -should be returned by a call to PDC_pair_content() with the same pair -number. PDC_transform_line() should use the specified colors when -rendering a chtype with the given pair number. - -### int PDC_pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg); - -The core of pair_content(). This does all the work of that function, -except checking for values out of range and null pointers. - -### void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void); - -The non-portable functionality of reset_prog_mode() is handled here -- -whatever's not done in _restore_mode(). In current ports: In OS/2, this -sets the keyboard to binary mode; in Win32, it enables or disables the -mouse pointer to match the saved mode; in others it does nothing. - -### void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void); - -The same thing, for reset_shell_mode(). In OS/2 and Win32, it restores -the default console mode; in others it does nothing. - -### int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols); - -This does the main work of resize_term(). It may respond to non-zero -parameters, by setting the screen to the specified size; to zero -parameters, by setting the screen to a size chosen by the user at -runtime, in an unspecified way (e.g., by dragging the edges of the -window); or both. It may also do nothing, if there's no appropriate -action for the platform. - -### void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i); - -Called from _restore_mode() in kernel.c, this function does the actual -mode changing, if applicable. Currently used only in DOS and OS/2. - -### void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i); - -Called from _save_mode() in kernel.c, this function saves the actual -screen mode, if applicable. Currently used only in DOS and OS/2. - -### void PDC_scr_close(void); - -The platform-specific part of endwin(). It may restore the image of the -original screen saved by PDC_scr_open(), if the PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN -environment variable is set; either way, if using an existing terminal, -this function should restore it to the mode it had at startup, and move -the cursor to the lower left corner. (The X11 port does nothing.) - -### void PDC_scr_free(void); - -Frees the memory for SP allocated by PDC_scr_open(). Called by -delscreen(). - -### int PDC_scr_open(int argc, char **argv); - -The platform-specific part of initscr(). It's actually called from -Xinitscr(); the arguments, if present, correspond to those used with -main(), and may be used to set the title of the terminal window, or for -other, platform-specific purposes. (The arguments are currently used -only in X11.) PDC_scr_open() must allocate memory for SP, and must -initialize acs_map[] (unless it's preset) and several members of SP, -including lines, cols, mouse_wait, orig_attr (and if orig_attr is TRUE, -orig_fore and orig_back), mono, _restore and _preserve. (Although SP is -used the same way in all ports, it's allocated here in order to allow -the X11 port to map it to a block of shared memory.) If using an -existing terminal, and the environment variable PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN is -set, this function may also store the existing screen image for later -restoration by PDC_scr_close(). - - -pdcsetsc.c: ------------ - -### int PDC_curs_set(int visibility); - -Called from curs_set(). Changes the appearance of the cursor -- 0 turns -it off, 1 is normal (the terminal's default, if applicable, as -determined by SP->orig_cursor), and 2 is high visibility. The exact -appearance of these modes is not specified. - - -pdcutil.c: ----------- - -### void PDC_beep(void); - -Emits a short audible beep. If this is not possible on your platform, -you must set SP->audible to FALSE during initialization (i.e., from -PDC_scr_open() -- not here); otherwise, set it to TRUE. This function is -called from beep(). - -### void PDC_napms(int ms); - -This is the core delay routine, called by napms(). It pauses for about -(the X/Open spec says "at least") ms milliseconds, then returns. High -degrees of accuracy and precision are not expected (though desirable, if -you can achieve them). More important is that this function gives back -the process' time slice to the OS, so that PDCurses idles at low CPU -usage. - -### const char *PDC_sysname(void); - -Returns a short string describing the platform, such as "DOS" or "X11". -This is used by longname(). It must be no more than 100 characters; it -should be much, much shorter (existing platforms use no more than 5). - - -More functions -============== - -The following functions are implemented in the platform directories, but -are accessed directly by apps. Refer to the user documentation for their -descriptions: - - -pdcclip.c: ----------- - -### int PDC_clearclipboard(void); -### int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents); -### int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length); -### int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length); - - -pdckbd.c: ---------- - -### unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void); - - -pdcsetsc.c: ------------ - -### int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon); -### void PDC_set_title(const char *title); diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/Makefile b/core/src/pdcurses/Makefile deleted file mode 100755 index 869c13bdb..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -# Make archives for distribution - -include version.mif - -PDC_DIR=PDCurses-$(VERDOT) - -ZIPFILE = pdcurs$(VER).zip -TARBALL = $(PDC_DIR).tar.gz - -all: - @echo Look in folders for platform-specific build instructions. - -manual: - cd doc; $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) $@ - -$(ZIPFILE): - zip -9ory $(ZIPFILE) * - -zip: $(ZIPFILE) - -../$(TARBALL): - (cd ..; tar cvf - $(PDC_DIR)/* | gzip -9 > $(TARBALL)) - -dist: ../$(TARBALL) - -rpm: ../$(TARBALL) - rpmbuild -ba x11/PDCurses.spec diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/README.md b/core/src/pdcurses/README.md deleted file mode 100755 index fb743bd13..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -Welcome to PDCurses! -==================== - -Public Domain Curses, aka PDCurses, is an implementation of X/Open -curses for multiple platforms. The latest version can be found at: - - http://pdcurses.org/ - -For changes, see the [HISTORY](HISTORY.md) file. - - -Legal Stuff ------------ - -The core package is in the public domain, but small portions of PDCurses -are subject to copyright under various licenses. Each directory -contains a README file, with a section titled "Distribution Status" -which describes the status of the files in that directory. - -If you use PDCurses in an application, an acknowledgement would be -appreciated, but is not mandatory. If you make corrections or -enhancements to PDCurses, please forward them to the current maintainer -for the benefit of other users. - -This software is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY whatsoever. - - -Ports ------ - -PDCurses has been ported to DOS, OS/2, Win32, X11 and SDL. A directory -containing the port-specific source files exists for each of these -platforms. - -Build instructions are in the README file for each platform: - -- [DOS](dos/README.md) -- [OS/2](os2/README.md) -- [SDL](sdl1/README.md) -- [Win32](win32/README.md) -- [X11](x11/README.md) - -Distribution Status -------------------- - -All files in this directory except configure, config.guess and -config.sub are released to the Public Domain. config.guess and -config.sub are under the GPL; configure is under a free license -described within it. - - -Maintainer ----------- - -William McBrine <[email protected]> diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/curses.h b/core/src/pdcurses/curses.h deleted file mode 100755 index b9fcbf8d0..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/curses.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1383 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------* - * PDCurses * - *----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef __PDCURSES__ -#define __PDCURSES__ 1 - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -PDCurses definitions list: (Only define those needed) - - XCURSES True if compiling for X11. - PDC_RGB True if you want to use RGB color definitions - (Red = 1, Green = 2, Blue = 4) instead of BGR. - PDC_WIDE True if building wide-character support. - PDC_DLL_BUILD True if building a Win32 DLL. - NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION Use the ncurses mouse API instead - of PDCurses' traditional mouse API. - -PDCurses portable platform definitions list: - - PDC_BUILD Defines API build version. - PDCURSES Enables access to PDCurses-only routines. - XOPEN Always true. - SYSVcurses True if you are compiling for SYSV portability. - BSDcurses True if you are compiling for BSD portability. - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#define PDC_BUILD 3401 -#define PDCURSES 1 /* PDCurses-only routines */ -#define XOPEN 1 /* X/Open Curses routines */ -#define SYSVcurses 1 /* System V Curses routines */ -#define BSDcurses 1 /* BSD Curses routines */ -#define CHTYPE_LONG 1 /* size of chtype; long */ - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <stddef.h> -#include <stdio.h> /* Required by X/Open usage below */ - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -# include <wchar.h> -#endif - -#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) -extern "C" -{ -# define bool _bool -#endif - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * PDCurses Manifest Constants - * - */ - -#ifndef FALSE -# define FALSE 0 -#endif -#ifndef TRUE -# define TRUE 1 -#endif -#ifndef NULL -# define NULL (void *)0 -#endif -#ifndef ERR -# define ERR (-1) -#endif -#ifndef OK -# define OK 0 -#endif - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * PDCurses Type Declarations - * - */ - -typedef unsigned char bool; /* PDCurses Boolean type */ - -#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG -# if _LP64 -typedef unsigned int chtype; -# else -typedef unsigned long chtype; /* 16-bit attr + 16-bit char */ -# endif -#else -typedef unsigned short chtype; /* 8-bit attr + 8-bit char */ -#endif - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -typedef chtype cchar_t; -#endif - -typedef chtype attr_t; - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * PDCurses Mouse Interface -- SYSVR4, with extensions - * - */ - -typedef struct -{ - int x; /* absolute column, 0 based, measured in characters */ - int y; /* absolute row, 0 based, measured in characters */ - short button[3]; /* state of each button */ - int changes; /* flags indicating what has changed with the mouse */ -} MOUSE_STATUS; - -#define BUTTON_RELEASED 0x0000 -#define BUTTON_PRESSED 0x0001 -#define BUTTON_CLICKED 0x0002 -#define BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x0003 -#define BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x0004 -#define BUTTON_MOVED 0x0005 /* PDCurses */ -#define WHEEL_SCROLLED 0x0006 /* PDCurses */ -#define BUTTON_ACTION_MASK 0x0007 /* PDCurses */ - -#define PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT 0x0008 /* PDCurses */ -#define PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL 0x0010 /* PDCurses */ -#define PDC_BUTTON_ALT 0x0020 /* PDCurses */ -#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK 0x0038 /* PDCurses */ - -#define MOUSE_X_POS (Mouse_status.x) -#define MOUSE_Y_POS (Mouse_status.y) - -/* - * Bits associated with the .changes field: - * 3 2 1 0 - * 210987654321098765432109876543210 - * 1 <- button 1 has changed - * 10 <- button 2 has changed - * 100 <- button 3 has changed - * 1000 <- mouse has moved - * 10000 <- mouse position report - * 100000 <- mouse wheel up - * 1000000 <- mouse wheel down - * 10000000 <- mouse wheel left - * 100000000 <- mouse wheel right - */ - -#define PDC_MOUSE_MOVED 0x0008 -#define PDC_MOUSE_POSITION 0x0010 -#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP 0x0020 -#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN 0x0040 -#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_LEFT 0x0080 -#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_RIGHT 0x0100 - -#define A_BUTTON_CHANGED (Mouse_status.changes & 7) -#define MOUSE_MOVED (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED) -#define MOUSE_POS_REPORT (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_POSITION) -#define BUTTON_CHANGED(x) (Mouse_status.changes & (1 << ((x) - 1))) -#define BUTTON_STATUS(x) (Mouse_status.button[(x) - 1]) -#define MOUSE_WHEEL_UP (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP) -#define MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN) -#define MOUSE_WHEEL_LEFT (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_LEFT) -#define MOUSE_WHEEL_RIGHT (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_RIGHT) - -/* mouse bit-masks */ - -#define BUTTON1_RELEASED 0x00000001L -#define BUTTON1_PRESSED 0x00000002L -#define BUTTON1_CLICKED 0x00000004L -#define BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00000008L -#define BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00000010L -#define BUTTON1_MOVED 0x00000010L /* PDCurses */ - -#define BUTTON2_RELEASED 0x00000020L -#define BUTTON2_PRESSED 0x00000040L -#define BUTTON2_CLICKED 0x00000080L -#define BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00000100L -#define BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00000200L -#define BUTTON2_MOVED 0x00000200L /* PDCurses */ - -#define BUTTON3_RELEASED 0x00000400L -#define BUTTON3_PRESSED 0x00000800L -#define BUTTON3_CLICKED 0x00001000L -#define BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00002000L -#define BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00004000L -#define BUTTON3_MOVED 0x00004000L /* PDCurses */ - -/* For the ncurses-compatible functions only, BUTTON4_PRESSED and - BUTTON5_PRESSED are returned for mouse scroll wheel up and down; - otherwise PDCurses doesn't support buttons 4 and 5 */ - -#define BUTTON4_RELEASED 0x00008000L -#define BUTTON4_PRESSED 0x00010000L -#define BUTTON4_CLICKED 0x00020000L -#define BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00040000L -#define BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00080000L - -#define BUTTON5_RELEASED 0x00100000L -#define BUTTON5_PRESSED 0x00200000L -#define BUTTON5_CLICKED 0x00400000L -#define BUTTON5_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00800000L -#define BUTTON5_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x01000000L - -#define MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL 0x02000000L /* PDCurses */ -#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT 0x04000000L /* PDCurses */ -#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL 0x08000000L /* PDCurses */ -#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT 0x10000000L /* PDCurses */ - -#define ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS 0x1fffffffL -#define REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION 0x20000000L - -/* ncurses mouse interface */ - -typedef unsigned long mmask_t; - -typedef struct -{ - short id; /* unused, always 0 */ - int x, y, z; /* x, y same as MOUSE_STATUS; z unused */ - mmask_t bstate; /* equivalent to changes + button[], but - in the same format as used for mousemask() */ -} MEVENT; - -#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION -# define BUTTON_SHIFT BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT -# define BUTTON_CONTROL BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL -# define BUTTON_CTRL BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL -# define BUTTON_ALT BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT -#else -# define BUTTON_SHIFT PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT -# define BUTTON_CONTROL PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL -# define BUTTON_ALT PDC_BUTTON_ALT -#endif - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * PDCurses Structure Definitions - * - */ - -typedef struct _win /* definition of a window */ -{ - int _cury; /* current pseudo-cursor */ - int _curx; - int _maxy; /* max window coordinates */ - int _maxx; - int _begy; /* origin on screen */ - int _begx; - int _flags; /* window properties */ - chtype _attrs; /* standard attributes and colors */ - chtype _bkgd; /* background, normally blank */ - bool _clear; /* causes clear at next refresh */ - bool _leaveit; /* leaves cursor where it is */ - bool _scroll; /* allows window scrolling */ - bool _nodelay; /* input character wait flag */ - bool _immed; /* immediate update flag */ - bool _sync; /* synchronise window ancestors */ - bool _use_keypad; /* flags keypad key mode active */ - chtype **_y; /* pointer to line pointer array */ - int *_firstch; /* first changed character in line */ - int *_lastch; /* last changed character in line */ - int _tmarg; /* top of scrolling region */ - int _bmarg; /* bottom of scrolling region */ - int _delayms; /* milliseconds of delay for getch() */ - int _parx, _pary; /* coords relative to parent (0,0) */ - struct _win *_parent; /* subwin's pointer to parent win */ -} WINDOW; - -/* Avoid using the SCREEN struct directly -- use the corresponding - functions if possible. This struct may eventually be made private. */ - -typedef struct -{ - bool alive; /* if initscr() called, and not endwin() */ - bool autocr; /* if cr -> lf */ - bool cbreak; /* if terminal unbuffered */ - bool echo; /* if terminal echo */ - bool raw_inp; /* raw input mode (v. cooked input) */ - bool raw_out; /* raw output mode (7 v. 8 bits) */ - bool audible; /* FALSE if the bell is visual */ - bool mono; /* TRUE if current screen is mono */ - bool resized; /* TRUE if TERM has been resized */ - bool orig_attr; /* TRUE if we have the original colors */ - short orig_fore; /* original screen foreground color */ - short orig_back; /* original screen foreground color */ - int cursrow; /* position of physical cursor */ - int curscol; /* position of physical cursor */ - int visibility; /* visibility of cursor */ - int orig_cursor; /* original cursor size */ - int lines; /* new value for LINES */ - int cols; /* new value for COLS */ - unsigned long _trap_mbe; /* trap these mouse button events */ - unsigned long _map_mbe_to_key; /* map mouse buttons to slk */ - int mouse_wait; /* time to wait (in ms) for a - button release after a press, in - order to count it as a click */ - int slklines; /* lines in use by slk_init() */ - WINDOW *slk_winptr; /* window for slk */ - int linesrippedoff; /* lines ripped off via ripoffline() */ - int linesrippedoffontop; /* lines ripped off on - top via ripoffline() */ - int delaytenths; /* 1/10ths second to wait block - getch() for */ - bool _preserve; /* TRUE if screen background - to be preserved */ - int _restore; /* specifies if screen background - to be restored, and how */ - bool save_key_modifiers; /* TRUE if each key modifiers saved - with each key press */ - bool return_key_modifiers; /* TRUE if modifier keys are - returned as "real" keys */ - bool key_code; /* TRUE if last key is a special key; - used internally by get_wch() */ -#ifdef XCURSES - int XcurscrSize; /* size of Xcurscr shared memory block */ - bool sb_on; - int sb_viewport_y; - int sb_viewport_x; - int sb_total_y; - int sb_total_x; - int sb_cur_y; - int sb_cur_x; -#endif - short line_color; /* color of line attributes - default -1 */ -} SCREEN; - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * PDCurses External Variables - * - */ - -#ifdef PDC_DLL_BUILD -# ifdef CURSES_LIBRARY -# define PDCEX __declspec(dllexport) extern -# else -# define PDCEX __declspec(dllimport) -# endif -#else -# define PDCEX extern -#endif - -PDCEX int LINES; /* terminal height */ -PDCEX int COLS; /* terminal width */ -PDCEX WINDOW *stdscr; /* the default screen window */ -PDCEX WINDOW *curscr; /* the current screen image */ -PDCEX SCREEN *SP; /* curses variables */ -PDCEX MOUSE_STATUS Mouse_status; -PDCEX int COLORS; -PDCEX int COLOR_PAIRS; -PDCEX int TABSIZE; -PDCEX chtype acs_map[]; /* alternate character set map */ -PDCEX char ttytype[]; /* terminal name/description */ - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -PDCurses Text Attributes -======================== - -Originally, PDCurses used a short (16 bits) for its chtype. To include -color, a number of things had to be sacrificed from the strict Unix and -System V support. The main problem was fitting all character attributes -and color into an unsigned char (all 8 bits!). - -Today, PDCurses by default uses a long (32 bits) for its chtype, as in -System V. The short chtype is still available, by undefining CHTYPE_LONG -and rebuilding the library. - -The following is the structure of a win->_attrs chtype: - -short form: - - +-----------------------------------------------+ - |15|14|13|12|11|10| 9| 8| 7| 6| 5| 4| 3| 2| 1| 0| - +-----------------------------------------------+ - color number | attrs | character eg 'a' - -The available non-color attributes are bold, reverse and blink. Others -have no effect. The high order char is an index into an array of -physical colors (defined in color.c) -- 32 foreground/background color -pairs (5 bits) plus 3 bits for other attributes. - -long form: - - +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ - |31|30|29|28|27|26|25|24|23|22|21|20|19|18|17|16|15|14|13|..| 2| 1| 0| - +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ - color number | modifiers | character eg 'a' - -The available non-color attributes are bold, underline, invisible, -right-line, left-line, protect, reverse and blink. 256 color pairs (8 -bits), 8 bits for other attributes, and 16 bits for character data. - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -/*** Video attribute macros ***/ - -#define A_NORMAL (chtype)0 - -#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG -# define A_ALTCHARSET (chtype)0x00010000 -# define A_RIGHTLINE (chtype)0x00020000 -# define A_LEFTLINE (chtype)0x00040000 -# define A_INVIS (chtype)0x00080000 -# define A_UNDERLINE (chtype)0x00100000 -# define A_REVERSE (chtype)0x00200000 -# define A_BLINK (chtype)0x00400000 -# define A_BOLD (chtype)0x00800000 - -# define A_ATTRIBUTES (chtype)0xffff0000 -# define A_CHARTEXT (chtype)0x0000ffff -# define A_COLOR (chtype)0xff000000 - -# define A_ITALIC A_INVIS -# define A_PROTECT (A_UNDERLINE | A_LEFTLINE | A_RIGHTLINE) - -# define PDC_COLOR_SHIFT 24 -#else -# define A_BOLD (chtype)0x0100 /* X/Open */ -# define A_REVERSE (chtype)0x0200 /* X/Open */ -# define A_BLINK (chtype)0x0400 /* X/Open */ - -# define A_ATTRIBUTES (chtype)0xff00 /* X/Open */ -# define A_CHARTEXT (chtype)0x00ff /* X/Open */ -# define A_COLOR (chtype)0xf800 /* System V */ - -# define A_ALTCHARSET A_NORMAL /* X/Open */ -# define A_PROTECT A_NORMAL /* X/Open */ -# define A_UNDERLINE A_NORMAL /* X/Open */ - -# define A_LEFTLINE A_NORMAL -# define A_RIGHTLINE A_NORMAL -# define A_ITALIC A_NORMAL -# define A_INVIS A_NORMAL - -# define PDC_COLOR_SHIFT 11 -#endif - -#define A_STANDOUT (A_REVERSE | A_BOLD) /* X/Open */ -#define A_DIM A_NORMAL - -#define CHR_MSK A_CHARTEXT /* Obsolete */ -#define ATR_MSK A_ATTRIBUTES /* Obsolete */ -#define ATR_NRM A_NORMAL /* Obsolete */ - -/* For use with attr_t -- X/Open says, "these shall be distinct", so - this is a non-conforming implementation. */ - -#define WA_NORMAL A_NORMAL - -#define WA_ALTCHARSET A_ALTCHARSET -#define WA_BLINK A_BLINK -#define WA_BOLD A_BOLD -#define WA_DIM A_DIM -#define WA_INVIS A_INVIS -#define WA_LEFT A_LEFTLINE -#define WA_PROTECT A_PROTECT -#define WA_REVERSE A_REVERSE -#define WA_RIGHT A_RIGHTLINE -#define WA_STANDOUT A_STANDOUT -#define WA_UNDERLINE A_UNDERLINE - -#define WA_HORIZONTAL A_NORMAL -#define WA_LOW A_NORMAL -#define WA_TOP A_NORMAL -#define WA_VERTICAL A_NORMAL - -#define WA_ATTRIBUTES A_ATTRIBUTES - -/*** Alternate character set macros ***/ - -/* 'w' = 32-bit chtype; acs_map[] index | A_ALTCHARSET - 'n' = 16-bit chtype; it gets the fallback set because no bit is - available for A_ALTCHARSET */ - -#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG -# define ACS_PICK(w, n) ((chtype)w | A_ALTCHARSET) -#else -# define ACS_PICK(w, n) ((chtype)n) -#endif - -/* VT100-compatible symbols -- box chars */ - -#define ACS_ULCORNER ACS_PICK('l', '+') -#define ACS_LLCORNER ACS_PICK('m', '+') -#define ACS_URCORNER ACS_PICK('k', '+') -#define ACS_LRCORNER ACS_PICK('j', '+') -#define ACS_RTEE ACS_PICK('u', '+') -#define ACS_LTEE ACS_PICK('t', '+') -#define ACS_BTEE ACS_PICK('v', '+') -#define ACS_TTEE ACS_PICK('w', '+') -#define ACS_HLINE ACS_PICK('q', '-') -#define ACS_VLINE ACS_PICK('x', '|') -#define ACS_PLUS ACS_PICK('n', '+') - -/* VT100-compatible symbols -- other */ - -#define ACS_S1 ACS_PICK('o', '-') -#define ACS_S9 ACS_PICK('s', '_') -#define ACS_DIAMOND ACS_PICK('`', '+') -#define ACS_CKBOARD ACS_PICK('a', ':') -#define ACS_DEGREE ACS_PICK('f', '\'') -#define ACS_PLMINUS ACS_PICK('g', '#') -#define ACS_BULLET ACS_PICK('~', 'o') - -/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols -- these are defined in SysV curses, but - are not well-supported by most terminals. Stick to VT100 characters - for optimum portability. */ - -#define ACS_LARROW ACS_PICK(',', '<') -#define ACS_RARROW ACS_PICK('+', '>') -#define ACS_DARROW ACS_PICK('.', 'v') -#define ACS_UARROW ACS_PICK('-', '^') -#define ACS_BOARD ACS_PICK('h', '#') -#define ACS_LANTERN ACS_PICK('i', '*') -#define ACS_BLOCK ACS_PICK('0', '#') - -/* That goes double for these -- undocumented SysV symbols. Don't use - them. */ - -#define ACS_S3 ACS_PICK('p', '-') -#define ACS_S7 ACS_PICK('r', '-') -#define ACS_LEQUAL ACS_PICK('y', '<') -#define ACS_GEQUAL ACS_PICK('z', '>') -#define ACS_PI ACS_PICK('{', 'n') -#define ACS_NEQUAL ACS_PICK('|', '+') -#define ACS_STERLING ACS_PICK('}', 'L') - -/* Box char aliases */ - -#define ACS_BSSB ACS_ULCORNER -#define ACS_SSBB ACS_LLCORNER -#define ACS_BBSS ACS_URCORNER -#define ACS_SBBS ACS_LRCORNER -#define ACS_SBSS ACS_RTEE -#define ACS_SSSB ACS_LTEE -#define ACS_SSBS ACS_BTEE -#define ACS_BSSS ACS_TTEE -#define ACS_BSBS ACS_HLINE -#define ACS_SBSB ACS_VLINE -#define ACS_SSSS ACS_PLUS - -/* cchar_t aliases */ - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -# define WACS_ULCORNER (&(acs_map['l'])) -# define WACS_LLCORNER (&(acs_map['m'])) -# define WACS_URCORNER (&(acs_map['k'])) -# define WACS_LRCORNER (&(acs_map['j'])) -# define WACS_RTEE (&(acs_map['u'])) -# define WACS_LTEE (&(acs_map['t'])) -# define WACS_BTEE (&(acs_map['v'])) -# define WACS_TTEE (&(acs_map['w'])) -# define WACS_HLINE (&(acs_map['q'])) -# define WACS_VLINE (&(acs_map['x'])) -# define WACS_PLUS (&(acs_map['n'])) - -# define WACS_S1 (&(acs_map['o'])) -# define WACS_S9 (&(acs_map['s'])) -# define WACS_DIAMOND (&(acs_map['`'])) -# define WACS_CKBOARD (&(acs_map['a'])) -# define WACS_DEGREE (&(acs_map['f'])) -# define WACS_PLMINUS (&(acs_map['g'])) -# define WACS_BULLET (&(acs_map['~'])) - -# define WACS_LARROW (&(acs_map[','])) -# define WACS_RARROW (&(acs_map['+'])) -# define WACS_DARROW (&(acs_map['.'])) -# define WACS_UARROW (&(acs_map['-'])) -# define WACS_BOARD (&(acs_map['h'])) -# define WACS_LANTERN (&(acs_map['i'])) -# define WACS_BLOCK (&(acs_map['0'])) - -# define WACS_S3 (&(acs_map['p'])) -# define WACS_S7 (&(acs_map['r'])) -# define WACS_LEQUAL (&(acs_map['y'])) -# define WACS_GEQUAL (&(acs_map['z'])) -# define WACS_PI (&(acs_map['{'])) -# define WACS_NEQUAL (&(acs_map['|'])) -# define WACS_STERLING (&(acs_map['}'])) - -# define WACS_BSSB WACS_ULCORNER -# define WACS_SSBB WACS_LLCORNER -# define WACS_BBSS WACS_URCORNER -# define WACS_SBBS WACS_LRCORNER -# define WACS_SBSS WACS_RTEE -# define WACS_SSSB WACS_LTEE -# define WACS_SSBS WACS_BTEE -# define WACS_BSSS WACS_TTEE -# define WACS_BSBS WACS_HLINE -# define WACS_SBSB WACS_VLINE -# define WACS_SSSS WACS_PLUS -#endif - -/*** Color macros ***/ - -#define COLOR_BLACK 0 - -#ifdef PDC_RGB /* RGB */ -# define COLOR_RED 1 -# define COLOR_GREEN 2 -# define COLOR_BLUE 4 -#else /* BGR */ -# define COLOR_BLUE 1 -# define COLOR_GREEN 2 -# define COLOR_RED 4 -#endif - -#define COLOR_CYAN (COLOR_BLUE | COLOR_GREEN) -#define COLOR_MAGENTA (COLOR_RED | COLOR_BLUE) -#define COLOR_YELLOW (COLOR_RED | COLOR_GREEN) - -#define COLOR_WHITE 7 - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Function and Keypad Key Definitions. - * Many are just for compatibility. - * - */ - -#define KEY_CODE_YES 0x100 /* If get_wch() gives a key code */ - -#define KEY_BREAK 0x101 /* Not on PC KBD */ -#define KEY_DOWN 0x102 /* Down arrow key */ -#define KEY_UP 0x103 /* Up arrow key */ -#define KEY_LEFT 0x104 /* Left arrow key */ -#define KEY_RIGHT 0x105 /* Right arrow key */ -#define KEY_HOME 0x106 /* home key */ -#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0x107 /* not on pc */ -#define KEY_F0 0x108 /* function keys; 64 reserved */ - -#define KEY_DL 0x148 /* delete line */ -#define KEY_IL 0x149 /* insert line */ -#define KEY_DC 0x14a /* delete character */ -#define KEY_IC 0x14b /* insert char or enter ins mode */ -#define KEY_EIC 0x14c /* exit insert char mode */ -#define KEY_CLEAR 0x14d /* clear screen */ -#define KEY_EOS 0x14e /* clear to end of screen */ -#define KEY_EOL 0x14f /* clear to end of line */ -#define KEY_SF 0x150 /* scroll 1 line forward */ -#define KEY_SR 0x151 /* scroll 1 line back (reverse) */ -#define KEY_NPAGE 0x152 /* next page */ -#define KEY_PPAGE 0x153 /* previous page */ -#define KEY_STAB 0x154 /* set tab */ -#define KEY_CTAB 0x155 /* clear tab */ -#define KEY_CATAB 0x156 /* clear all tabs */ -#define KEY_ENTER 0x157 /* enter or send (unreliable) */ -#define KEY_SRESET 0x158 /* soft/reset (partial/unreliable) */ -#define KEY_RESET 0x159 /* reset/hard reset (unreliable) */ -#define KEY_PRINT 0x15a /* print/copy */ -#define KEY_LL 0x15b /* home down/bottom (lower left) */ -#define KEY_ABORT 0x15c /* abort/terminate key (any) */ -#define KEY_SHELP 0x15d /* short help */ -#define KEY_LHELP 0x15e /* long help */ -#define KEY_BTAB 0x15f /* Back tab key */ -#define KEY_BEG 0x160 /* beg(inning) key */ -#define KEY_CANCEL 0x161 /* cancel key */ -#define KEY_CLOSE 0x162 /* close key */ -#define KEY_COMMAND 0x163 /* cmd (command) key */ -#define KEY_COPY 0x164 /* copy key */ -#define KEY_CREATE 0x165 /* create key */ -#define KEY_END 0x166 /* end key */ -#define KEY_EXIT 0x167 /* exit key */ -#define KEY_FIND 0x168 /* find key */ -#define KEY_HELP 0x169 /* help key */ -#define KEY_MARK 0x16a /* mark key */ -#define KEY_MESSAGE 0x16b /* message key */ -#define KEY_MOVE 0x16c /* move key */ -#define KEY_NEXT 0x16d /* next object key */ -#define KEY_OPEN 0x16e /* open key */ -#define KEY_OPTIONS 0x16f /* options key */ -#define KEY_PREVIOUS 0x170 /* previous object key */ -#define KEY_REDO 0x171 /* redo key */ -#define KEY_REFERENCE 0x172 /* ref(erence) key */ -#define KEY_REFRESH 0x173 /* refresh key */ -#define KEY_REPLACE 0x174 /* replace key */ -#define KEY_RESTART 0x175 /* restart key */ -#define KEY_RESUME 0x176 /* resume key */ -#define KEY_SAVE 0x177 /* save key */ -#define KEY_SBEG 0x178 /* shifted beginning key */ -#define KEY_SCANCEL 0x179 /* shifted cancel key */ -#define KEY_SCOMMAND 0x17a /* shifted command key */ -#define KEY_SCOPY 0x17b /* shifted copy key */ -#define KEY_SCREATE 0x17c /* shifted create key */ -#define KEY_SDC 0x17d /* shifted delete char key */ -#define KEY_SDL 0x17e /* shifted delete line key */ -#define KEY_SELECT 0x17f /* select key */ -#define KEY_SEND 0x180 /* shifted end key */ -#define KEY_SEOL 0x181 /* shifted clear line key */ -#define KEY_SEXIT 0x182 /* shifted exit key */ -#define KEY_SFIND 0x183 /* shifted find key */ -#define KEY_SHOME 0x184 /* shifted home key */ -#define KEY_SIC 0x185 /* shifted input key */ - -#define KEY_SLEFT 0x187 /* shifted left arrow key */ -#define KEY_SMESSAGE 0x188 /* shifted message key */ -#define KEY_SMOVE 0x189 /* shifted move key */ -#define KEY_SNEXT 0x18a /* shifted next key */ -#define KEY_SOPTIONS 0x18b /* shifted options key */ -#define KEY_SPREVIOUS 0x18c /* shifted prev key */ -#define KEY_SPRINT 0x18d /* shifted print key */ -#define KEY_SREDO 0x18e /* shifted redo key */ -#define KEY_SREPLACE 0x18f /* shifted replace key */ -#define KEY_SRIGHT 0x190 /* shifted right arrow */ -#define KEY_SRSUME 0x191 /* shifted resume key */ -#define KEY_SSAVE 0x192 /* shifted save key */ -#define KEY_SSUSPEND 0x193 /* shifted suspend key */ -#define KEY_SUNDO 0x194 /* shifted undo key */ -#define KEY_SUSPEND 0x195 /* suspend key */ -#define KEY_UNDO 0x196 /* undo key */ - -/* PDCurses-specific key definitions -- PC only */ - -#define ALT_0 0x197 -#define ALT_1 0x198 -#define ALT_2 0x199 -#define ALT_3 0x19a -#define ALT_4 0x19b -#define ALT_5 0x19c -#define ALT_6 0x19d -#define ALT_7 0x19e -#define ALT_8 0x19f -#define ALT_9 0x1a0 -#define ALT_A 0x1a1 -#define ALT_B 0x1a2 -#define ALT_C 0x1a3 -#define ALT_D 0x1a4 -#define ALT_E 0x1a5 -#define ALT_F 0x1a6 -#define ALT_G 0x1a7 -#define ALT_H 0x1a8 -#define ALT_I 0x1a9 -#define ALT_J 0x1aa -#define ALT_K 0x1ab -#define ALT_L 0x1ac -#define ALT_M 0x1ad -#define ALT_N 0x1ae -#define ALT_O 0x1af -#define ALT_P 0x1b0 -#define ALT_Q 0x1b1 -#define ALT_R 0x1b2 -#define ALT_S 0x1b3 -#define ALT_T 0x1b4 -#define ALT_U 0x1b5 -#define ALT_V 0x1b6 -#define ALT_W 0x1b7 -#define ALT_X 0x1b8 -#define ALT_Y 0x1b9 -#define ALT_Z 0x1ba - -#define CTL_LEFT 0x1bb /* Control-Left-Arrow */ -#define CTL_RIGHT 0x1bc -#define CTL_PGUP 0x1bd -#define CTL_PGDN 0x1be -#define CTL_HOME 0x1bf -#define CTL_END 0x1c0 - -#define KEY_A1 0x1c1 /* upper left on Virtual keypad */ -#define KEY_A2 0x1c2 /* upper middle on Virt. keypad */ -#define KEY_A3 0x1c3 /* upper right on Vir. keypad */ -#define KEY_B1 0x1c4 /* middle left on Virt. keypad */ -#define KEY_B2 0x1c5 /* center on Virt. keypad */ -#define KEY_B3 0x1c6 /* middle right on Vir. keypad */ -#define KEY_C1 0x1c7 /* lower left on Virt. keypad */ -#define KEY_C2 0x1c8 /* lower middle on Virt. keypad */ -#define KEY_C3 0x1c9 /* lower right on Vir. keypad */ - -#define PADSLASH 0x1ca /* slash on keypad */ -#define PADENTER 0x1cb /* enter on keypad */ -#define CTL_PADENTER 0x1cc /* ctl-enter on keypad */ -#define ALT_PADENTER 0x1cd /* alt-enter on keypad */ -#define PADSTOP 0x1ce /* stop on keypad */ -#define PADSTAR 0x1cf /* star on keypad */ -#define PADMINUS 0x1d0 /* minus on keypad */ -#define PADPLUS 0x1d1 /* plus on keypad */ -#define CTL_PADSTOP 0x1d2 /* ctl-stop on keypad */ -#define CTL_PADCENTER 0x1d3 /* ctl-enter on keypad */ -#define CTL_PADPLUS 0x1d4 /* ctl-plus on keypad */ -#define CTL_PADMINUS 0x1d5 /* ctl-minus on keypad */ -#define CTL_PADSLASH 0x1d6 /* ctl-slash on keypad */ -#define CTL_PADSTAR 0x1d7 /* ctl-star on keypad */ -#define ALT_PADPLUS 0x1d8 /* alt-plus on keypad */ -#define ALT_PADMINUS 0x1d9 /* alt-minus on keypad */ -#define ALT_PADSLASH 0x1da /* alt-slash on keypad */ -#define ALT_PADSTAR 0x1db /* alt-star on keypad */ -#define ALT_PADSTOP 0x1dc /* alt-stop on keypad */ -#define CTL_INS 0x1dd /* ctl-insert */ -#define ALT_DEL 0x1de /* alt-delete */ -#define ALT_INS 0x1df /* alt-insert */ -#define CTL_UP 0x1e0 /* ctl-up arrow */ -#define CTL_DOWN 0x1e1 /* ctl-down arrow */ -#define CTL_TAB 0x1e2 /* ctl-tab */ -#define ALT_TAB 0x1e3 -#define ALT_MINUS 0x1e4 -#define ALT_EQUAL 0x1e5 -#define ALT_HOME 0x1e6 -#define ALT_PGUP 0x1e7 -#define ALT_PGDN 0x1e8 -#define ALT_END 0x1e9 -#define ALT_UP 0x1ea /* alt-up arrow */ -#define ALT_DOWN 0x1eb /* alt-down arrow */ -#define ALT_RIGHT 0x1ec /* alt-right arrow */ -#define ALT_LEFT 0x1ed /* alt-left arrow */ -#define ALT_ENTER 0x1ee /* alt-enter */ -#define ALT_ESC 0x1ef /* alt-escape */ -#define ALT_BQUOTE 0x1f0 /* alt-back quote */ -#define ALT_LBRACKET 0x1f1 /* alt-left bracket */ -#define ALT_RBRACKET 0x1f2 /* alt-right bracket */ -#define ALT_SEMICOLON 0x1f3 /* alt-semi-colon */ -#define ALT_FQUOTE 0x1f4 /* alt-forward quote */ -#define ALT_COMMA 0x1f5 /* alt-comma */ -#define ALT_STOP 0x1f6 /* alt-stop */ -#define ALT_FSLASH 0x1f7 /* alt-forward slash */ -#define ALT_BKSP 0x1f8 /* alt-backspace */ -#define CTL_BKSP 0x1f9 /* ctl-backspace */ -#define PAD0 0x1fa /* keypad 0 */ - -#define CTL_PAD0 0x1fb /* ctl-keypad 0 */ -#define CTL_PAD1 0x1fc -#define CTL_PAD2 0x1fd -#define CTL_PAD3 0x1fe -#define CTL_PAD4 0x1ff -#define CTL_PAD5 0x200 -#define CTL_PAD6 0x201 -#define CTL_PAD7 0x202 -#define CTL_PAD8 0x203 -#define CTL_PAD9 0x204 - -#define ALT_PAD0 0x205 /* alt-keypad 0 */ -#define ALT_PAD1 0x206 -#define ALT_PAD2 0x207 -#define ALT_PAD3 0x208 -#define ALT_PAD4 0x209 -#define ALT_PAD5 0x20a -#define ALT_PAD6 0x20b -#define ALT_PAD7 0x20c -#define ALT_PAD8 0x20d -#define ALT_PAD9 0x20e - -#define CTL_DEL 0x20f /* clt-delete */ -#define ALT_BSLASH 0x210 /* alt-back slash */ -#define CTL_ENTER 0x211 /* ctl-enter */ - -#define SHF_PADENTER 0x212 /* shift-enter on keypad */ -#define SHF_PADSLASH 0x213 /* shift-slash on keypad */ -#define SHF_PADSTAR 0x214 /* shift-star on keypad */ -#define SHF_PADPLUS 0x215 /* shift-plus on keypad */ -#define SHF_PADMINUS 0x216 /* shift-minus on keypad */ -#define SHF_UP 0x217 /* shift-up on keypad */ -#define SHF_DOWN 0x218 /* shift-down on keypad */ -#define SHF_IC 0x219 /* shift-insert on keypad */ -#define SHF_DC 0x21a /* shift-delete on keypad */ - -#define KEY_MOUSE 0x21b /* "mouse" key */ -#define KEY_SHIFT_L 0x21c /* Left-shift */ -#define KEY_SHIFT_R 0x21d /* Right-shift */ -#define KEY_CONTROL_L 0x21e /* Left-control */ -#define KEY_CONTROL_R 0x21f /* Right-control */ -#define KEY_ALT_L 0x220 /* Left-alt */ -#define KEY_ALT_R 0x221 /* Right-alt */ -#define KEY_RESIZE 0x222 /* Window resize */ -#define KEY_SUP 0x223 /* Shifted up arrow */ -#define KEY_SDOWN 0x224 /* Shifted down arrow */ - -#define KEY_MIN KEY_BREAK /* Minimum curses key value */ -#define KEY_MAX KEY_SDOWN /* Maximum curses key */ - -#define KEY_F(n) (KEY_F0 + (n)) - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * PDCurses Function Declarations - * - */ - -/* Standard */ - -int addch(const chtype); -int addchnstr(const chtype *, int); -int addchstr(const chtype *); -int addnstr(const char *, int); -int addstr(const char *); -int attroff(chtype); -int attron(chtype); -int attrset(chtype); -int attr_get(attr_t *, short *, void *); -int attr_off(attr_t, void *); -int attr_on(attr_t, void *); -int attr_set(attr_t, short, void *); -int baudrate(void); -int beep(void); -int bkgd(chtype); -void bkgdset(chtype); -int border(chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype); -int box(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype); -bool can_change_color(void); -int cbreak(void); -int chgat(int, attr_t, short, const void *); -int clearok(WINDOW *, bool); -int clear(void); -int clrtobot(void); -int clrtoeol(void); -int color_content(short, short *, short *, short *); -int color_set(short, void *); -int copywin(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int, int); -int curs_set(int); -int def_prog_mode(void); -int def_shell_mode(void); -int delay_output(int); -int delch(void); -int deleteln(void); -void delscreen(SCREEN *); -int delwin(WINDOW *); -WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int); -int doupdate(void); -WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *); -int echochar(const chtype); -int echo(void); -int endwin(void); -char erasechar(void); -int erase(void); -void filter(void); -int flash(void); -int flushinp(void); -chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *); -int getnstr(char *, int); -int getstr(char *); -WINDOW *getwin(FILE *); -int halfdelay(int); -bool has_colors(void); -bool has_ic(void); -bool has_il(void); -int hline(chtype, int); -void idcok(WINDOW *, bool); -int idlok(WINDOW *, bool); -void immedok(WINDOW *, bool); -int inchnstr(chtype *, int); -int inchstr(chtype *); -chtype inch(void); -int init_color(short, short, short, short); -int init_pair(short, short, short); -WINDOW *initscr(void); -int innstr(char *, int); -int insch(chtype); -int insdelln(int); -int insertln(void); -int insnstr(const char *, int); -int insstr(const char *); -int instr(char *); -int intrflush(WINDOW *, bool); -bool isendwin(void); -bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *, int); -bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *); -char *keyname(int); -int keypad(WINDOW *, bool); -char killchar(void); -int leaveok(WINDOW *, bool); -char *longname(void); -int meta(WINDOW *, bool); -int move(int, int); -int mvaddch(int, int, const chtype); -int mvaddchnstr(int, int, const chtype *, int); -int mvaddchstr(int, int, const chtype *); -int mvaddnstr(int, int, const char *, int); -int mvaddstr(int, int, const char *); -int mvchgat(int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *); -int mvcur(int, int, int, int); -int mvdelch(int, int); -int mvderwin(WINDOW *, int, int); -int mvgetch(int, int); -int mvgetnstr(int, int, char *, int); -int mvgetstr(int, int, char *); -int mvhline(int, int, chtype, int); -chtype mvinch(int, int); -int mvinchnstr(int, int, chtype *, int); -int mvinchstr(int, int, chtype *); -int mvinnstr(int, int, char *, int); -int mvinsch(int, int, chtype); -int mvinsnstr(int, int, const char *, int); -int mvinsstr(int, int, const char *); -int mvinstr(int, int, char *); -int mvprintw(int, int, const char *, ...); -int mvscanw(int, int, const char *, ...); -int mvvline(int, int, chtype, int); -int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *, int); -int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *); -int mvwaddch(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype); -int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int); -int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *); -int mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *); -int mvwdelch(WINDOW *, int, int); -int mvwgetch(WINDOW *, int, int); -int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int); -int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *); -int mvwhline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int); -int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *, int); -int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *); -chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *, int, int); -int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int); -int mvwinsch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype); -int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int); -int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *); -int mvwinstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *); -int mvwin(WINDOW *, int, int); -int mvwprintw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...); -int mvwscanw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...); -int mvwvline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int); -int napms(int); -WINDOW *newpad(int, int); -SCREEN *newterm(const char *, FILE *, FILE *); -WINDOW *newwin(int, int, int, int); -int nl(void); -int nocbreak(void); -int nodelay(WINDOW *, bool); -int noecho(void); -int nonl(void); -void noqiflush(void); -int noraw(void); -int notimeout(WINDOW *, bool); -int overlay(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *); -int overwrite(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *); -int pair_content(short, short *, short *); -int pechochar(WINDOW *, chtype); -int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int); -int prefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int); -int printw(const char *, ...); -int putwin(WINDOW *, FILE *); -void qiflush(void); -int raw(void); -int redrawwin(WINDOW *); -int refresh(void); -int reset_prog_mode(void); -int reset_shell_mode(void); -int resetty(void); -int ripoffline(int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int)); -int savetty(void); -int scanw(const char *, ...); -int scr_dump(const char *); -int scr_init(const char *); -int scr_restore(const char *); -int scr_set(const char *); -int scrl(int); -int scroll(WINDOW *); -int scrollok(WINDOW *, bool); -SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *); -int setscrreg(int, int); -int slk_attroff(const chtype); -int slk_attr_off(const attr_t, void *); -int slk_attron(const chtype); -int slk_attr_on(const attr_t, void *); -int slk_attrset(const chtype); -int slk_attr_set(const attr_t, short, void *); -int slk_clear(void); -int slk_color(short); -int slk_init(int); -char *slk_label(int); -int slk_noutrefresh(void); -int slk_refresh(void); -int slk_restore(void); -int slk_set(int, const char *, int); -int slk_touch(void); -int standend(void); -int standout(void); -int start_color(void); -WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int); -WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int); -int syncok(WINDOW *, bool); -chtype termattrs(void); -attr_t term_attrs(void); -char *termname(void); -void timeout(int); -int touchline(WINDOW *, int, int); -int touchwin(WINDOW *); -int typeahead(int); -int untouchwin(WINDOW *); -void use_env(bool); -int vidattr(chtype); -int vid_attr(attr_t, short, void *); -int vidputs(chtype, int (*)(int)); -int vid_puts(attr_t, short, void *, int (*)(int)); -int vline(chtype, int); -int vw_printw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list); -int vwprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list); -int vw_scanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list); -int vwscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list); -int waddchnstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *, int); -int waddchstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *); -int waddch(WINDOW *, const chtype); -int waddnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int); -int waddstr(WINDOW *, const char *); -int wattroff(WINDOW *, chtype); -int wattron(WINDOW *, chtype); -int wattrset(WINDOW *, chtype); -int wattr_get(WINDOW *, attr_t *, short *, void *); -int wattr_off(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *); -int wattr_on(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *); -int wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t, short, void *); -void wbkgdset(WINDOW *, chtype); -int wbkgd(WINDOW *, chtype); -int wborder(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, - chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype); -int wchgat(WINDOW *, int, attr_t, short, const void *); -int wclear(WINDOW *); -int wclrtobot(WINDOW *); -int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *); -int wcolor_set(WINDOW *, short, void *); -void wcursyncup(WINDOW *); -int wdelch(WINDOW *); -int wdeleteln(WINDOW *); -int wechochar(WINDOW *, const chtype); -int werase(WINDOW *); -int wgetch(WINDOW *); -int wgetnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int); -int wgetstr(WINDOW *, char *); -int whline(WINDOW *, chtype, int); -int winchnstr(WINDOW *, chtype *, int); -int winchstr(WINDOW *, chtype *); -chtype winch(WINDOW *); -int winnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int); -int winsch(WINDOW *, chtype); -int winsdelln(WINDOW *, int); -int winsertln(WINDOW *); -int winsnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int); -int winsstr(WINDOW *, const char *); -int winstr(WINDOW *, char *); -int wmove(WINDOW *, int, int); -int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *); -int wprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...); -int wredrawln(WINDOW *, int, int); -int wrefresh(WINDOW *); -int wscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...); -int wscrl(WINDOW *, int); -int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *, int, int); -int wstandend(WINDOW *); -int wstandout(WINDOW *); -void wsyncdown(WINDOW *); -void wsyncup(WINDOW *); -void wtimeout(WINDOW *, int); -int wtouchln(WINDOW *, int, int, int); -int wvline(WINDOW *, chtype, int); - -/* Wide-character functions */ - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int addnwstr(const wchar_t *, int); -int addwstr(const wchar_t *); -int add_wch(const cchar_t *); -int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *, int); -int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *); -int border_set(const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, - const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, - const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *); -int box_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *); -int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *); -int erasewchar(wchar_t *); -int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *); -int getcchar(const cchar_t *, wchar_t *, attr_t *, short *, void *); -int getn_wstr(wint_t *, int); -int get_wch(wint_t *); -int get_wstr(wint_t *); -int hline_set(const cchar_t *, int); -int innwstr(wchar_t *, int); -int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *, int); -int ins_wch(const cchar_t *); -int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *); -int inwstr(wchar_t *); -int in_wch(cchar_t *); -int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *, int); -int in_wchstr(cchar_t *); -char *key_name(wchar_t); -int killwchar(wchar_t *); -int mvaddnwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int); -int mvaddwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *); -int mvadd_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *); -int mvadd_wchnstr(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); -int mvadd_wchstr(int, int, const cchar_t *); -int mvgetn_wstr(int, int, wint_t *, int); -int mvget_wch(int, int, wint_t *); -int mvget_wstr(int, int, wint_t *); -int mvhline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); -int mvinnwstr(int, int, wchar_t *, int); -int mvins_nwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int); -int mvins_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *); -int mvins_wstr(int, int, const wchar_t *); -int mvinwstr(int, int, wchar_t *); -int mvin_wch(int, int, cchar_t *); -int mvin_wchnstr(int, int, cchar_t *, int); -int mvin_wchstr(int, int, cchar_t *); -int mvvline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int); -int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int); -int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *); -int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); -int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int); -int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); -int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *, int); -int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *); -int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *); -int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int); -int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *, int); -int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int); -int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *); -int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *); -int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *); -int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *, int); -int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *); -int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *); -int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int); -int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t*); -int setcchar(cchar_t*, const wchar_t*, const attr_t, short, const void*); -int slk_wset(int, const wchar_t *, int); -int unget_wch(const wchar_t); -int vline_set(const cchar_t *, int); -int waddnwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int); -int waddwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *); -int wadd_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); -int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); -int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); -int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); -void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); -int wborder_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, - const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, - const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *); -int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); -int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *, cchar_t *); -int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *, int); -int wget_wch(WINDOW *, wint_t *); -int wget_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *); -int whline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); -int winnwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *, int); -int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int); -int wins_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *); -int wins_wstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *); -int winwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *); -int win_wch(WINDOW *, cchar_t *); -int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *, cchar_t *, int); -int win_wchstr(WINDOW *, cchar_t *); -wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *); -int wvline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int); -#endif - -/* Quasi-standard */ - -chtype getattrs(WINDOW *); -int getbegx(WINDOW *); -int getbegy(WINDOW *); -int getmaxx(WINDOW *); -int getmaxy(WINDOW *); -int getparx(WINDOW *); -int getpary(WINDOW *); -int getcurx(WINDOW *); -int getcury(WINDOW *); -void traceoff(void); -void traceon(void); -char *unctrl(chtype); - -int crmode(void); -int nocrmode(void); -int draino(int); -int resetterm(void); -int fixterm(void); -int saveterm(void); -int setsyx(int, int); - -int mouse_set(unsigned long); -int mouse_on(unsigned long); -int mouse_off(unsigned long); -int request_mouse_pos(void); -int map_button(unsigned long); -void wmouse_position(WINDOW *, int *, int *); -unsigned long getmouse(void); -unsigned long getbmap(void); - -/* ncurses */ - -int assume_default_colors(int, int); -const char *curses_version(void); -bool has_key(int); -int use_default_colors(void); -int wresize(WINDOW *, int, int); - -int mouseinterval(int); -mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t, mmask_t *); -bool mouse_trafo(int *, int *, bool); -int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *); -int ungetmouse(MEVENT *); -bool wenclose(const WINDOW *, int, int); -bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *, int *, int *, bool); - -/* PDCurses */ - -int addrawch(chtype); -int insrawch(chtype); -bool is_termresized(void); -int mvaddrawch(int, int, chtype); -int mvdeleteln(int, int); -int mvinsertln(int, int); -int mvinsrawch(int, int, chtype); -int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype); -int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *, int, int); -int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *, int, int); -int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype); -int raw_output(bool); -int resize_term(int, int); -WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *, int, int); -int waddrawch(WINDOW *, chtype); -int winsrawch(WINDOW *, chtype); -char wordchar(void); - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int); -#endif - -void PDC_debug(const char *, ...); -int PDC_ungetch(int); -int PDC_set_blink(bool); -int PDC_set_line_color(short); -void PDC_set_title(const char *); - -int PDC_clearclipboard(void); -int PDC_freeclipboard(char *); -int PDC_getclipboard(char **, long *); -int PDC_setclipboard(const char *, long); - -unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void); -unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void); -int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool); -int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool); - -#ifdef XCURSES -WINDOW *Xinitscr(int, char **); -void XCursesExit(void); -int sb_init(void); -int sb_set_horz(int, int, int); -int sb_set_vert(int, int, int); -int sb_get_horz(int *, int *, int *); -int sb_get_vert(int *, int *, int *); -int sb_refresh(void); -#endif - -/*** Functions defined as macros ***/ - -/* getch() and ungetch() conflict with some DOS libraries */ - -#define getch() wgetch(stdscr) -#define ungetch(ch) PDC_ungetch(ch) - -#define COLOR_PAIR(n) (((chtype)(n) << PDC_COLOR_SHIFT) & A_COLOR) -#define PAIR_NUMBER(n) (((n) & A_COLOR) >> PDC_COLOR_SHIFT) - -/* These will _only_ work as macros */ - -#define getbegyx(w, y, x) (y = getbegy(w), x = getbegx(w)) -#define getmaxyx(w, y, x) (y = getmaxy(w), x = getmaxx(w)) -#define getparyx(w, y, x) (y = getpary(w), x = getparx(w)) -#define getyx(w, y, x) (y = getcury(w), x = getcurx(w)) - -#define getsyx(y, x) { if (curscr->_leaveit) (y)=(x)=-1; \ - else getyx(curscr,(y),(x)); } - -#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION -# define getmouse(x) nc_getmouse(x) -#endif - -/* return codes from PDC_getclipboard() and PDC_setclipboard() calls */ - -#define PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS 0 -#define PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR 1 -#define PDC_CLIP_EMPTY 2 -#define PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR 3 - -/* PDCurses key modifier masks */ - -#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT 1 -#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL 2 -#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT 4 -#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK 8 - -#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) -# undef bool -} -#endif - -#endif /* __PDCURSES__ */ diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/curspriv.h b/core/src/pdcurses/curspriv.h deleted file mode 100755 index 299c8a5e2..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/curspriv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -/* Private definitions and declarations for use within PDCurses. - These should generally not be referenced by applications. */ - -#ifndef __CURSES_INTERNALS__ -#define __CURSES_INTERNALS__ 1 - -#define CURSES_LIBRARY -#include <curses.h> - -#if defined(__TURBOC__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__DJGPP__) || \ - defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || \ - defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__PACIFIC__) -# ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF -# define HAVE_VSSCANF /* have vsscanf() */ -# endif -#endif - -#if defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || \ - defined(__LCC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) -# ifndef HAVE_VSNPRINTF -# define HAVE_VSNPRINTF /* have vsnprintf() */ -# endif -#endif - -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE) -# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1 /* kill nonsense warnings */ -#endif - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -typedef struct /* structure for ripped off lines */ -{ - int line; - int (*init)(WINDOW *, int); -} RIPPEDOFFLINE; - -/* Window properties */ - -#define _SUBWIN 0x01 /* window is a subwindow */ -#define _PAD 0x10 /* X/Open Pad. */ -#define _SUBPAD 0x20 /* X/Open subpad. */ - -/* Miscellaneous */ - -#define _NO_CHANGE -1 /* flags line edge unchanged */ - -#define _ECHAR 0x08 /* Erase char (^H) */ -#define _DWCHAR 0x17 /* Delete Word char (^W) */ -#define _DLCHAR 0x15 /* Delete Line char (^U) */ - -extern WINDOW *pdc_lastscr; -extern bool pdc_trace_on; /* tracing flag */ -extern bool pdc_color_started; -extern unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers; -extern MOUSE_STATUS pdc_mouse_status; - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -/* Platform implementation functions */ - -void PDC_beep(void); -bool PDC_can_change_color(void); -int PDC_color_content(short, short *, short *, short *); -bool PDC_check_key(void); -int PDC_curs_set(int); -void PDC_flushinp(void); -int PDC_get_columns(void); -int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void); -int PDC_get_key(void); -int PDC_get_rows(void); -void PDC_gotoyx(int, int); -int PDC_init_color(short, short, short, short); -void PDC_init_pair(short, short, short); -int PDC_modifiers_set(void); -int PDC_mouse_set(void); -void PDC_napms(int); -int PDC_pair_content(short, short *, short *); -void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void); -void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void); -int PDC_resize_screen(int, int); -void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int); -void PDC_save_screen_mode(int); -void PDC_scr_close(void); -void PDC_scr_free(void); -int PDC_scr_open(int, char **); -void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool); -void PDC_transform_line(int, int, int, const chtype *); -const char *PDC_sysname(void); - -/* Internal cross-module functions */ - -void PDC_init_atrtab(void); -WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *); -WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int, int, int, int); -int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int, int); -void PDC_slk_free(void); -void PDC_slk_initialize(void); -void PDC_sync(WINDOW *); - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t); -size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t); -size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *, const wchar_t *, size_t); -#endif - -#ifdef PDCDEBUG -# define PDC_LOG(x) if (pdc_trace_on) PDC_debug x -#else -# define PDC_LOG(x) -#endif - -/* Internal macros for attributes */ - -#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG -# define PDC_COLOR_PAIRS 256 -#else -# define PDC_COLOR_PAIRS 32 -#endif - -#ifndef max -# define max(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) -#endif -#ifndef min -# define min(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) -#endif - -#define DIVROUND(num, divisor) ((num) + ((divisor) >> 1)) / (divisor) - -#define PDC_CLICK_PERIOD 150 /* time to wait for a click, if - not set by mouseinterval() */ - -#endif /* __CURSES_INTERNALS__*/ diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/exp-base.def b/core/src/pdcurses/exp-base.def deleted file mode 100755 index 222b1339e..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/exp-base.def +++ /dev/null @@ -1,374 +0,0 @@ -LINES -COLS -stdscr -curscr -SP -Mouse_status -COLORS -COLOR_PAIRS -TABSIZE -acs_map -ttytype -addch -addchnstr -addchstr -addnstr -addstr -attroff -attron -attrset -attr_get -attr_off -attr_on -attr_set -baudrate -beep -bkgd -bkgdset -border -box -can_change_color -cbreak -chgat -clearok -clear -clrtobot -clrtoeol -color_content -color_set -copywin -curs_set -def_prog_mode -def_shell_mode -delay_output -delch -deleteln -delscreen -delwin -derwin -doupdate -dupwin -echochar -echo -endwin -erasechar -erase -filter -flash -flushinp -getbkgd -getnstr -getstr -getwin -halfdelay -has_colors -has_ic -has_il -hline -idcok -idlok -immedok -inchnstr -inchstr -inch -init_color -init_pair -initscr -innstr -insch -insdelln -insertln -insnstr -insstr -instr -intrflush -isendwin -is_linetouched -is_wintouched -keyname -keypad -killchar -leaveok -longname -meta -move -mvaddch -mvaddchnstr -mvaddchstr -mvaddnstr -mvaddstr -mvchgat -mvcur -mvdelch -mvderwin -mvgetch -mvgetnstr -mvgetstr -mvhline -mvinch -mvinchnstr -mvinchstr -mvinnstr -mvinsch -mvinsnstr -mvinsstr -mvinstr -mvprintw -mvscanw -mvvline -mvwaddchnstr -mvwaddchstr -mvwaddch -mvwaddnstr -mvwaddstr -mvwchgat -mvwdelch -mvwgetch -mvwgetnstr -mvwgetstr -mvwhline -mvwinchnstr -mvwinchstr -mvwinch -mvwinnstr -mvwinsch -mvwinsnstr -mvwinsstr -mvwinstr -mvwin -mvwprintw -mvwscanw -mvwvline -napms -newpad -newterm -newwin -nl -nocbreak -nodelay -noecho -nonl -noqiflush -noraw -notimeout -overlay -overwrite -pair_content -pechochar -pnoutrefresh -prefresh -printw -putwin -qiflush -raw -redrawwin -refresh -reset_prog_mode -reset_shell_mode -resetty -ripoffline -savetty -scanw -scr_dump -scr_init -scrl -scrollok -scroll -scr_restore -scr_set -setscrreg -setsyx -set_term -slk_attroff -slk_attr_off -slk_attron -slk_attr_on -slk_attrset -slk_attr_set -slk_clear -slk_color -slk_init -slk_label -slk_noutrefresh -slk_refresh -slk_restore -slk_set -slk_touch -standend -standout -start_color -subpad -subwin -syncok -termattrs -term_attrs -termname -timeout -touchline -touchwin -typeahead -untouchwin -use_env -vidattr -vid_attr -vidputs -vid_puts -vline -vw_printw -vwprintw -vw_scanw -vwscanw -waddchnstr -waddchstr -waddch -waddnstr -waddstr -wattroff -wattron -wattrset -wattr_get -wattr_off -wattr_on -wattr_set -wbkgdset -wbkgd -wborder -wchgat -wclear -wclrtobot -wclrtoeol -wcolor_set -wcursyncup -wdelch -wdeleteln -wechochar -werase -wgetch -wgetnstr -wgetstr -whline -winchnstr -winchstr -winch -winnstr -winsch -winsdelln -winsertln -winsnstr -winsstr -winstr -wmove -wnoutrefresh -wprintw -wredrawln -wrefresh -wscanw -wscrl -wsetscrreg -wstandend -wstandout -wsyncdown -wsyncup -wtimeout -wtouchln -wvline -getattrs -getbegx -getbegy -getmaxx -getmaxy -getparx -getpary -getcurx -getcury -traceoff -traceon -unctrl -crmode -nocrmode -draino -resetterm -fixterm -saveterm -mouse_set -mouse_on -mouse_off -request_mouse_pos -map_button -wmouse_position -getmouse -getbmap -assume_default_colors -curses_version -has_key -use_default_colors -wresize -mouseinterval -mousemask -mouse_trafo -nc_getmouse -ungetmouse -wenclose -wmouse_trafo -addrawch -insrawch -is_termresized -mvaddrawch -mvdeleteln -mvinsertln -mvinsrawch -mvwaddrawch -mvwdeleteln -mvwinsertln -mvwinsrawch -raw_output -resize_term -resize_window -waddrawch -winsrawch -wordchar -bottom_panel -del_panel -hide_panel -move_panel -new_panel -panel_above -panel_below -panel_hidden -panel_userptr -panel_window -replace_panel -set_panel_userptr -show_panel -top_panel -update_panels -PDC_debug -PDC_ungetch -PDC_set_blink -PDC_set_line_color -PDC_set_title -PDC_clearclipboard -PDC_freeclipboard -PDC_getclipboard -PDC_setclipboard -PDC_get_input_fd -PDC_get_key_modifiers -PDC_save_key_modifiers -PDC_return_key_modifiers -cur_term -del_curterm -putp -restartterm -set_curterm -setterm -setupterm -tgetent -tgetflag -tgetnum -tgetstr -tgoto -tigetflag -tigetnum -tigetstr -tparm -tputs diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/exp-wide.def b/core/src/pdcurses/exp-wide.def deleted file mode 100755 index ebf6bc201..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/exp-wide.def +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -addnwstr -addwstr -add_wch -add_wchnstr -add_wchstr -border_set -box_set -echo_wchar -erasewchar -getbkgrnd -getcchar -getn_wstr -get_wch -get_wstr -hline_set -innwstr -ins_nwstr -ins_wch -ins_wstr -inwstr -in_wch -in_wchnstr -in_wchstr -key_name -killwchar -mvaddnwstr -mvaddwstr -mvadd_wch -mvadd_wchnstr -mvadd_wchstr -mvgetn_wstr -mvget_wch -mvget_wstr -mvhline_set -mvinnwstr -mvins_nwstr -mvins_wch -mvins_wstr -mvinwstr -mvin_wch -mvin_wchnstr -mvin_wchstr -mvvline_set -mvwaddnwstr -mvwaddwstr -mvwadd_wch -mvwadd_wchnstr -mvwadd_wchstr -mvwgetn_wstr -mvwget_wch -mvwget_wstr -mvwhline_set -mvwinnwstr -mvwins_nwstr -mvwins_wch -mvwins_wstr -mvwin_wch -mvwin_wchnstr -mvwin_wchstr -mvwinwstr -mvwvline_set -pecho_wchar -setcchar -slk_wset -unget_wch -vline_set -waddnwstr -waddwstr -wadd_wch -wadd_wchnstr -wadd_wchstr -wbkgrnd -wbkgrndset -wborder_set -wecho_wchar -wgetbkgrnd -wgetn_wstr -wget_wch -wget_wstr -whline_set -winnwstr -wins_nwstr -wins_wch -wins_wstr -winwstr -win_wch -win_wchnstr -win_wchstr -wunctrl -wvline_set diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/panel.h b/core/src/pdcurses/panel.h deleted file mode 100755 index 26627b932..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/panel.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------* - * Panels for PDCurses * - *----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -#ifndef __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ -#define __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ 1 - -#include <curses.h> - -#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) -extern "C" -{ -#endif - -typedef struct panelobs -{ - struct panelobs *above; - struct panel *pan; -} PANELOBS; - -typedef struct panel -{ - WINDOW *win; - int wstarty; - int wendy; - int wstartx; - int wendx; - struct panel *below; - struct panel *above; - const void *user; - struct panelobs *obscure; -} PANEL; - -int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan); -int del_panel(PANEL *pan); -int hide_panel(PANEL *pan); -int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx); -PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win); -PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan); -PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan); -int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan); -const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan); -WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan); -int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win); -int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr); -int show_panel(PANEL *pan); -int top_panel(PANEL *pan); -void update_panels(void); - -#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) -} -#endif - -#endif /* __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ */ diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/README.md b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/README.md deleted file mode 100755 index bef1c4c46..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -PDCurses Portable Core -====================== - -This directory contains core PDCurses source code files common to all -platforms. - - -Building --------- - -These modules are built by the platform-specific makefiles, in the -platform directories. - - -Distribution Status -------------------- - -The files in this directory are released to the Public Domain. - - -Acknowledgements ----------------- - -The panel library was originally provided by -Warren Tucker <[email protected]> diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/addch.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/addch.c deleted file mode 100755 index ff5802d71..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/addch.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,411 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -addch ------ - -### Synopsis - - int addch(const chtype ch); - int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch); - int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch); - int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch); - int echochar(const chtype ch); - int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch); - - int addrawch(chtype ch); - int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch); - int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch); - int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch); - - int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch); - int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); - int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); - int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); - int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch); - int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); - -### Description - - addch() adds the chtype ch to the default window (stdscr) at the - current cursor position, and advances the cursor. Note that - chtypes can convey both text (a single character) and - attributes, including a color pair. add_wch() is the wide- - character version of this function, taking a pointer to a - cchar_t instead of a chtype. - - waddch() is like addch(), but also lets you specify the window. - (This is in fact the core output routine.) wadd_wch() is the - wide version. - - mvaddch() moves the cursor to the specified (y, x) position, and - adds ch to stdscr. mvadd_wch() is the wide version. - - mvwaddch() moves the cursor to the specified position and adds - ch to the specified window. mvwadd_wch() is the wide version. - - echochar() adds ch to stdscr at the current cursor position and - calls refresh(). echo_wchar() is the wide version. - - wechochar() adds ch to the specified window and calls - wrefresh(). wecho_wchar() is the wide version. - - addrawch(), waddrawch(), mvaddrawch() and mvwaddrawch() are - PDCurses-specific wrappers for addch() etc. that disable the - translation of control characters. - - The following applies to all these functions: - - If the cursor moves on to the right margin, an automatic newline - is performed. If scrollok is enabled, and a character is added - to the bottom right corner of the window, the scrolling region - will be scrolled up one line. If scrolling is not allowed, ERR - will be returned. - - If ch is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor will be moved - appropriately within the window. If ch is a newline, the - clrtoeol routine is called before the cursor is moved to the - beginning of the next line. If newline mapping is off, the - cursor will be moved to the next line, but the x coordinate will - be unchanged. If ch is a tab the cursor is moved to the next - tab position within the window. If ch is another control - character, it will be drawn in the ^X notation. Calling the - inch() routine after adding a control character returns the - representation of the control character, not the control - character. - - Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing them - into the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be copied - from one place to another by using inch() and addch(). - - Note that in PDCurses, for now, a cchar_t and a chtype are the - same. The text field is 16 bits wide, and is treated as Unicode - (UCS-2) when PDCurses is built with wide-character support - (define PDC_WIDE). So, in functions that take a chtype, like - addch(), both the wide and narrow versions will handle Unicode. - But for portability, you should use the wide functions. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - addch Y Y Y - waddch Y Y Y - mvaddch Y Y Y - mvwaddch Y Y Y - echochar Y - 3.0 - wechochar Y - 3.0 - addrawch - - - - waddrawch - - - - mvaddrawch - - - - mvwaddrawch - - - - add_wch Y - wadd_wch Y - mvadd_wch Y - mvwadd_wch Y - echo_wchar Y - wecho_wchar Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch) -{ - int x, y; - chtype text, attr; - bool xlat; - - PDC_LOG(("waddch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n", - win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES)); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - x = win->_curx; - y = win->_cury; - - if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0) - return ERR; - - xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET); - text = ch & A_CHARTEXT; - attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES; - - if (xlat && (text < ' ' || text == 0x7f)) - { - int x2; - - switch (text) - { - case '\t': - for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++) - { - if (waddch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR) - return ERR; - - /* if tab to next line, exit the loop */ - - if (!win->_curx) - break; - } - return OK; - - case '\n': - /* if lf -> crlf */ - - if (!SP->raw_out) - x = 0; - - wclrtoeol(win); - - if (++y > win->_bmarg) - { - y--; - - if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR) - return ERR; - } - - break; - - case '\b': - /* don't back over left margin */ - - if (--x < 0) - case '\r': - x = 0; - - break; - - case 0x7f: - if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddch(win, attr | '?'); - - default: - /* handle control chars */ - - if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddch(win, ch + '@'); - } - } - else - { - /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute, - then use the current attributes for the window. If it has - attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to - the current attributes for the window. If it has a color - component, use the attributes solely from the incoming - character. */ - - if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) - attr |= win->_attrs; - - /* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window - background, in that it only takes precedence if other color - attributes are not there and that the background character - will only print if the printing character is blank. */ - - if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) - attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES; - else - attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR); - - if (text == ' ') - text = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT; - - /* Add the attribute back into the character. */ - - text |= attr; - - /* Only change _firstch/_lastch if the character to be added is - different from the character/attribute that is already in - that position in the window. */ - - if (win->_y[y][x] != text) - { - if (win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) - win->_firstch[y] = win->_lastch[y] = x; - else - if (x < win->_firstch[y]) - win->_firstch[y] = x; - else - if (x > win->_lastch[y]) - win->_lastch[y] = x; - - win->_y[y][x] = text; - } - - if (++x >= win->_maxx) - { - /* wrap around test */ - - x = 0; - - if (++y > win->_bmarg) - { - y--; - - if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR) - { - PDC_sync(win); - return ERR; - } - } - } - } - - win->_curx = x; - win->_cury = y; - - if (win->_immed) - wrefresh(win); - if (win->_sync) - wsyncup(win); - - return OK; -} - -int addch(const chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("addch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch)); - - return waddch(stdscr, ch); -} - -int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%x\n", y, x, ch)); - - if (move(y,x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddch(stdscr, ch); -} - -int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", win, y, x, ch)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddch(win, ch); -} - -int echochar(const chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("echochar() - called: ch=%x\n", ch)); - - return wechochar(stdscr, ch); -} - -int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wechochar() - called: win=%p ch=%x\n", win, ch)); - - if (waddch(win, ch) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wrefresh(win); -} - -int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("waddrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n", - win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES)); - - if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f) - ch |= A_ALTCHARSET; - - return waddch(win, ch); -} - -int addrawch(chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("addrawch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch)); - - return waddrawch(stdscr, ch); -} - -int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvaddrawch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", y, x, ch)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddrawch(stdscr, ch); -} - -int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwaddrawch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", - win, y, x, ch)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddrawch(win, ch); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wadd_wch() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch)); - - return wch ? waddch(win, *wch) : ERR; -} - -int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("add_wch() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch)); - - return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch); -} - -int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d wch=%x\n", y, x, *wch)); - - if (move(y,x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch); -} - -int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d wch=%d\n", - win, y, x, *wch)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wadd_wch(win, wch); -} - -int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("echo_wchar() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch)); - - return wecho_wchar(stdscr, wch); -} - -int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wecho_wchar() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch)); - - if (!wch || (wadd_wch(win, wch) == ERR)) - return ERR; - - return wrefresh(win); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/addchstr.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/addchstr.c deleted file mode 100755 index c1a0f1124..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/addchstr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,245 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -addchstr --------- - -### Synopsis - - int addchstr(const chtype *ch); - int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n); - int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch); - int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n); - int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch); - int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n); - int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch); - int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n); - - int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch); - int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n); - int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); - int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n); - int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); - int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n); - int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); - int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, - int n); - -### Description - - These routines write a chtype or cchar_t string directly into - the window structure, starting at the current or specified - position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at - most n elements, but no more than will fit on the line. If n = - -1 then the whole string is copied, up to the maximum number - that will fit on the line. - - The cursor position is not advanced. These routines do not check - for newline or other special characters, nor does any line - wrapping occur. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK or ERR. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - addchstr Y - 4.0 - waddchstr Y - 4.0 - mvaddchstr Y - 4.0 - mvwaddchstr Y - 4.0 - addchnstr Y - 4.0 - waddchnstr Y - 4.0 - mvaddchnstr Y - 4.0 - mvwaddchnstr Y - 4.0 - add_wchstr Y - wadd_wchstr Y - mvadd_wchstr Y - mvwadd_wchstr Y - add_wchnstr Y - wadd_wchnstr Y - mvadd_wchnstr Y - mvwadd_wchnstr Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> - -int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n) -{ - int y, x, maxx, minx; - chtype *ptr; - - PDC_LOG(("waddchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n)); - - if (!win || !ch || !n || n < -1) - return ERR; - - x = win->_curx; - y = win->_cury; - ptr = &(win->_y[y][x]); - - if (n == -1 || n > win->_maxx - x) - n = win->_maxx - x; - - minx = win->_firstch[y]; - maxx = win->_lastch[y]; - - for (; n && *ch; n--, x++, ptr++, ch++) - { - if (*ptr != *ch) - { - if (x < minx || minx == _NO_CHANGE) - minx = x; - - if (x > maxx) - maxx = x; - - PDC_LOG(("y %d x %d minx %d maxx %d *ptr %x *ch" - " %x firstch: %d lastch: %d\n", - y, x, minx, maxx, *ptr, *ch, - win->_firstch[y], win->_lastch[y])); - - *ptr = *ch; - } - } - - win->_firstch[y] = minx; - win->_lastch[y] = maxx; - - return OK; -} - -int addchstr(const chtype *ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("addchstr() - called\n")); - - return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1); -} - -int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("addchnstr() - called\n")); - - return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n); -} - -int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("waddchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win)); - - return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1); -} - -int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvaddchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1); -} - -int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n); -} - -int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchstr() - called:\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1); -} - -int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddchnstr(win, ch, n); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n)); - - return waddchnstr(win, wch, n); -} - -int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("add_wchstr() - called\n")); - - return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1); -} - -int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("add_wchnstr() - called\n")); - - return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n); -} - -int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win)); - - return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1); -} - -int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1); -} - -int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n); -} - -int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchstr() - called:\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1); -} - -int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, n); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/addstr.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/addstr.c deleted file mode 100755 index a2a9465cb..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/addstr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -addstr ------- - -### Synopsis - - int addstr(const char *str); - int addnstr(const char *str, int n); - int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str); - int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n); - int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str); - int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n); - int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str); - int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n); - - int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr); - int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n); - int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr); - int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); - int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr); - int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); - int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr); - int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); - -### Description - - These routines write all the characters of the null-terminated - string str or wide-character string wstr to the given window. - The functionality is similar to calling waddch() once for each - character in the string; except that, when PDCurses is built - with wide-character support enabled, the narrow-character - functions treat the string as a multibyte string in the current - locale, and convert it. The routines with n as the last - argument write at most n characters; if n is negative, then the - entire string will be added. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK or ERR. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - addstr Y Y Y - waddstr Y Y Y - mvaddstr Y Y Y - mvwaddstr Y Y Y - addnstr Y - 4.0 - waddnstr Y - 4.0 - mvaddnstr Y - 4.0 - mvwaddnstr Y - 4.0 - addwstr Y - waddwstr Y - mvaddwstr Y - mvwaddwstr Y - addnwstr Y - waddnwstr Y - mvaddnwstr Y - mvwaddnwstr Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n) -{ - int i = 0; - - PDC_LOG(("waddnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n)); - - if (!win || !str) - return ERR; - - while (str[i] && (i < n || n < 0)) - { -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - wchar_t wch; - int retval = PDC_mbtowc(&wch, str + i, n >= 0 ? n - i : 6); - - if (retval <= 0) - return OK; - - i += retval; -#else - chtype wch = (unsigned char)(str[i++]); -#endif - if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR) - return ERR; - } - - return OK; -} - -int addstr(const char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("addstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); - - return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1); -} - -int addnstr(const char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("addnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n)); - - return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n); -} - -int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("waddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); - - return waddnstr(win, str, -1); -} - -int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1); -} - -int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n", - y, x, str, n)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n); -} - -int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddnstr(win, str, -1); -} - -int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n", - y, x, str, n)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddnstr(win, str, n); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - int i = 0; - - PDC_LOG(("waddnwstr() - called\n")); - - if (!win || !wstr) - return ERR; - - while (wstr[i] && (i < n || n < 0)) - { - chtype wch = wstr[i++]; - - if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR) - return ERR; - } - - return OK; -} - -int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("addwstr() - called\n")); - - return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1); -} - -int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("addnwstr() - called\n")); - - return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); -} - -int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("waddwstr() - called\n")); - - return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1); -} - -int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1); -} - -int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); -} - -int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1); -} - -int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return waddnwstr(win, wstr, n); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/attr.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/attr.c deleted file mode 100755 index b92d64464..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/attr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,352 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -attr ----- - -### Synopsis - - int attroff(chtype attrs); - int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs); - int attron(chtype attrs); - int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs); - int attrset(chtype attrs); - int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs); - int standend(void); - int wstandend(WINDOW *win); - int standout(void); - int wstandout(WINDOW *win); - - int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts); - int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts); - - int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts); - int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts); - int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts); - int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts); - int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, - void *opts); - int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts); - int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts); - int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair, - void *opts); - - int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts); - int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color, - const void *opts); - int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, - short color, const void *opts); - int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color, - const void *opts); - - chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win); - -### Description - - These functions manipulate the current attributes and/or colors - of the named window. These attributes can be any combination - of A_STANDOUT, A_REVERSE, A_BOLD, A_DIM, A_BLINK, A_UNDERLINE. - - These constants are defined in <curses.h> and can be combined - with the bitwise-OR operator (|). - - The current attributes of a window are applied to all chtypes - that are written into the window with waddch(). Attributes are - a property of the chtype, and move with the character through - any scrolling or insert/delete operations. - - attrset() sets the current attributes of the given window to - attrs. attroff() turns off the named attributes without - affecting any other attributes; attron() turns them on. - color_set() sets the window color to the value of color_pair. - - standout() is the same as attron(A_STANDOUT). standend() is the - same as attrset(A_NORMAL); that is, it turns off all attributes. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - attroff Y Y Y - wattroff Y Y Y - attron Y Y Y - wattron Y Y Y - attrset Y Y Y - wattrset Y Y Y - standend Y Y Y - wstandend Y Y Y - standout Y Y Y - wstandout Y Y Y - color_set Y - wcolor_set Y - attr_get Y - wattr_get Y - attr_on Y - wattr_on Y - attr_off Y - wattr_off Y - attr_set Y - wattr_set Y - chgat Y - wchgat Y - mvchgat Y - mvwchgat Y - getattrs - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wattroff() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - win->_attrs &= (~attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES); - - return OK; -} - -int attroff(chtype attrs) -{ - PDC_LOG(("attroff() - called\n")); - - return wattroff(stdscr, attrs); -} - -int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs) -{ - chtype newcolr, oldcolr, newattr, oldattr; - - PDC_LOG(("wattron() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - if ((win->_attrs & A_COLOR) && (attrs & A_COLOR)) - { - oldcolr = win->_attrs & A_COLOR; - oldattr = win->_attrs ^ oldcolr; - newcolr = attrs & A_COLOR; - newattr = (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr; - newattr |= oldattr; - win->_attrs = newattr | newcolr; - } - else - win->_attrs |= (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES); - - return OK; -} - -int attron(chtype attrs) -{ - PDC_LOG(("attron() - called\n")); - - return wattron(stdscr, attrs); -} - -int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wattrset() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - win->_attrs = attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES; - - return OK; -} - -int attrset(chtype attrs) -{ - PDC_LOG(("attrset() - called\n")); - - return wattrset(stdscr, attrs); -} - -int standend(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("standend() - called\n")); - - return wattrset(stdscr, A_NORMAL); -} - -int standout(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("standout() - called\n")); - - return wattrset(stdscr, A_STANDOUT); -} - -int wstandend(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wstandend() - called\n")); - - return wattrset(win, A_NORMAL); -} - -int wstandout(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wstandout() - called\n")); - - return wattrset(win, A_STANDOUT); -} - -chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win) -{ - return win ? win->_attrs : 0; -} - -int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wcolor_set() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - win->_attrs = (win->_attrs & ~A_COLOR) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair); - - return OK; -} - -int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("color_set() - called\n")); - - return wcolor_set(stdscr, color_pair, opts); -} - -int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wattr_get() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - if (attrs) - *attrs = win->_attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR); - - if (color_pair) - *color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(win->_attrs); - - return OK; -} - -int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n")); - - return wattr_get(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts); -} - -int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n")); - - return wattroff(win, attrs); -} - -int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("attr_off() - called\n")); - - return wattroff(stdscr, attrs); -} - -int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n")); - - return wattron(win, attrs); -} - -int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("attr_on() - called\n")); - - return wattron(stdscr, attrs); -} - -int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wattr_set() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - win->_attrs = (attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR)) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair); - - return OK; -} - -int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n")); - - return wattr_set(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts); -} - -int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts) -{ - chtype *dest, newattr; - int startpos, endpos; - - PDC_LOG(("wchgat() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - newattr = (attr & A_ATTRIBUTES) | COLOR_PAIR(color); - - startpos = win->_curx; - endpos = ((n < 0) ? win->_maxx : min(startpos + n, win->_maxx)) - 1; - dest = win->_y[win->_cury]; - - for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++) - dest[n] = (dest[n] & A_CHARTEXT) | newattr; - - n = win->_cury; - - if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE) - win->_firstch[n] = startpos; - - if (endpos > win->_lastch[n]) - win->_lastch[n] = endpos; - - PDC_sync(win); - - return OK; -} - -int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("chgat() - called\n")); - - return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts); -} - -int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvchgat() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts); -} - -int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color, - const void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwchgat() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wchgat(win, n, attr, color, opts); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/beep.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/beep.c deleted file mode 100755 index 857706ccb..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/beep.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -beep ----- - -### Synopsis - - int beep(void); - int flash(void); - -### Description - - beep() sounds the audible bell on the terminal, if possible; - if not, it calls flash(). - - flash() "flashes" the screen, by inverting the foreground and - background of every cell, pausing, and then restoring the - original attributes. - -### Return Value - - These functions return OK. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - beep Y Y Y - flash Y Y Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int beep(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("beep() - called\n")); - - if (SP->audible) - PDC_beep(); - else - flash(); - - return OK; -} - -int flash(void) -{ - int z, y, x; - - PDC_LOG(("flash() - called\n")); - - /* Reverse each cell; wait; restore the screen */ - - for (z = 0; z < 2; z++) - { - for (y = 0; y < LINES; y++) - for (x = 0; x < COLS; x++) - curscr->_y[y][x] ^= A_REVERSE; - - wrefresh(curscr); - - if (!z) - napms(50); - } - - return OK; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/bkgd.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/bkgd.c deleted file mode 100755 index e0864471f..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/bkgd.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,223 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -bkgd ----- - -### Synopsis - - int bkgd(chtype ch); - void bkgdset(chtype ch); - chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win); - int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch); - void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch); - - int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch); - void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch); - int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch); - int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); - void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); - int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch); - -### Description - - bkgdset() and wbkgdset() manipulate the background of a window. - The background is a chtype consisting of any combination of - attributes and a character; it is combined with each chtype - added or inserted to the window by waddch() or winsch(). Only - the attribute part is used to set the background of non-blank - characters, while both character and attributes are used for - blank positions. - - bkgd() and wbkgd() not only change the background, but apply it - immediately to every cell in the window. - - The attributes that are defined with the attrset()/attron() set - of functions take precedence over the background attributes if - there is a conflict (e.g., different color pairs). - -### Return Value - - bkgd() and wbkgd() return OK, unless the window is NULL, in - which case they return ERR. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - bkgd Y - 4.0 - bkgdset Y - 4.0 - getbkgd Y - wbkgd Y - 4.0 - wbkgdset Y - 4.0 - bkgrnd Y - bkgrndset Y - getbkgrnd Y - wbkgrnd Y - wbkgrndset Y - wgetbkgrnd Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) -{ - int x, y; - chtype oldcolr, oldch, newcolr, newch, colr, attr; - chtype oldattr = 0, newattr = 0; - chtype *winptr; - - PDC_LOG(("wbkgd() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - if (win->_bkgd == ch) - return OK; - - oldcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR; - if (oldcolr) - oldattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ oldcolr; - - oldch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT; - - wbkgdset(win, ch); - - newcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR; - if (newcolr) - newattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr; - - newch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT; - - /* what follows is what seems to occur in the System V - implementation of this routine */ - - for (y = 0; y < win->_maxy; y++) - { - for (x = 0; x < win->_maxx; x++) - { - winptr = win->_y[y] + x; - - ch = *winptr; - - /* determine the colors and attributes of the character read - from the window */ - - colr = ch & A_COLOR; - attr = ch & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR); - - /* if the color is the same as the old background color, - then make it the new background color, otherwise leave it */ - - if (colr == oldcolr) - colr = newcolr; - - /* remove any attributes (non color) from the character that - were part of the old background, then combine the - remaining ones with the new background */ - - attr ^= oldattr; - attr |= newattr; - - /* change character if it is there because it was the old - background character */ - - ch &= A_CHARTEXT; - if (ch == oldch) - ch = newch; - - ch |= (attr | colr); - - *winptr = ch; - - } - } - - touchwin(win); - PDC_sync(win); - return OK; -} - -int bkgd(chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("bkgd() - called\n")); - - return wbkgd(stdscr, ch); -} - -void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n")); - - if (win) - { - if (!(ch & A_CHARTEXT)) - ch |= ' '; - - win->_bkgd = ch; - } -} - -void bkgdset(chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("bkgdset() - called\n")); - - wbkgdset(stdscr, ch); -} - -chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getbkgd() - called\n")); - - return win ? win->_bkgd : (chtype)ERR; -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wbkgrnd() - called\n")); - - return wch ? wbkgd(win, *wch) : ERR; -} - -int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("bkgrnd() - called\n")); - - return wbkgrnd(stdscr, wch); -} - -void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n")); - - if (wch) - wbkgdset(win, *wch); -} - -void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("bkgrndset() - called\n")); - - wbkgrndset(stdscr, wch); -} - -int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wgetbkgrnd() - called\n")); - - if (!win || !wch) - return ERR; - - *wch = win->_bkgd; - - return OK; -} - -int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getbkgrnd() - called\n")); - - return wgetbkgrnd(stdscr, wch); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/border.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/border.c deleted file mode 100755 index 66ed41be3..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/border.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,411 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -border ------- - -### Synopsis - - int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, - chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br); - int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, - chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br); - int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch); - int hline(chtype ch, int n); - int vline(chtype ch, int n); - int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n); - int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n); - int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n); - int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n); - int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n); - int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n); - - int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, - const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs, - const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr, - const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br); - int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, - const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs, - const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr, - const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br); - int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch); - int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n); - int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n); - int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n); - int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n); - int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n); - int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n); - int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n); - int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n); - -### Description - - border(), wborder(), and box() draw a border around the edge of - the window. If any argument is zero, an appropriate default is - used: - - ls left side of border ACS_VLINE - rs right side of border ACS_VLINE - ts top side of border ACS_HLINE - bs bottom side of border ACS_HLINE - tl top left corner of border ACS_ULCORNER - tr top right corner of border ACS_URCORNER - bl bottom left corner of border ACS_LLCORNER - br bottom right corner of border ACS_LRCORNER - - hline() and whline() draw a horizontal line, using ch, starting - from the current cursor position. The cursor position does not - change. The line is at most n characters long, or as many as - will fit in the window. - - vline() and wvline() draw a vertical line, using ch, starting - from the current cursor position. The cursor position does not - change. The line is at most n characters long, or as many as - will fit in the window. - -### Return Value - - These functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - border Y - 4.0 - wborder Y - 4.0 - box Y Y Y - hline Y - 4.0 - vline Y - 4.0 - whline Y - 4.0 - wvline Y - 4.0 - mvhline Y - mvvline Y - mvwhline Y - mvwvline Y - border_set Y - wborder_set Y - box_set Y - hline_set Y - vline_set Y - whline_set Y - wvline_set Y - mvhline_set Y - mvvline_set Y - mvwhline_set Y - mvwvline_set Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -/* _attr_passthru() -- Takes a single chtype 'ch' and checks if the - current attribute of window 'win', as set by wattrset(), and/or the - current background of win, as set by wbkgd(), should by combined with - it. Attributes set explicitly in ch take precedence. */ - -static chtype _attr_passthru(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) -{ - chtype attr; - - /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute, then - use the current attributes for the window. If the incoming - character has attributes, but not a color component, OR the - attributes to the current attributes for the window. If the - incoming character has a color component, use only the attributes - from the incoming character. */ - - attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES; - if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) - attr |= win->_attrs; - - /* wrs (4/10/93) -- Apply the same sort of logic for the window - background, in that it only takes precedence if other color - attributes are not there. */ - - if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) - attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES; - else - attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR); - - ch = (ch & A_CHARTEXT) | attr; - - return ch; -} - -int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, - chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br) -{ - int i, ymax, xmax; - - PDC_LOG(("wborder() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - ymax = win->_maxy - 1; - xmax = win->_maxx - 1; - - ls = _attr_passthru(win, ls ? ls : ACS_VLINE); - rs = _attr_passthru(win, rs ? rs : ACS_VLINE); - ts = _attr_passthru(win, ts ? ts : ACS_HLINE); - bs = _attr_passthru(win, bs ? bs : ACS_HLINE); - tl = _attr_passthru(win, tl ? tl : ACS_ULCORNER); - tr = _attr_passthru(win, tr ? tr : ACS_URCORNER); - bl = _attr_passthru(win, bl ? bl : ACS_LLCORNER); - br = _attr_passthru(win, br ? br : ACS_LRCORNER); - - for (i = 1; i < xmax; i++) - { - win->_y[0][i] = ts; - win->_y[ymax][i] = bs; - } - - for (i = 1; i < ymax; i++) - { - win->_y[i][0] = ls; - win->_y[i][xmax] = rs; - } - - win->_y[0][0] = tl; - win->_y[0][xmax] = tr; - win->_y[ymax][0] = bl; - win->_y[ymax][xmax] = br; - - for (i = 0; i <= ymax; i++) - { - win->_firstch[i] = 0; - win->_lastch[i] = xmax; - } - - PDC_sync(win); - - return OK; -} - -int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl, - chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br) -{ - PDC_LOG(("border() - called\n")); - - return wborder(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br); -} - -int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("box() - called\n")); - - return wborder(win, verch, verch, horch, horch, 0, 0, 0, 0); -} - -int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n) -{ - chtype *dest; - int startpos, endpos; - - PDC_LOG(("whline() - called\n")); - - if (!win || n < 1) - return ERR; - - startpos = win->_curx; - endpos = min(startpos + n, win->_maxx) - 1; - dest = win->_y[win->_cury]; - ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_HLINE); - - for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++) - dest[n] = ch; - - n = win->_cury; - - if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE) - win->_firstch[n] = startpos; - - if (endpos > win->_lastch[n]) - win->_lastch[n] = endpos; - - PDC_sync(win); - - return OK; -} - -int hline(chtype ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("hline() - called\n")); - - return whline(stdscr, ch, n); -} - -int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvhline() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return whline(stdscr, ch, n); -} - -int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwhline() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return whline(win, ch, n); -} - -int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n) -{ - int endpos, x; - - PDC_LOG(("wvline() - called\n")); - - if (!win || n < 1) - return ERR; - - endpos = min(win->_cury + n, win->_maxy); - x = win->_curx; - - ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_VLINE); - - for (n = win->_cury; n < endpos; n++) - { - win->_y[n][x] = ch; - - if (x < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE) - win->_firstch[n] = x; - - if (x > win->_lastch[n]) - win->_lastch[n] = x; - } - - PDC_sync(win); - - return OK; -} - -int vline(chtype ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("vline() - called\n")); - - return wvline(stdscr, ch, n); -} - -int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvvline() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wvline(stdscr, ch, n); -} - -int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwvline() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wvline(win, ch, n); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, - const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl, - const cchar_t *tr, const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wborder_set() - called\n")); - - return wborder(win, ls ? *ls : 0, rs ? *rs : 0, ts ? *ts : 0, - bs ? *bs : 0, tl ? *tl : 0, tr ? *tr : 0, - bl ? *bl : 0, br ? *br : 0); -} - -int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, const cchar_t *ts, - const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr, - const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br) -{ - PDC_LOG(("border_set() - called\n")); - - return wborder_set(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br); -} - -int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("box_set() - called\n")); - - return wborder_set(win, verch, verch, horch, horch, - (const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL, - (const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL); -} - -int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("whline_set() - called\n")); - - return wch ? whline(win, *wch, n) : ERR; -} - -int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("hline_set() - called\n")); - - return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n); -} - -int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvhline_set() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n); -} - -int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwhline_set() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return whline_set(win, wch, n); -} - -int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wvline_set() - called\n")); - - return wch ? wvline(win, *wch, n) : ERR; -} - -int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("vline_set() - called\n")); - - return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n); -} - -int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvvline_set() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n); -} - -int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwvline_set() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wvline_set(win, wch, n); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/clear.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/clear.c deleted file mode 100755 index 7e14b2658..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/clear.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -clear ------ - -### Synopsis - - int clear(void); - int wclear(WINDOW *win); - int erase(void); - int werase(WINDOW *win); - int clrtobot(void); - int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win); - int clrtoeol(void); - int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win); - -### Description - - erase() and werase() copy blanks (i.e. the background chtype) to - every cell of the window. - - clear() and wclear() are similar to erase() and werase(), but - they also call clearok() to ensure that the the window is - cleared on the next wrefresh(). - - clrtobot() and wclrtobot() clear the window from the current - cursor position to the end of the window. - - clrtoeol() and wclrtoeol() clear the window from the current - cursor position to the end of the current line. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - clear Y Y Y - wclear Y Y Y - erase Y Y Y - werase Y Y Y - clrtobot Y Y Y - wclrtobot Y Y Y - clrtoeol Y Y Y - wclrtoeol Y Y Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win) -{ - int x, y, minx; - chtype blank, *ptr; - - PDC_LOG(("wclrtoeol() - called: Row: %d Col: %d\n", - win->_cury, win->_curx)); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - y = win->_cury; - x = win->_curx; - - /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */ - - blank = win->_bkgd; - - for (minx = x, ptr = &win->_y[y][x]; minx < win->_maxx; minx++, ptr++) - *ptr = blank; - - if (x < win->_firstch[y] || win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) - win->_firstch[y] = x; - - win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1; - - PDC_sync(win); - return OK; -} - -int clrtoeol(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("clrtoeol() - called\n")); - - return wclrtoeol(stdscr); -} - -int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win) -{ - int savey, savex; - - PDC_LOG(("wclrtobot() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - savey = win->_cury; - savex = win->_curx; - - /* should this involve scrolling region somehow ? */ - - if (win->_cury + 1 < win->_maxy) - { - win->_curx = 0; - win->_cury++; - for (; win->_maxy > win->_cury; win->_cury++) - wclrtoeol(win); - win->_cury = savey; - win->_curx = savex; - } - wclrtoeol(win); - - PDC_sync(win); - return OK; -} - -int clrtobot(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("clrtobot() - called\n")); - - return wclrtobot(stdscr); -} - -int werase(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("werase() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, 0, 0) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wclrtobot(win); -} - -int erase(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("erase() - called\n")); - - return werase(stdscr); -} - -int wclear(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wclear() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - win->_clear = TRUE; - return werase(win); -} - -int clear(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("clear() - called\n")); - - return wclear(stdscr); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/color.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/color.c deleted file mode 100755 index 9c35538c2..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/color.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,298 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -color ------ - -### Synopsis - - int start_color(void); - int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg); - int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue); - bool has_colors(void); - bool can_change_color(void); - int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue); - int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg); - - int assume_default_colors(int f, int b); - int use_default_colors(void); - - int PDC_set_line_color(short color); - -### Description - - To use these routines, start_color() must be called, usually - immediately after initscr(). Colors are always used in pairs, - referred to as color-pairs. A color-pair consists of a - foreground color and a background color. A color-pair is - initialized via init_pair(). After initialization, COLOR_PAIR(n) - can be used like any other video attribute. - - start_color() initializes eight basic colors (black, red, green, - yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, and white), and two global - variables; COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS (respectively defining the - maximum number of colors and color-pairs the terminal is capable - of displaying). - - init_pair() changes the definition of a color-pair. It takes - three arguments: the number of the color-pair to be redefined, - and the new values of the foreground and background colors. The - pair number must be between 0 and COLOR_PAIRS - 1, inclusive. - The foreground and background must be between 0 and COLORS - 1, - inclusive. If the color pair was previously initialized, the - screen is refreshed, and all occurrences of that color-pair are - changed to the new definition. - - has_colors() indicates if the terminal supports, and can - maniplulate color. It returns TRUE or FALSE. - - can_change_color() indicates if the terminal has the capability - to change the definition of its colors. - - pair_content() is used to determine what the colors of a given - color-pair consist of. - - assume_default_colors() and use_default_colors() emulate the - ncurses extensions of the same names. assume_default_colors(f, - b) is essentially the same as init_pair(0, f, b) (which isn't - allowed); it redefines the default colors. use_default_colors() - allows the use of -1 as a foreground or background color with - init_pair(), and calls assume_default_colors(-1, -1); -1 - represents the foreground or background color that the terminal - had at startup. If the environment variable PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS - is set at the time start_color() is called, that's equivalent to - calling use_default_colors(). - - PDC_set_line_color() is used to set the color, globally, for - the color of the lines drawn for the attributes: A_UNDERLINE, - A_OVERLINE, A_LEFTLINE and A_RIGHTLINE. A value of -1 (the - default) indicates that the current foreground color should be - used. - - NOTE: COLOR_PAIR() and PAIR_NUMBER() are implemented as macros. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error, except for - has_colors() and can_change_colors(), which return TRUE or FALSE. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - start_color Y - 3.2 - init_pair Y - 3.2 - init_color Y - 3.2 - has_colors Y - 3.2 - can_change_color Y - 3.2 - color_content Y - 3.2 - pair_content Y - 3.2 - assume_default_colors - - - - use_default_colors - - - - PDC_set_line_color - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -int COLORS = 0; -int COLOR_PAIRS = PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; - -bool pdc_color_started = FALSE; - -/* pair_set[] tracks whether a pair has been set via init_pair() */ - -static bool pair_set[PDC_COLOR_PAIRS]; -static bool default_colors = FALSE; -static short first_col = 0; - -int start_color(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("start_color() - called\n")); - - if (SP->mono) - return ERR; - - pdc_color_started = TRUE; - - PDC_set_blink(FALSE); /* Also sets COLORS, to 8 or 16 */ - - if (!default_colors && SP->orig_attr && getenv("PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS")) - default_colors = TRUE; - - PDC_init_atrtab(); - - memset(pair_set, 0, PDC_COLOR_PAIRS); - - return OK; -} - -static void _normalize(short *fg, short *bg) -{ - if (*fg == -1) - *fg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_fore : COLOR_WHITE; - - if (*bg == -1) - *bg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_back : COLOR_BLACK; -} - -int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg) -{ - PDC_LOG(("init_pair() - called: pair %d fg %d bg %d\n", pair, fg, bg)); - - if (!pdc_color_started || pair < 1 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS || - fg < first_col || fg >= COLORS || bg < first_col || bg >= COLORS) - return ERR; - - _normalize(&fg, &bg); - - /* To allow the PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN option to work, we only reset - curscr if this call to init_pair() alters a color pair created by - the user. */ - - if (pair_set[pair]) - { - short oldfg, oldbg; - - PDC_pair_content(pair, &oldfg, &oldbg); - - if (oldfg != fg || oldbg != bg) - curscr->_clear = TRUE; - } - - PDC_init_pair(pair, fg, bg); - - pair_set[pair] = TRUE; - - return OK; -} - -bool has_colors(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("has_colors() - called\n")); - - return !(SP->mono); -} - -int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue) -{ - PDC_LOG(("init_color() - called\n")); - - if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !PDC_can_change_color() || - red < 0 || red > 1000 || green < 0 || green > 1000 || - blue < 0 || blue > 1000) - return ERR; - - return PDC_init_color(color, red, green, blue); -} - -int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue) -{ - PDC_LOG(("color_content() - called\n")); - - if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !red || !green || !blue) - return ERR; - - if (PDC_can_change_color()) - return PDC_color_content(color, red, green, blue); - else - { - /* Simulated values for platforms that don't support palette - changing */ - - short maxval = (color & 8) ? 1000 : 680; - - *red = (color & COLOR_RED) ? maxval : 0; - *green = (color & COLOR_GREEN) ? maxval : 0; - *blue = (color & COLOR_BLUE) ? maxval : 0; - - return OK; - } -} - -bool can_change_color(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("can_change_color() - called\n")); - - return PDC_can_change_color(); -} - -int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg) -{ - PDC_LOG(("pair_content() - called\n")); - - if (pair < 0 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS || !fg || !bg) - return ERR; - - return PDC_pair_content(pair, fg, bg); -} - -int assume_default_colors(int f, int b) -{ - PDC_LOG(("assume_default_colors() - called: f %d b %d\n", f, b)); - - if (f < -1 || f >= COLORS || b < -1 || b >= COLORS) - return ERR; - - if (pdc_color_started) - { - short fg, bg, oldfg, oldbg; - - fg = f; - bg = b; - - _normalize(&fg, &bg); - - PDC_pair_content(0, &oldfg, &oldbg); - - if (oldfg != fg || oldbg != bg) - curscr->_clear = TRUE; - - PDC_init_pair(0, fg, bg); - } - - return OK; -} - -int use_default_colors(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("use_default_colors() - called\n")); - - default_colors = TRUE; - first_col = -1; - - return assume_default_colors(-1, -1); -} - -int PDC_set_line_color(short color) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_line_color() - called: %d\n", color)); - - if (color < -1 || color >= COLORS) - return ERR; - - SP->line_color = color; - - return OK; -} - -void PDC_init_atrtab(void) -{ - int i; - short fg, bg; - - if (pdc_color_started && !default_colors) - { - fg = COLOR_WHITE; - bg = COLOR_BLACK; - } - else - fg = bg = -1; - - _normalize(&fg, &bg); - - for (i = 0; i < PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; i++) - PDC_init_pair(i, fg, bg); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/debug.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/debug.c deleted file mode 100755 index f2605c7c3..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/debug.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -debug ------ - -### Synopsis - - void traceon(void); - void traceoff(void); - void PDC_debug(const char *, ...); - -### Description - - traceon() and traceoff() toggle the recording of debugging - information to the file "trace". Although not standard, similar - functions are in some other curses implementations. - - PDC_debug() is the function that writes to the file, based on - whether traceon() has been called. It's used from the PDC_LOG() - macro. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - traceon - - - - traceoff - - - - PDC_debug - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <time.h> - -bool pdc_trace_on = FALSE; - -void PDC_debug(const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - FILE *dbfp; - char hms[9]; - time_t now; - - if (!pdc_trace_on) - return; - - /* open debug log file append */ - - dbfp = fopen("trace", "a"); - if (!dbfp) - { - fprintf(stderr, - "PDC_debug(): Unable to open debug log file\n"); - return; - } - - time(&now); - strftime(hms, 9, "%H:%M:%S", localtime(&now)); - fprintf(dbfp, "At: %8.8ld - %s ", (long) clock(), hms); - - va_start(args, fmt); - vfprintf(dbfp, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - - fclose(dbfp); -} - -void traceon(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("traceon() - called\n")); - - pdc_trace_on = TRUE; -} - -void traceoff(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("traceoff() - called\n")); - - pdc_trace_on = FALSE; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/delch.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/delch.c deleted file mode 100755 index 2dfc43712..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/delch.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -delch ------ - -### Synopsis - - int delch(void); - int wdelch(WINDOW *win); - int mvdelch(int y, int x); - int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - -### Description - - The character under the cursor in the window is deleted. All - characters to the right on the same line are moved to the left - one position and the last character on the line is filled with - a blank. The cursor position does not change (after moving to - y, x if coordinates are specified). - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - delch Y Y Y - wdelch Y Y Y - mvdelch Y Y Y - mvwdelch Y Y Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> - -int wdelch(WINDOW *win) -{ - int y, x, maxx; - chtype *temp1; - - PDC_LOG(("wdelch() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - y = win->_cury; - x = win->_curx; - maxx = win->_maxx - 1; - temp1 = &win->_y[y][x]; - - memmove(temp1, temp1 + 1, (maxx - x) * sizeof(chtype)); - - /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */ - - win->_y[y][maxx] = win->_bkgd; - - win->_lastch[y] = maxx; - - if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x)) - win->_firstch[y] = x; - - PDC_sync(win); - - return OK; -} - -int delch(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("delch() - called\n")); - - return wdelch(stdscr); -} - -int mvdelch(int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvdelch() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wdelch(stdscr); -} - -int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwdelch() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wdelch(win); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/deleteln.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/deleteln.c deleted file mode 100755 index f94b49254..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/deleteln.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -deleteln --------- - -### Synopsis - - int deleteln(void); - int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win); - int insdelln(int n); - int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n); - int insertln(void); - int winsertln(WINDOW *win); - - int mvdeleteln(int y, int x); - int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - int mvinsertln(int y, int x); - int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - -### Description - - With the deleteln() and wdeleteln() functions, the line under - the cursor in the window is deleted. All lines below the - current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the - window is cleared. The cursor position does not change. - - With the insertln() and winsertn() functions, a blank line is - inserted above the current line and the bottom line is lost. - - mvdeleteln(), mvwdeleteln(), mvinsertln() and mvwinsertln() - allow moving the cursor and inserting/deleting in one call. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - deleteln Y Y Y - wdeleteln Y Y Y - mvdeleteln - - - - mvwdeleteln - - - - insdelln Y - 4.0 - winsdelln Y - 4.0 - insertln Y Y Y - winsertln Y Y Y - mvinsertln - - - - mvwinsertln - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win) -{ - chtype blank, *temp, *ptr; - int y; - - PDC_LOG(("wdeleteln() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */ - - blank = win->_bkgd; - - temp = win->_y[win->_cury]; - - for (y = win->_cury; y < win->_bmarg; y++) - { - win->_y[y] = win->_y[y + 1]; - win->_firstch[y] = 0; - win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1; - } - - for (ptr = temp; (ptr - temp < win->_maxx); ptr++) - *ptr = blank; /* make a blank line */ - - if (win->_cury <= win->_bmarg) - { - win->_firstch[win->_bmarg] = 0; - win->_lastch[win->_bmarg] = win->_maxx - 1; - win->_y[win->_bmarg] = temp; - } - - return OK; -} - -int deleteln(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("deleteln() - called\n")); - - return wdeleteln(stdscr); -} - -int mvdeleteln(int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvdeleteln() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wdeleteln(stdscr); -} - -int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwdeleteln() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wdeleteln(win); -} - -int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n) -{ - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("winsdelln() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - if (n > 0) - { - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (winsertln(win) == ERR) - return ERR; - } - else if (n < 0) - { - n = -n; - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (wdeleteln(win) == ERR) - return ERR; - } - - return OK; -} - -int insdelln(int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("insdelln() - called\n")); - - return winsdelln(stdscr, n); -} - -int winsertln(WINDOW *win) -{ - chtype blank, *temp, *end; - int y; - - PDC_LOG(("winsertln() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */ - - blank = win->_bkgd; - - temp = win->_y[win->_maxy - 1]; - - for (y = win->_maxy - 1; y > win->_cury; y--) - { - win->_y[y] = win->_y[y - 1]; - win->_firstch[y] = 0; - win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1; - } - - win->_y[win->_cury] = temp; - - for (end = &temp[win->_maxx - 1]; temp <= end; temp++) - *temp = blank; - - win->_firstch[win->_cury] = 0; - win->_lastch[win->_cury] = win->_maxx - 1; - - return OK; -} - -int insertln(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("insertln() - called\n")); - - return winsertln(stdscr); -} - -int mvinsertln(int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinsertln() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsertln(stdscr); -} - -int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinsertln() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsertln(win); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/deprec.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/deprec.c deleted file mode 100755 index 561c1511a..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/deprec.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/* Deprecated functions. These should not be used, and will eventually - be removed. They're here solely for the benefit of applications that - linked to them in older versions of PDCurses. */ - -bool PDC_check_bios_key(void) -{ - return PDC_check_key(); -} - -int PDC_get_bios_key(void) -{ - return PDC_get_key(); -} - -bool PDC_get_ctrl_break(void) -{ - return !SP->raw_inp; -} - -int PDC_set_ctrl_break(bool setting) -{ - return setting ? noraw() : raw(); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/getch.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/getch.c deleted file mode 100755 index 2339e51b1..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/getch.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,413 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -getch ------ - -### Synopsis - - int getch(void); - int wgetch(WINDOW *win); - int mvgetch(int y, int x); - int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - int ungetch(int ch); - int flushinp(void); - - int get_wch(wint_t *wch); - int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch); - int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch); - int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch); - int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch); - - unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void); - int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool flag); - int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag); - -### Description - - With the getch(), wgetch(), mvgetch(), and mvwgetch() functions, - a character is read from the terminal associated with the window. - In nodelay mode, if there is no input waiting, the value ERR is - returned. In delay mode, the program will hang until the system - passes text through to the program. Depending on the setting of - cbreak(), this will be after one character or after the first - newline. Unless noecho() has been set, the character will also - be echoed into the designated window. - - If keypad() is TRUE, and a function key is pressed, the token for - that function key will be returned instead of the raw characters. - Possible function keys are defined in <curses.h> with integers - beginning with 0401, whose names begin with KEY_. - - If nodelay(win, TRUE) has been called on the window and no input - is waiting, the value ERR is returned. - - ungetch() places ch back onto the input queue to be returned by - the next call to wgetch(). - - flushinp() throws away any type-ahead that has been typed by the - user and has not yet been read by the program. - - PDC_get_key_modifiers() returns the keyboard modifiers (shift, - control, alt, numlock) effective at the time of the last getch() - call, if PDC_save_key_modifiers(TRUE) has been called before the - getch(). Use the macros PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_* to determine which - modifier(s) were set. PDC_return_key_modifiers() tells getch() - to return modifier keys pressed alone as keystrokes (KEY_ALT_L, - etc.). These may not work on all platforms. - - NOTE: getch() and ungetch() are implemented as macros, to avoid - conflict with many DOS compiler's runtime libraries. - -### Return Value - - These functions return ERR or the value of the character, meta - character or function key token. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - getch Y Y Y - wgetch Y Y Y - mvgetch Y Y Y - mvwgetch Y Y Y - ungetch Y Y Y - flushinp Y Y Y - get_wch Y - wget_wch Y - mvget_wch Y - mvwget_wch Y - unget_wch Y - PDC_get_key_modifiers - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#define _INBUFSIZ 512 /* size of terminal input buffer */ -#define NUNGETCH 256 /* max # chars to ungetch() */ - -static int c_pindex = 0; /* putter index */ -static int c_gindex = 1; /* getter index */ -static int c_ungind = 0; /* ungetch() push index */ -static int c_ungch[NUNGETCH]; /* array of ungotten chars */ - -static int _mouse_key(WINDOW *win) -{ - int i, key = KEY_MOUSE; - unsigned long mbe = SP->_trap_mbe; - - /* Filter unwanted mouse events */ - - for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) - { - if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & (1 << i)) - { - int shf = i * 5; - short button = pdc_mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK; - - if ( (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf)) && - (button == BUTTON_PRESSED)) - - || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf)) && - (button == BUTTON_CLICKED)) - - || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf)) && - (button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED)) - - || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED << shf)) && - (button == BUTTON_MOVED)) - - || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf)) && - (button == BUTTON_RELEASED)) - ) - pdc_mouse_status.changes ^= (1 << i); - } - } - - if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED) - { - if (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED|BUTTON2_MOVED|BUTTON3_MOVED))) - pdc_mouse_status.changes ^= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED; - } - - if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & - (PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN)) - { - if (!(mbe & MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL)) - pdc_mouse_status.changes &= - ~(PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN); - } - - if (!pdc_mouse_status.changes) - return -1; - - /* Check for click in slk area */ - - i = PDC_mouse_in_slk(pdc_mouse_status.y, pdc_mouse_status.x); - - if (i) - { - if (pdc_mouse_status.button[0] & (BUTTON_PRESSED|BUTTON_CLICKED)) - key = KEY_F(i); - else - key = -1; - } - - return key; -} - -int wgetch(WINDOW *win) -{ - static int buffer[_INBUFSIZ]; /* character buffer */ - int key, waitcount; - - PDC_LOG(("wgetch() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - waitcount = 0; - - /* set the number of 1/20th second napms() calls */ - - if (SP->delaytenths) - waitcount = 2 * SP->delaytenths; - else - if (win->_delayms) - { - /* Can't really do millisecond intervals, so delay in - 1/20ths of a second (50ms) */ - - waitcount = win->_delayms / 50; - if (!waitcount) - waitcount = 1; - } - - /* refresh window when wgetch is called if there have been changes - to it and it is not a pad */ - - if (!(win->_flags & _PAD) && ((!win->_leaveit && - (win->_begx + win->_curx != SP->curscol || - win->_begy + win->_cury != SP->cursrow)) || is_wintouched(win))) - wrefresh(win); - - /* if ungotten char exists, remove and return it */ - - if (c_ungind) - return c_ungch[--c_ungind]; - - /* if normal and data in buffer */ - - if ((!SP->raw_inp && !SP->cbreak) && (c_gindex < c_pindex)) - return buffer[c_gindex++]; - - /* prepare to buffer data */ - - c_pindex = 0; - c_gindex = 0; - - /* to get here, no keys are buffered. go and get one. */ - - for (;;) /* loop for any buffering */ - { - /* is there a keystroke ready? */ - - if (!PDC_check_key()) - { - /* if not, handle timeout() and halfdelay() */ - - if (SP->delaytenths || win->_delayms) - { - if (!waitcount) - return ERR; - - waitcount--; - } - else - if (win->_nodelay) - return ERR; - - napms(50); /* sleep for 1/20th second */ - continue; /* then check again */ - } - - /* if there is, fetch it */ - - key = PDC_get_key(); - - if (SP->key_code) - { - /* filter special keys if not in keypad mode */ - - if (!win->_use_keypad) - key = -1; - - /* filter mouse events; translate mouse clicks in the slk - area to function keys */ - - else if (key == KEY_MOUSE) - key = _mouse_key(win); - } - - /* unwanted key? loop back */ - - if (key == -1) - continue; - - /* translate CR */ - - if (key == '\r' && SP->autocr && !SP->raw_inp) - key = '\n'; - - /* if echo is enabled */ - - if (SP->echo && !SP->key_code) - { - waddch(win, key); - wrefresh(win); - } - - /* if no buffering */ - - if (SP->raw_inp || SP->cbreak) - return key; - - /* if no overflow, put data in buffer */ - - if (key == '\b') - { - if (c_pindex > c_gindex) - c_pindex--; - } - else - if (c_pindex < _INBUFSIZ - 2) - buffer[c_pindex++] = key; - - /* if we got a line */ - - if (key == '\n' || key == '\r') - return buffer[c_gindex++]; - } -} - -int mvgetch(int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvgetch() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wgetch(stdscr); -} - -int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwgetch() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wgetch(win); -} - -int PDC_ungetch(int ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("ungetch() - called\n")); - - if (c_ungind >= NUNGETCH) /* pushback stack full */ - return ERR; - - c_ungch[c_ungind++] = ch; - - return OK; -} - -int flushinp(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("flushinp() - called\n")); - - PDC_flushinp(); - - c_gindex = 1; /* set indices to kill buffer */ - c_pindex = 0; - c_ungind = 0; /* clear c_ungch array */ - - return OK; -} - -unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_key_modifiers() - called\n")); - - return pdc_key_modifiers; -} - -int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool flag) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_save_key_modifiers() - called\n")); - - SP->save_key_modifiers = flag; - return OK; -} - -int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_return_key_modifiers() - called\n")); - - SP->return_key_modifiers = flag; - return PDC_modifiers_set(); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch) -{ - int key; - - PDC_LOG(("wget_wch() - called\n")); - - if (!wch) - return ERR; - - key = wgetch(win); - - if (key == ERR) - return ERR; - - *wch = key; - - return SP->key_code ? KEY_CODE_YES : OK; -} - -int get_wch(wint_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("get_wch() - called\n")); - - return wget_wch(stdscr, wch); -} - -int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvget_wch() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wget_wch(stdscr, wch); -} - -int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wch() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wget_wch(win, wch); -} - -int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch) -{ - return PDC_ungetch(wch); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/getstr.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/getstr.c deleted file mode 100755 index 122470ba4..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/getstr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,474 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -getstr ------- - -### Synopsis - - int getstr(char *str); - int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str); - int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str); - int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str); - int getnstr(char *str, int n); - int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n); - int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n); - int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n); - - int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr); - int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr); - int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr); - int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int, int, wint_t *wstr); - int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n); - int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n); - int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n); - int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n); - -### Description - - These routines call wgetch() repeatedly to build a string, - interpreting erase and kill characters along the way, until a - newline or carriage return is received. When PDCurses is built - with wide-character support enabled, the narrow-character - functions convert the wgetch()'d values into a multibyte string - in the current locale before returning it. The resulting string - is placed in the area pointed to by *str. The routines with n as - the last argument read at most n characters. - - Note that there's no way to know how long the buffer passed to - wgetstr() is, so use wgetnstr() to avoid buffer overflows. - -### Return Value - - These functions return ERR on failure or any other value on - success. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - getstr Y Y Y - wgetstr Y Y Y - mvgetstr Y Y Y - mvwgetstr Y Y Y - getnstr Y - 4.0 - wgetnstr Y - 4.0 - mvgetnstr Y - - - mvwgetnstr Y - - - get_wstr Y - wget_wstr Y - mvget_wstr Y - mvwget_wstr Y - getn_wstr Y - wgetn_wstr Y - mvgetn_wstr Y - mvwgetn_wstr Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#define MAXLINE 255 - -int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n) -{ -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - wchar_t wstr[MAXLINE + 1]; - - if (n < 0 || n > MAXLINE) - n = MAXLINE; - - if (wgetn_wstr(win, (wint_t *)wstr, n) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return (int)PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n); -#else - int ch, i, num, x, chars; - char *p; - bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay; - - PDC_LOG(("wgetnstr() - called\n")); - - if (!win || !str) - return ERR; - - chars = 0; - p = str; - stop = FALSE; - - x = win->_curx; - - oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */ - oldecho = SP->echo; - oldnodelay = win->_nodelay; - - SP->echo = FALSE; /* we do echo ourselves */ - cbreak(); /* ensure each key is returned immediately */ - win->_nodelay = FALSE; /* don't return -1 */ - - wrefresh(win); - - while (!stop) - { - ch = wgetch(win); - - switch (ch) - { - - case '\t': - ch = ' '; - num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE; - for (i = 0; i < num; i++) - { - if (chars < n) - { - if (oldecho) - waddch(win, ch); - *p++ = ch; - ++chars; - } - else - beep(); - } - break; - - case _ECHAR: /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */ - if (p > str) - { - if (oldecho) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - ch = (unsigned char)(*--p); - if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - chars--; - } - break; - - case _DLCHAR: /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */ - while (p > str) - { - if (oldecho) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - ch = (unsigned char)(*--p); - if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - } - chars = 0; - break; - - case _DWCHAR: /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */ - - while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) == ' ')) - { - if (oldecho) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - - --p; /* remove space */ - chars--; - } - while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) != ' ')) - { - if (oldecho) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - - ch = (unsigned char)(*--p); - if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - chars--; - } - break; - - case '\n': - case '\r': - stop = TRUE; - if (oldecho) - waddch(win, '\n'); - break; - - default: - if (chars < n) - { - if (!SP->key_code && ch < 0x100) - { - *p++ = ch; - if (oldecho) - waddch(win, ch); - chars++; - } - } - else - beep(); - - break; - - } - - wrefresh(win); - } - - *p = '\0'; - - SP->echo = oldecho; /* restore old settings */ - SP->cbreak = oldcbreak; - win->_nodelay = oldnodelay; - - return OK; -#endif -} - -int getstr(char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getstr() - called\n")); - - return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE); -} - -int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wgetstr() - called\n")); - - return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE); -} - -int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvgetstr() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE); -} - -int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwgetstr() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE); -} - -int getnstr(char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getnstr() - called\n")); - - return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n); -} - -int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvgetnstr() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n); -} - -int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwgetnstr() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wgetnstr(win, str, n); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n) -{ - int ch, i, num, x, chars; - wint_t *p; - bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay; - - PDC_LOG(("wgetn_wstr() - called\n")); - - if (!win || !wstr) - return ERR; - - chars = 0; - p = wstr; - stop = FALSE; - - x = win->_curx; - - oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */ - oldecho = SP->echo; - oldnodelay = win->_nodelay; - - SP->echo = FALSE; /* we do echo ourselves */ - cbreak(); /* ensure each key is returned immediately */ - win->_nodelay = FALSE; /* don't return -1 */ - - wrefresh(win); - - while (!stop) - { - ch = wgetch(win); - - switch (ch) - { - - case '\t': - ch = ' '; - num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE; - for (i = 0; i < num; i++) - { - if (chars < n) - { - if (oldecho) - waddch(win, ch); - *p++ = ch; - ++chars; - } - else - beep(); - } - break; - - case _ECHAR: /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */ - if (p > wstr) - { - if (oldecho) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - ch = *--p; - if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - chars--; - } - break; - - case _DLCHAR: /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */ - while (p > wstr) - { - if (oldecho) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - ch = *--p; - if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - } - chars = 0; - break; - - case _DWCHAR: /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */ - - while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) == ' ')) - { - if (oldecho) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - - --p; /* remove space */ - chars--; - } - while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) != ' ')) - { - if (oldecho) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - - ch = *--p; - if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho)) - waddstr(win, "\b \b"); - chars--; - } - break; - - case '\n': - case '\r': - stop = TRUE; - if (oldecho) - waddch(win, '\n'); - break; - - default: - if (chars < n) - { - if (!SP->key_code) - { - *p++ = ch; - if (oldecho) - waddch(win, ch); - chars++; - } - } - else - beep(); - - break; - - } - - wrefresh(win); - } - - *p = '\0'; - - SP->echo = oldecho; /* restore old settings */ - SP->cbreak = oldcbreak; - win->_nodelay = oldnodelay; - - return OK; -} - -int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("get_wstr() - called\n")); - - return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE); -} - -int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wget_wstr() - called\n")); - - return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE); -} - -int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvget_wstr() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE); -} - -int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wstr() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE); -} - -int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getn_wstr() - called\n")); - - return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n); -} - -int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvgetn_wstr() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n); -} - -int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwgetn_wstr() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, n); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/getyx.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/getyx.c deleted file mode 100755 index a11ba5474..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/getyx.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -getyx ------ - -### Synopsis - - void getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - void getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - void getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - void getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - - void getsyx(int y, int x); - int setsyx(int y, int x); - - int getbegy(WINDOW *win); - int getbegx(WINDOW *win); - int getcury(WINDOW *win); - int getcurx(WINDOW *win); - int getpary(WINDOW *win); - int getparx(WINDOW *win); - int getmaxy(WINDOW *win); - int getmaxx(WINDOW *win); - -### Description - - The getyx() macro (defined in curses.h -- the prototypes here - are merely illustrative) puts the current cursor position of the - specified window into y and x. getbegyx() and getmaxyx() return - the starting coordinates and size of the specified window, - respectively. getparyx() returns the starting coordinates of the - parent's window, if the specified window is a subwindow; - otherwise it sets y and x to -1. These are all macros. - - getsyx() gets the coordinates of the virtual screen cursor, and - stores them in y and x. If leaveok() is TRUE, it returns -1, -1. - If lines have been removed with ripoffline(), then getsyx() - includes these lines in its count; so, the returned y and x - values should only be used with setsyx(). - - setsyx() sets the virtual screen cursor to the y, x coordinates. - If y, x are -1, -1, leaveok() is set TRUE. - - getsyx() and setsyx() are meant to be used by a library routine - that manipulates curses windows without altering the position of - the cursor. Note that getsyx() is defined only as a macro. - - getbegy(), getbegx(), getcurx(), getcury(), getmaxy(), - getmaxx(), getpary(), and getparx() return the appropriate - coordinate or size values, or ERR in the case of a NULL window. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - getyx Y Y Y - getparyx - - 4.0 - getbegyx - - 3.0 - getmaxyx - - 3.0 - getsyx - - 3.0 - setsyx - - 3.0 - getbegy - - - - getbegx - - - - getcury - - - - getcurx - - - - getpary - - - - getparx - - - - getmaxy - - - - getmaxx - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int getbegy(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getbegy() - called\n")); - - return win ? win->_begy : ERR; -} - -int getbegx(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getbegx() - called\n")); - - return win ? win->_begx : ERR; -} - -int getcury(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getcury() - called\n")); - - return win ? win->_cury : ERR; -} - -int getcurx(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getcurx() - called\n")); - - return win ? win->_curx : ERR; -} - -int getpary(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getpary() - called\n")); - - return win ? win->_pary : ERR; -} - -int getparx(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getparx() - called\n")); - - return win ? win->_parx : ERR; -} - -int getmaxy(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getmaxy() - called\n")); - - return win ? win->_maxy : ERR; -} - -int getmaxx(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getmaxx() - called\n")); - - return win ? win->_maxx : ERR; -} - -int setsyx(int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("setsyx() - called\n")); - - if(y == -1 && x == -1) - { - curscr->_leaveit = TRUE; - return OK; - } - else - { - curscr->_leaveit = FALSE; - return wmove(curscr, y, x); - } -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/inch.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/inch.c deleted file mode 100755 index 97259b952..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/inch.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -inch ----- - -### Synopsis - - chtype inch(void); - chtype winch(WINDOW *win); - chtype mvinch(int y, int x); - chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - - int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval); - int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval); - int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval); - int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval); - -### Description - - The inch() functions retrieve the character and attribute from - the current or specified window position, in the form of a - chtype. If a NULL window is specified, (chtype)ERR is returned. - - The in_wch() functions are the wide-character versions; instead - of returning a chtype, they store a cchar_t at the address - specified by wcval, and return OK or ERR. (No value is stored - when ERR is returned.) Note that in PDCurses, chtype and cchar_t - are the same. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - inch Y Y Y - winch Y Y Y - mvinch Y Y Y - mvwinch Y Y Y - in_wch Y - win_wch Y - mvin_wch Y - mvwin_wch Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -chtype winch(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("winch() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return (chtype)ERR; - - return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx]; -} - -chtype inch(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("inch() - called\n")); - - return winch(stdscr); -} - -chtype mvinch(int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinch() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return (chtype)ERR; - - return stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx]; -} - -chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinch() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return (chtype)ERR; - - return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx]; -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval) -{ - PDC_LOG(("win_wch() - called\n")); - - if (!win || !wcval) - return ERR; - - *wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx]; - - return OK; -} - -int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval) -{ - PDC_LOG(("in_wch() - called\n")); - - return win_wch(stdscr, wcval); -} - -int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvin_wch() - called\n")); - - if (!wcval || (move(y, x) == ERR)) - return ERR; - - *wcval = stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx]; - - return OK; -} - -int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wch() - called\n")); - - if (!wcval || (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)) - return ERR; - - *wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx]; - - return OK; -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/inchstr.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/inchstr.c deleted file mode 100755 index b107fb0e7..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/inchstr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -inchstr -------- - -### Synopsis - - int inchstr(chtype *ch); - int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n); - int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch); - int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n); - int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch); - int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n); - int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch); - int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n); - - int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch); - int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n); - int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch); - int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n); - int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch); - int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n); - int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch); - int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n); - -### Description - - These routines read a chtype or cchar_t string from the window, - starting at the current or specified position, and ending at the - right margin, or after n elements, whichever is less. - -### Return Value - - All functions return the number of elements read, or ERR on - error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - inchstr Y - 4.0 - winchstr Y - 4.0 - mvinchstr Y - 4.0 - mvwinchstr Y - 4.0 - inchnstr Y - 4.0 - winchnstr Y - 4.0 - mvinchnstr Y - 4.0 - mvwinchnstr Y - 4.0 - in_wchstr Y - win_wchstr Y - mvin_wchstr Y - mvwin_wchstr Y - in_wchnstr Y - win_wchnstr Y - mvin_wchnstr Y - mvwin_wchnstr Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n) -{ - chtype *src; - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("winchnstr() - called\n")); - - if (!win || !ch || n < 0) - return ERR; - - if ((win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx) - n = win->_maxx - win->_curx; - - src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx; - - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - *ch++ = *src++; - - *ch = (chtype)0; - - return OK; -} - -int inchstr(chtype *ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("inchstr() - called\n")); - - return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx); -} - -int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("winchstr() - called\n")); - - return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx); -} - -int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx); -} - -int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinchstr() - called:\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx); -} - -int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("inchnstr() - called\n")); - - return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n); -} - -int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n); -} - -int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winchnstr(win, ch, n); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("win_wchnstr() - called\n")); - - return winchnstr(win, wch, n); -} - -int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("in_wchstr() - called\n")); - - return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx); -} - -int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("win_wchstr() - called\n")); - - return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx); -} - -int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx); -} - -int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wchstr() - called:\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx); -} - -int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("in_wchnstr() - called\n")); - - return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n); -} - -int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n); -} - -int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return win_wchnstr(win, wch, n); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/initscr.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/initscr.c deleted file mode 100755 index 6099cc45d..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/initscr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,342 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -initscr -------- - -### Synopsis - - WINDOW *initscr(void); - WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char *argv[]); - int endwin(void); - bool isendwin(void); - SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd); - SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new); - void delscreen(SCREEN *sp); - - int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols); - bool is_termresized(void); - const char *curses_version(void); - -### Description - - initscr() should be the first curses routine called. It will - initialize all curses data structures, and arrange that the - first call to refresh() will clear the screen. In case of - error, initscr() will write a message to standard error and end - the program. - - endwin() should be called before exiting or escaping from curses - mode temporarily. It will restore tty modes, move the cursor to - the lower left corner of the screen and reset the terminal into - the proper non-visual mode. To resume curses after a temporary - escape, call refresh() or doupdate(). - - isendwin() returns TRUE if endwin() has been called without a - subsequent refresh, unless SP is NULL. - - In some implementations of curses, newterm() allows the use of - multiple terminals. Here, it's just an alternative interface for - initscr(). It always returns SP, or NULL. - - delscreen() frees the memory allocated by newterm() or - initscr(), since it's not freed by endwin(). This function is - usually not needed. In PDCurses, the parameter must be the - value of SP, and delscreen() sets SP to NULL. - - set_term() does nothing meaningful in PDCurses, but is included - for compatibility with other curses implementations. - - resize_term() is effectively two functions: When called with - nonzero values for nlines and ncols, it attempts to resize the - screen to the given size. When called with (0, 0), it merely - adjusts the internal structures to match the current size after - the screen is resized by the user. On the currently supported - platforms, this functionality is mutually exclusive: X11 allows - user resizing, while DOS, OS/2 and Win32 allow programmatic - resizing. If you want to support user resizing, you should check - for getch() returning KEY_RESIZE, and/or call is_termresized() - at appropriate times; if either condition occurs, call - resize_term(0, 0). Then, with either user or programmatic - resizing, you'll have to resize any windows you've created, as - appropriate; resize_term() only handles stdscr and curscr. - - is_termresized() returns TRUE if the curses screen has been - resized by the user, and a call to resize_term() is needed. - Checking for KEY_RESIZE is generally preferable, unless you're - not handling the keyboard. - - curses_version() returns a string describing the version of - PDCurses. - -### Return Value - - All functions return NULL on error, except endwin(), which - returns ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - initscr Y Y Y - endwin Y Y Y - isendwin Y - 3.0 - newterm Y - Y - set_term Y - Y - delscreen Y - 4.0 - resize_term - - - - is_termresized - - - - curses_version - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <stdlib.h> - -char ttytype[128]; - -const char *_curses_notice = "PDCurses 3.4 - Public Domain 2008"; - -SCREEN *SP = (SCREEN*)NULL; /* curses variables */ -WINDOW *curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the current screen image */ -WINDOW *stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the default screen window */ -WINDOW *pdc_lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the last screen image */ - -int LINES = 0; /* current terminal height */ -int COLS = 0; /* current terminal width */ -int TABSIZE = 8; - -MOUSE_STATUS Mouse_status, pdc_mouse_status; - -extern RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5]; -extern char linesrippedoff; - -WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("Xinitscr() - called\n")); - - if (SP && SP->alive) - return NULL; - - if (PDC_scr_open(argc, argv) == ERR) - { - fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create SP\n"); - exit(8); - } - - SP->autocr = TRUE; /* cr -> lf by default */ - SP->raw_out = FALSE; /* tty I/O modes */ - SP->raw_inp = FALSE; /* tty I/O modes */ - SP->cbreak = TRUE; - SP->save_key_modifiers = FALSE; - SP->return_key_modifiers = FALSE; - SP->echo = TRUE; - SP->visibility = 1; - SP->resized = FALSE; - SP->_trap_mbe = 0L; - SP->_map_mbe_to_key = 0L; - SP->linesrippedoff = 0; - SP->linesrippedoffontop = 0; - SP->delaytenths = 0; - SP->line_color = -1; - - SP->orig_cursor = PDC_get_cursor_mode(); - - LINES = SP->lines; - COLS = SP->cols; - - if (LINES < 2 || COLS < 2) - { - fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): LINES=%d COLS=%d: too small.\n", - LINES, COLS); - exit(4); - } - - if ((curscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0)) == (WINDOW *)NULL) - { - fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create curscr.\n"); - exit(2); - } - - if ((pdc_lastscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0)) == (WINDOW *)NULL) - { - fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create pdc_lastscr.\n"); - exit(2); - } - - wattrset(pdc_lastscr, (chtype)(-1)); - werase(pdc_lastscr); - - PDC_slk_initialize(); - LINES -= SP->slklines; - - /* We have to sort out ripped off lines here, and reduce the height - of stdscr by the number of lines ripped off */ - - for (i = 0; i < linesrippedoff; i++) - { - if (linesripped[i].line < 0) - (*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS, LINES - 1, 0), COLS); - else - (*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS, - SP->linesrippedoffontop++, 0), COLS); - - SP->linesrippedoff++; - LINES--; - } - - linesrippedoff = 0; - - if (!(stdscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, SP->linesrippedoffontop, 0))) - { - fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create stdscr.\n"); - exit(1); - } - - wclrtobot(stdscr); - - /* If preserving the existing screen, don't allow a screen clear */ - - if (SP->_preserve) - { - untouchwin(curscr); - untouchwin(stdscr); - stdscr->_clear = FALSE; - curscr->_clear = FALSE; - } - else - curscr->_clear = TRUE; - - PDC_init_atrtab(); /* set up default colors */ - - MOUSE_X_POS = MOUSE_Y_POS = -1; - BUTTON_STATUS(1) = BUTTON_RELEASED; - BUTTON_STATUS(2) = BUTTON_RELEASED; - BUTTON_STATUS(3) = BUTTON_RELEASED; - Mouse_status.changes = 0; - - SP->alive = TRUE; - - def_shell_mode(); - - sprintf(ttytype, "pdcurses|PDCurses for %s", PDC_sysname()); - - return stdscr; -} - -WINDOW *initscr(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("initscr() - called\n")); - - return Xinitscr(0, NULL); -} - -int endwin(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("endwin() - called\n")); - - /* Allow temporary exit from curses using endwin() */ - - def_prog_mode(); - PDC_scr_close(); - - SP->alive = FALSE; - - return OK; -} - -bool isendwin(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("isendwin() - called\n")); - - return SP ? !(SP->alive) : FALSE; -} - -SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd) -{ - PDC_LOG(("newterm() - called\n")); - - return Xinitscr(0, NULL) ? SP : NULL; -} - -SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new) -{ - PDC_LOG(("set_term() - called\n")); - - /* We only support one screen */ - - return (new == SP) ? SP : NULL; -} - -void delscreen(SCREEN *sp) -{ - PDC_LOG(("delscreen() - called\n")); - - if (sp != SP) - return; - - PDC_slk_free(); /* free the soft label keys, if needed */ - - delwin(stdscr); - delwin(curscr); - delwin(pdc_lastscr); - stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; - curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; - pdc_lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; - - SP->alive = FALSE; - - PDC_scr_free(); /* free SP and pdc_atrtab */ - - SP = (SCREEN *)NULL; -} - -int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols) -{ - PDC_LOG(("resize_term() - called: nlines %d\n", nlines)); - - if (!stdscr || PDC_resize_screen(nlines, ncols) == ERR) - return ERR; - - SP->lines = PDC_get_rows(); - LINES = SP->lines - SP->linesrippedoff - SP->slklines; - SP->cols = COLS = PDC_get_columns(); - - if (wresize(curscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR || - wresize(stdscr, LINES, COLS) == ERR || - wresize(pdc_lastscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR) - return ERR; - - werase(pdc_lastscr); - curscr->_clear = TRUE; - - if (SP->slk_winptr) - { - if (wresize(SP->slk_winptr, SP->slklines, COLS) == ERR) - return ERR; - - wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0); - wclrtobot(SP->slk_winptr); - PDC_slk_initialize(); - slk_noutrefresh(); - } - - touchwin(stdscr); - wnoutrefresh(stdscr); - - return OK; -} - -bool is_termresized(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("is_termresized() - called\n")); - - return SP->resized; -} - -const char *curses_version(void) -{ - return _curses_notice; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/inopts.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/inopts.c deleted file mode 100755 index 166cb470f..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/inopts.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,324 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -inopts ------- - -### Synopsis - - int cbreak(void); - int nocbreak(void); - int echo(void); - int noecho(void); - int halfdelay(int tenths); - int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - int nl(void); - int nonl(void); - int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - int raw(void); - int noraw(void); - void noqiflush(void); - void qiflush(void); - void timeout(int delay); - void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay); - int typeahead(int fildes); - - int crmode(void); - int nocrmode(void); - -### Description - - cbreak() and nocbreak() toggle cbreak mode. In cbreak mode, - characters typed by the user are made available immediately, and - erase/kill character processing is not performed. In nocbreak - mode, typed characters are buffered until a newline or carriage - return. Interrupt and flow control characters are unaffected by - this mode. PDCurses always starts in cbreak mode. - - echo() and noecho() control whether typed characters are echoed - by the input routine. Initially, input characters are echoed. - Subsequent calls to echo() and noecho() do not flush type-ahead. - - halfdelay() is similar to cbreak(), but allows for a time limit - to be specified, in tenths of a second. This causes getch() to - block for that period before returning ERR if no key has been - received. tenths must be between 1 and 255. - - keypad() controls whether getch() returns function/special keys - as single key codes (e.g., the left arrow key as KEY_LEFT). Per - X/Open, the default for keypad mode is OFF. You'll probably want - it on. With keypad mode off, if a special key is pressed, - getch() does nothing or returns ERR. - - nodelay() controls whether wgetch() is a non-blocking call. If - the option is enabled, and no input is ready, wgetch() will - return ERR. If disabled, wgetch() will hang until input is - ready. - - nl() enables the translation of a carriage return into a newline - on input. nonl() disables this. Initially, the translation does - occur. - - raw() and noraw() toggle raw mode. Raw mode is similar to cbreak - mode, in that characters typed are immediately passed through to - the user program. The difference is that in raw mode, the INTR, - QUIT, SUSP, and STOP characters are passed through without being - interpreted, and without generating a signal. - - In PDCurses, the meta() function sets raw mode on or off. - - timeout() and wtimeout() set blocking or non-blocking reads for - the specified window. The delay is measured in milliseconds. If - it's negative, a blocking read is used; if zero, then non- - blocking reads are done -- if no input is waiting, ERR is - returned immediately. If the delay is positive, the read blocks - for the delay period; if the period expires, ERR is returned. - - intrflush(), notimeout(), noqiflush(), qiflush() and typeahead() - do nothing in PDCurses, but are included for compatibility with - other curses implementations. - - crmode() and nocrmode() are archaic equivalents to cbreak() and - nocbreak(), respectively. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - cbreak Y Y Y - nocbreak Y Y Y - echo Y Y Y - noecho Y Y Y - halfdelay Y - Y - intrflush Y - Y - keypad Y - Y - meta Y - Y - nl Y Y Y - nonl Y Y Y - nodelay Y - Y - notimeout Y - Y - raw Y Y Y - noraw Y Y Y - noqiflush Y - Y - qiflush Y - Y - timeout Y - Y - wtimeout Y - Y - typeahead Y - Y - crmode - - nocrmode - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int cbreak(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("cbreak() - called\n")); - - SP->cbreak = TRUE; - - return OK; -} - -int nocbreak(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("nocbreak() - called\n")); - - SP->cbreak = FALSE; - SP->delaytenths = 0; - - return OK; -} - -int echo(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("echo() - called\n")); - - SP->echo = TRUE; - - return OK; -} - -int noecho(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("noecho() - called\n")); - - SP->echo = FALSE; - - return OK; -} - -int halfdelay(int tenths) -{ - PDC_LOG(("halfdelay() - called\n")); - - if (tenths < 1 || tenths > 255) - return ERR; - - SP->delaytenths = tenths; - - return OK; -} - -int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf) -{ - PDC_LOG(("intrflush() - called\n")); - - return OK; -} - -int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf) -{ - PDC_LOG(("keypad() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - win->_use_keypad = bf; - - return OK; -} - -int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf) -{ - PDC_LOG(("meta() - called\n")); - - SP->raw_inp = bf; - - return OK; -} - -int nl(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("nl() - called\n")); - - SP->autocr = TRUE; - - return OK; -} - -int nonl(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("nonl() - called\n")); - - SP->autocr = FALSE; - - return OK; -} - -int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool flag) -{ - PDC_LOG(("nodelay() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - win->_nodelay = flag; - - return OK; -} - -int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool flag) -{ - PDC_LOG(("notimeout() - called\n")); - - return OK; -} - -int raw(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("raw() - called\n")); - - PDC_set_keyboard_binary(TRUE); - SP->raw_inp = TRUE; - - return OK; -} - -int noraw(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("noraw() - called\n")); - - PDC_set_keyboard_binary(FALSE); - SP->raw_inp = FALSE; - - return OK; -} - -void noqiflush(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("noqiflush() - called\n")); -} - -void qiflush(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("qiflush() - called\n")); -} - -int typeahead(int fildes) -{ - PDC_LOG(("typeahead() - called\n")); - - return OK; -} - -void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wtimeout() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return; - - if (delay < 0) - { - /* This causes a blocking read on the window, so turn on delay - mode */ - - win->_nodelay = FALSE; - win->_delayms = 0; - } - else if (!delay) - { - /* This causes a non-blocking read on the window, so turn off - delay mode */ - - win->_nodelay = TRUE; - win->_delayms = 0; - } - else - { - /* This causes the read on the window to delay for the number of - milliseconds. Also forces the window into non-blocking read - mode */ - - /*win->_nodelay = TRUE;*/ - win->_delayms = delay; - } -} - -void timeout(int delay) -{ - PDC_LOG(("timeout() - called\n")); - - wtimeout(stdscr, delay); -} - -int crmode(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("crmode() - called\n")); - - return cbreak(); -} - -int nocrmode(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("nocrmode() - called\n")); - - return nocbreak(); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/insch.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/insch.c deleted file mode 100755 index 33d0c308e..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/insch.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -insch ------ - -### Synopsis - - int insch(chtype ch); - int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch); - int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch); - int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch); - - int insrawch(chtype ch); - int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch); - int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch); - int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch); - - int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch); - int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch); - int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); - int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch); - -### Description - - The insch() functions insert a chtype into the window at the - current or specified cursor position. The cursor is NOT - advanced. A newline is equivalent to clrtoeol(); tabs are - expanded; other control characters are converted as with - unctrl(). - - The ins_wch() functions are the wide-character - equivalents, taking cchar_t pointers rather than chtypes. - - Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing - them into the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be - copied from one place to another using inch() and insch(). - - insrawch() etc. are PDCurses-specific wrappers for insch() etc. - that disable the translation of control characters. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - insch Y Y Y - winsch Y Y Y - mvinsch Y Y Y - mvwinsch Y Y Y - insrawch - - - - winsrawch - - - - ins_wch Y - wins_wch Y - mvins_wch Y - mvwins_wch Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> - -int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) -{ - int x, y; - chtype attr; - bool xlat; - - PDC_LOG(("winsch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n", - win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES)); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - x = win->_curx; - y = win->_cury; - - if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0) - return ERR; - - xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET); - attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES; - ch &= A_CHARTEXT; - - if (xlat && (ch < ' ' || ch == 0x7f)) - { - int x2; - - switch (ch) - { - case '\t': - for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++) - { - if (winsch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR) - return ERR; - } - return OK; - - case '\n': - wclrtoeol(win); - break; - - case 0x7f: - if (winsch(win, attr | '?') == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsch(win, attr | '^'); - - default: - /* handle control chars */ - - if (winsch(win, attr | (ch + '@')) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsch(win, attr | '^'); - } - } - else - { - int maxx; - chtype *temp; - - /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute, - then use the current attributes for the window. If it has - attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to - the current attributes for the window. If it has a color - component, use the attributes solely from the incoming - character. */ - - if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) - attr |= win->_attrs; - - /* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window - background, in that it only takes precedence if other color - attributes are not there and that the background character - will only print if the printing character is blank. */ - - if (!(attr & A_COLOR)) - attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES; - else - attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR); - - if (ch == ' ') - ch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT; - - /* Add the attribute back into the character. */ - - ch |= attr; - - maxx = win->_maxx; - temp = &win->_y[y][x]; - - memmove(temp + 1, temp, (maxx - x - 1) * sizeof(chtype)); - - win->_lastch[y] = maxx - 1; - - if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x)) - win->_firstch[y] = x; - - *temp = ch; - } - - PDC_sync(win); - - return OK; -} - -int insch(chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("insch() - called\n")); - - return winsch(stdscr, ch); -} - -int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinsch() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsch(stdscr, ch); -} - -int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinsch() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsch(win, ch); -} - -int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("winsrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x " - "(char=%c attr=0x%x)\n", win, ch, - ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES)); - - if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f) - ch |= A_ALTCHARSET; - - return winsch(win, ch); -} - -int insrawch(chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("insrawch() - called\n")); - - return winsrawch(stdscr, ch); -} - -int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinsrawch() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsrawch(stdscr, ch); -} - -int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinsrawch() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsrawch(win, ch); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wins_wch() - called\n")); - - return wch ? winsch(win, *wch) : ERR; -} - -int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("ins_wch() - called\n")); - - return wins_wch(stdscr, wch); -} - -int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvins_wch() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wins_wch(stdscr, wch); -} - -int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwins_wch() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wins_wch(win, wch); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/insstr.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/insstr.c deleted file mode 100755 index d8355b4b4..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/insstr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,264 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -insstr ------- - -### Synopsis - - int insstr(const char *str); - int insnstr(const char *str, int n); - int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str); - int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n); - int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str); - int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n); - int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str); - int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n); - - int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr); - int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n); - int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr); - int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); - int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr); - int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); - int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr); - int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n); - -### Description - - The insstr() functions insert a character string into a window - at the current cursor position, by repeatedly calling winsch(). - When PDCurses is built with wide-character support enabled, the - narrow-character functions treat the string as a multibyte - string in the current locale, and convert it first. All - characters to the right of the cursor are moved to the right, - with the possibility of the rightmost characters on the line - being lost. The cursor position does not change (after moving - to y, x, if specified). The routines with n as the last - argument insert at most n characters; if n is negative, then the - entire string is inserted. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - insstr Y - 4.0 - winsstr Y - 4.0 - mvinsstr Y - 4.0 - mvwinsstr Y - 4.0 - insnstr Y - 4.0 - winsnstr Y - 4.0 - mvinsnstr Y - 4.0 - mvwinsnstr Y - 4.0 - ins_wstr Y - wins_wstr Y - mvins_wstr Y - mvwins_wstr Y - ins_nwstr Y - wins_nwstr Y - mvins_nwstr Y - mvwins_nwstr Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> - -int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n) -{ -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - wchar_t wstr[513], *p; - int i; -#endif - int len; - - PDC_LOG(("winsnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n)); - - if (!win || !str) - return ERR; - - len = (int)strlen(str); - - if (n < 0 || n < len) - n = len; - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - if (n > 512) - n = 512; - - p = wstr; - i = 0; - - while (str[i] && i < n) - { - int retval = PDC_mbtowc(p, str + i, n - i); - - if (retval <= 0) - break; - p++; - i += retval; - } - - while (p > wstr) - if (winsch(win, *--p) == ERR) -#else - while (n) - if (winsch(win, (unsigned char)(str[--n])) == ERR) -#endif - return ERR; - - return OK; -} - -int insstr(const char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("insstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); - - return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1); -} - -int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("winsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); - - return winsnstr(win, str, -1); -} - -int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinsstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1); -} - -int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsnstr(win, str, -1); -} - -int insnstr(const char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("insnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n)); - - return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n); -} - -int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n", - y, x, str, n)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n); -} - -int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n", - y, x, str, n)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winsnstr(win, str, n); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - const wchar_t *p; - int len; - - PDC_LOG(("wins_nwstr() - called\n")); - - if (!win || !wstr) - return ERR; - - for (len = 0, p = wstr; *p; p++) - len++; - - if (n < 0 || n < len) - n = len; - - while (n) - if (winsch(win, wstr[--n]) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return OK; -} - -int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("ins_wstr() - called\n")); - - return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1); -} - -int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wins_wstr() - called\n")); - - return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1); -} - -int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvins_wstr() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1); -} - -int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1); -} - -int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("ins_nwstr() - called\n")); - - return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); -} - -int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); -} - -int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, n); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/instr.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/instr.c deleted file mode 100755 index 4c874ef6f..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/instr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,246 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -instr ------ - -### Synopsis - - int instr(char *str); - int innstr(char *str, int n); - int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str); - int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n); - int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str); - int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n); - int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str); - int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n); - - int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr); - int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n); - int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr); - int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n); - int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr); - int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n); - int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr); - int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n); - -### Description - - These functions take characters (or wide characters) from the - current or specified position in the window, and return them as - a string in str (or wstr). Attributes are ignored. The functions - with n as the last argument return a string at most n characters - long. - -### Return Value - - Upon successful completion, innstr(), mvinnstr(), mvwinnstr() - and winnstr() return the number of characters actually read into - the string; instr(), mvinstr(), mvwinstr() and winstr() return - OK. Otherwise, all these functions return ERR. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - instr Y - 4.0 - winstr Y - 4.0 - mvinstr Y - 4.0 - mvwinstr Y - 4.0 - innstr Y - 4.0 - winnstr Y - 4.0 - mvinnstr Y - 4.0 - mvwinnstr Y - 4.0 - inwstr Y - winwstr Y - mvinwstr Y - mvwinwstr Y - innwstr Y - winnwstr Y - mvinnwstr Y - mvwinnwstr Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n) -{ -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - wchar_t wstr[513]; - - if (n < 0 || n > 512) - n = 512; - - if (winnwstr(win, wstr, n) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return (int)PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n); -#else - chtype *src; - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n)); - - if (!win || !str) - return ERR; - - if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx) - n = win->_maxx - win->_curx; - - src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx; - - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - str[i] = (char)(src[i] & A_CHARTEXT); - - str[i] = '\0'; - - return i; -#endif -} - -int instr(char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("instr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str)); - - return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; -} - -int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("winstr() - called: \n")); - - return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; -} - -int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; -} - -int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; -} - -int innstr(char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("innstr() - called: n %d \n", n)); - - return winnstr(stdscr, str, n); -} - -int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winnstr(stdscr, str, n); -} - -int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n)); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winnstr(win, str, n); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - chtype *src; - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n)); - - if (!win || !wstr) - return ERR; - - if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx) - n = win->_maxx - win->_curx; - - src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx; - - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - wstr[i] = src[i] & A_CHARTEXT; - - wstr[i] = L'\0'; - - return i; -} - -int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("inwstr() - called\n")); - - return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; -} - -int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("winwstr() - called\n")); - - return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; -} - -int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinwstr() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; -} - -int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK; -} - -int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("innwstr() - called\n")); - - return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); -} - -int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n); -} - -int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwinnwstr() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return winnwstr(win, wstr, n); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/kernel.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/kernel.c deleted file mode 100755 index 0fbdb1c2e..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/kernel.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,259 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -kernel ------- - -### Synopsis - - int def_prog_mode(void); - int def_shell_mode(void); - int reset_prog_mode(void); - int reset_shell_mode(void); - int resetty(void); - int savetty(void); - int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int)); - int curs_set(int visibility); - int napms(int ms); - - int draino(int ms); - int resetterm(void); - int fixterm(void); - int saveterm(void); - -### Description - - def_prog_mode() and def_shell_mode() save the current terminal - modes as the "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) - state for use by the reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode() - functions. This is done automatically by initscr(). - - reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode() restore the terminal to - "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) state. These - are done automatically by endwin() and doupdate() after an - endwin(), so they would normally not be called before these - functions. - - savetty() and resetty() save and restore the state of the - terminal modes. savetty() saves the current state in a buffer, - and resetty() restores the state to what it was at the last call - to savetty(). - - curs_set() alters the appearance of the cursor. A visibility of - 0 makes it disappear; 1 makes it appear "normal" (usually an - underline) and 2 makes it "highly visible" (usually a block). - - ripoffline() reduces the size of stdscr by one line. If the - "line" parameter is positive, the line is removed from the top - of the screen; if negative, from the bottom. Up to 5 lines can - be ripped off stdscr by calling ripoffline() repeatedly. The - function argument, init, is called from within initscr() or - newterm(), so ripoffline() must be called before either of these - functions. The init function receives a pointer to a one-line - WINDOW, and the width of the window. Calling ripoffline() with a - NULL init function pointer is an error. - - napms() suspends the program for the specified number of - milliseconds. draino() is an archaic equivalent. - - resetterm(), fixterm() and saveterm() are archaic equivalents - for reset_shell_mode(), reset_prog_mode() and def_prog_mode(), - respectively. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error, except - curs_set(), which returns the previous visibility. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - def_prog_mode Y Y Y - def_shell_mode Y Y Y - reset_prog_mode Y Y Y - reset_shell_mode Y Y Y - resetty Y Y Y - savetty Y Y Y - ripoffline Y - 3.0 - curs_set Y - 3.0 - napms Y Y Y - draino - - resetterm - - fixterm - - saveterm - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> - -RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5]; -char linesrippedoff = 0; - -static struct cttyset -{ - bool been_set; - SCREEN saved; -} ctty[3]; - -enum { PDC_SH_TTY, PDC_PR_TTY, PDC_SAVE_TTY }; - -static void _save_mode(int i) -{ - ctty[i].been_set = TRUE; - - memcpy(&(ctty[i].saved), SP, sizeof(SCREEN)); - - PDC_save_screen_mode(i); -} - -static int _restore_mode(int i) -{ - if (ctty[i].been_set == TRUE) - { - memcpy(SP, &(ctty[i].saved), sizeof(SCREEN)); - - if (ctty[i].saved.raw_out) - raw(); - - PDC_restore_screen_mode(i); - - if ((LINES != ctty[i].saved.lines) || - (COLS != ctty[i].saved.cols)) - resize_term(ctty[i].saved.lines, ctty[i].saved.cols); - - PDC_curs_set(ctty[i].saved.visibility); - - PDC_gotoyx(ctty[i].saved.cursrow, ctty[i].saved.curscol); - } - - return ctty[i].been_set ? OK : ERR; -} - -int def_prog_mode(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("def_prog_mode() - called\n")); - - _save_mode(PDC_PR_TTY); - - return OK; -} - -int def_shell_mode(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("def_shell_mode() - called\n")); - - _save_mode(PDC_SH_TTY); - - return OK; -} - -int reset_prog_mode(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("reset_prog_mode() - called\n")); - - _restore_mode(PDC_PR_TTY); - PDC_reset_prog_mode(); - - return OK; -} - -int reset_shell_mode(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("reset_shell_mode() - called\n")); - - _restore_mode(PDC_SH_TTY); - PDC_reset_shell_mode(); - - return OK; -} - -int resetty(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("resetty() - called\n")); - - return _restore_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY); -} - -int savetty(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("savetty() - called\n")); - - _save_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY); - - return OK; -} - -int curs_set(int visibility) -{ - int ret_vis; - - PDC_LOG(("curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility)); - - if ((visibility < 0) || (visibility > 2)) - return ERR; - - ret_vis = PDC_curs_set(visibility); - - /* If the cursor is changing from invisible to visible, update - its position */ - - if (visibility && !ret_vis) - PDC_gotoyx(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol); - - return ret_vis; -} - -int napms(int ms) -{ - PDC_LOG(("napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms)); - - if (ms) - PDC_napms(ms); - - return OK; -} - -int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int)) -{ - PDC_LOG(("ripoffline() - called: line=%d\n", line)); - - if (linesrippedoff < 5 && line && init) - { - linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff].line = line; - linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff++].init = init; - - return OK; - } - - return ERR; -} - -int draino(int ms) -{ - PDC_LOG(("draino() - called\n")); - - return napms(ms); -} - -int resetterm(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("resetterm() - called\n")); - - return reset_shell_mode(); -} - -int fixterm(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("fixterm() - called\n")); - - return reset_prog_mode(); -} - -int saveterm(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("saveterm() - called\n")); - - return def_prog_mode(); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/keyname.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/keyname.c deleted file mode 100755 index c2df795bb..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/keyname.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -keyname -------- - -### Synopsis - - char *keyname(int key); - - char *key_name(wchar_t c); - - bool has_key(int key); - -### Description - - keyname() returns a string corresponding to the argument key. - key may be any key returned by wgetch(). - - key_name() is the wide-character version. It takes a wchar_t - parameter, but still returns a char *. - - has_key() returns TRUE for recognized keys, FALSE otherwise. - This function is an ncurses extension. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - keyname Y - 3.0 - key_name Y - has_key - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> - -char *keyname(int key) -{ - static char _keyname[14]; - - /* Key names must be in exactly the same order as in curses.h */ - - static char *key_names[] = - { - "KEY_BREAK", "KEY_DOWN", "KEY_UP", "KEY_LEFT", "KEY_RIGHT", - "KEY_HOME", "KEY_BACKSPACE", "KEY_F0", "KEY_F(1)", "KEY_F(2)", - "KEY_F(3)", "KEY_F(4)", "KEY_F(5)", "KEY_F(6)", "KEY_F(7)", - "KEY_F(8)", "KEY_F(9)", "KEY_F(10)", "KEY_F(11)", "KEY_F(12)", - "KEY_F(13)", "KEY_F(14)", "KEY_F(15)", "KEY_F(16)", "KEY_F(17)", - "KEY_F(18)", "KEY_F(19)", "KEY_F(20)", "KEY_F(21)", "KEY_F(22)", - "KEY_F(23)", "KEY_F(24)", "KEY_F(25)", "KEY_F(26)", "KEY_F(27)", - "KEY_F(28)", "KEY_F(29)", "KEY_F(30)", "KEY_F(31)", "KEY_F(32)", - "KEY_F(33)", "KEY_F(34)", "KEY_F(35)", "KEY_F(36)", "KEY_F(37)", - "KEY_F(38)", "KEY_F(39)", "KEY_F(40)", "KEY_F(41)", "KEY_F(42)", - "KEY_F(43)", "KEY_F(44)", "KEY_F(45)", "KEY_F(46)", "KEY_F(47)", - "KEY_F(48)", "KEY_F(49)", "KEY_F(50)", "KEY_F(51)", "KEY_F(52)", - "KEY_F(53)", "KEY_F(54)", "KEY_F(55)", "KEY_F(56)", "KEY_F(57)", - "KEY_F(58)", "KEY_F(59)", "KEY_F(60)", "KEY_F(61)", "KEY_F(62)", - "KEY_F(63)", "KEY_DL", "KEY_IL", "KEY_DC", "KEY_IC", "KEY_EIC", - "KEY_CLEAR", "KEY_EOS", "KEY_EOL", "KEY_SF", "KEY_SR", - "KEY_NPAGE", "KEY_PPAGE", "KEY_STAB", "KEY_CTAB", "KEY_CATAB", - "KEY_ENTER", "KEY_SRESET", "KEY_RESET", "KEY_PRINT", "KEY_LL", - "KEY_ABORT", "KEY_SHELP", "KEY_LHELP", "KEY_BTAB", "KEY_BEG", - "KEY_CANCEL", "KEY_CLOSE", "KEY_COMMAND", "KEY_COPY", - "KEY_CREATE", "KEY_END", "KEY_EXIT", "KEY_FIND", "KEY_HELP", - "KEY_MARK", "KEY_MESSAGE", "KEY_MOVE", "KEY_NEXT", "KEY_OPEN", - "KEY_OPTIONS", "KEY_PREVIOUS", "KEY_REDO", "KEY_REFERENCE", - "KEY_REFRESH", "KEY_REPLACE", "KEY_RESTART", "KEY_RESUME", - "KEY_SAVE", "KEY_SBEG", "KEY_SCANCEL", "KEY_SCOMMAND", - "KEY_SCOPY", "KEY_SCREATE", "KEY_SDC", "KEY_SDL", "KEY_SELECT", - "KEY_SEND", "KEY_SEOL", "KEY_SEXIT", "KEY_SFIND", "KEY_SHOME", - "KEY_SIC", "UNKNOWN KEY", "KEY_SLEFT", "KEY_SMESSAGE", - "KEY_SMOVE", "KEY_SNEXT", "KEY_SOPTIONS", "KEY_SPREVIOUS", - "KEY_SPRINT", "KEY_SREDO", "KEY_SREPLACE", "KEY_SRIGHT", - "KEY_SRSUME", "KEY_SSAVE", "KEY_SSUSPEND", "KEY_SUNDO", - "KEY_SUSPEND", "KEY_UNDO", "ALT_0", "ALT_1", "ALT_2", "ALT_3", - "ALT_4", "ALT_5", "ALT_6", "ALT_7", "ALT_8", "ALT_9", "ALT_A", - "ALT_B", "ALT_C", "ALT_D", "ALT_E", "ALT_F", "ALT_G", "ALT_H", - "ALT_I", "ALT_J", "ALT_K", "ALT_L", "ALT_M", "ALT_N", "ALT_O", - "ALT_P", "ALT_Q", "ALT_R", "ALT_S", "ALT_T", "ALT_U", "ALT_V", - "ALT_W", "ALT_X", "ALT_Y", "ALT_Z", "CTL_LEFT", "CTL_RIGHT", - "CTL_PGUP", "CTL_PGDN", "CTL_HOME", "CTL_END", "KEY_A1", - "KEY_A2", "KEY_A3", "KEY_B1", "KEY_B2", "KEY_B3", "KEY_C1", - "KEY_C2", "KEY_C3", "PADSLASH", "PADENTER", "CTL_PADENTER", - "ALT_PADENTER", "PADSTOP", "PADSTAR", "PADMINUS", "PADPLUS", - "CTL_PADSTOP", "CTL_PADCENTER", "CTL_PADPLUS", "CTL_PADMINUS", - "CTL_PADSLASH", "CTL_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADPLUS", "ALT_PADMINUS", - "ALT_PADSLASH", "ALT_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADSTOP", "CTL_INS", - "ALT_DEL", "ALT_INS", "CTL_UP", "CTL_DOWN", "CTL_TAB", - "ALT_TAB", "ALT_MINUS", "ALT_EQUAL", "ALT_HOME", "ALT_PGUP", - "ALT_PGDN", "ALT_END", "ALT_UP", "ALT_DOWN", "ALT_RIGHT", - "ALT_LEFT", "ALT_ENTER", "ALT_ESC", "ALT_BQUOTE", - "ALT_LBRACKET", "ALT_RBRACKET", "ALT_SEMICOLON", "ALT_FQUOTE", - "ALT_COMMA", "ALT_STOP", "ALT_FSLASH", "ALT_BKSP", "CTL_BKSP", - "PAD0", "CTL_PAD0", "CTL_PAD1", "CTL_PAD2", "CTL_PAD3", - "CTL_PAD4", "CTL_PAD5", "CTL_PAD6", "CTL_PAD7","CTL_PAD8", - "CTL_PAD9", "ALT_PAD0", "ALT_PAD1", "ALT_PAD2", "ALT_PAD3", - "ALT_PAD4", "ALT_PAD5", "ALT_PAD6", "ALT_PAD7", "ALT_PAD8", - "ALT_PAD9", "CTL_DEL", "ALT_BSLASH", "CTL_ENTER", - "SHF_PADENTER", "SHF_PADSLASH", "SHF_PADSTAR", "SHF_PADPLUS", - "SHF_PADMINUS", "SHF_UP", "SHF_DOWN", "SHF_IC", "SHF_DC", - "KEY_MOUSE", "KEY_SHIFT_L", "KEY_SHIFT_R", "KEY_CONTROL_L", - "KEY_CONTROL_R", "KEY_ALT_L", "KEY_ALT_R", "KEY_RESIZE", - "KEY_SUP", "KEY_SDOWN" - }; - - PDC_LOG(("keyname() - called: key %d\n", key)); - - strcpy(_keyname, ((key >= 0) && (key < 0x80)) ? unctrl((chtype)key) : - has_key(key) ? key_names[key - KEY_MIN] : "UNKNOWN KEY"); - - return _keyname; -} - -bool has_key(int key) -{ - PDC_LOG(("has_key() - called: key %d\n", key)); - - return (key >= KEY_MIN && key <= KEY_MAX); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -char *key_name(wchar_t c) -{ - PDC_LOG(("key_name() - called\n")); - - return keyname((int)c); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/mouse.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/mouse.c deleted file mode 100755 index 10faec998..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/mouse.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,431 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -mouse ------ - -### Synopsis - - int mouse_set(unsigned long mbe); - int mouse_on(unsigned long mbe); - int mouse_off(unsigned long mbe); - int request_mouse_pos(void); - int map_button(unsigned long button); - void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x); - unsigned long getmouse(void); - unsigned long getbmap(void); - - int mouseinterval(int wait); - bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen); - bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen); - mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask); - int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event); - int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event); - -### Description - - As of PDCurses 3.0, there are two separate mouse interfaces: the - classic interface, which is based on the undocumented Sys V - mouse functions; and an ncurses-compatible interface. Both are - active at all times, and you can mix and match functions from - each, though it's not recommended. The ncurses interface is - essentially an emulation layer built on top of the classic - interface; it's here to allow easier porting of ncurses apps. - - The classic interface: mouse_set(), mouse_on(), mouse_off(), - request_mouse_pos(), map_button(), wmouse_position(), - getmouse(), and getbmap(). An application using this interface - would start by calling mouse_set() or mouse_on() with a non-zero - value, often ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS. Then it would check for a - KEY_MOUSE return from getch(). If found, it would call - request_mouse_pos() to get the current mouse status. - - mouse_set(), mouse_on() and mouse_off() are analagous to - attrset(), attron() and attroff(). These functions set the - mouse button events to trap. The button masks used in these - functions are defined in curses.h and can be or'ed together. - They are the group of masks starting with BUTTON1_RELEASED. - - request_mouse_pos() requests curses to fill in the Mouse_status - structure with the current state of the mouse. - - map_button() enables the specified mouse action to activate the - Soft Label Keys if the action occurs over the area of the screen - where the Soft Label Keys are displayed. The mouse actions are - defined in curses.h in the group that starts with BUTTON_RELEASED. - - wmouse_position() determines if the current mouse position is - within the window passed as an argument. If the mouse is - outside the current window, -1 is returned in the y and x - arguments; otherwise the y and x coordinates of the mouse - (relative to the top left corner of the window) are returned in - y and x. - - getmouse() returns the current status of the trapped mouse - buttons as set by mouse_set() or mouse_on(). - - getbmap() returns the current status of the button action used - to map a mouse action to the Soft Label Keys as set by the - map_button() function. - - The ncurses interface: mouseinterval(), wenclose(), - wmouse_trafo(), mouse_trafo(), mousemask(), nc_getmouse(), and - ungetmouse(). A typical application using this interface would - start by calling mousemask() with a non-zero value, often - ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS. Then it would check for a KEY_MOUSE return - from getch(). If found, it would call nc_getmouse() to get the - current mouse status. - - mouseinterval() sets the timeout for a mouse click. On all - current platforms, PDCurses receives mouse button press and - release events, but must synthesize click events. It does this - by checking whether a release event is queued up after a press - event. If it gets a press event, and there are no more events - waiting, it will wait for the timeout interval, then check again - for a release. A press followed by a release is reported as - BUTTON_CLICKED; otherwise it's passed through as BUTTON_PRESSED. - The default timeout is 150ms; valid values are 0 (no clicks - reported) through 1000ms. In x11, the timeout can also be set - via the clickPeriod resource. The return value from - mouseinterval() is the old timeout. To check the old value - without setting a new one, call it with a parameter of -1. Note - that although there's no classic equivalent for this function - (apart from the clickPeriod resource), the value set applies in - both interfaces. - - wenclose() reports whether the given screen-relative y, x - coordinates fall within the given window. - - wmouse_trafo() converts between screen-relative and window- - relative coordinates. A to_screen parameter of TRUE means to - convert from window to screen; otherwise the reverse. The - function returns FALSE if the coordinates aren't within the - window, or if any of the parameters are NULL. The coordinates - have been converted when the function returns TRUE. - - mouse_trafo() is the stdscr version of wmouse_trafo(). - - mousemask() is nearly equivalent to mouse_set(), but instead of - OK/ERR, it returns the value of the mask after setting it. (This - isn't necessarily the same value passed in, since the mask could - be altered on some platforms.) And if the second parameter is a - non-null pointer, mousemask() stores the previous mask value - there. Also, since the ncurses interface doesn't work with - PDCurses' BUTTON_MOVED events, mousemask() filters them out. - - nc_getmouse() returns the current mouse status in an MEVENT - struct. This is equivalent to ncurses' getmouse(), renamed to - avoid conflict with PDCurses' getmouse(). But if you define - NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION (preferably as 2) before including - curses.h, it defines getmouse() to nc_getmouse(), along with a - few other redefintions needed for compatibility with ncurses - code. nc_getmouse() calls request_mouse_pos(), which (not - getmouse()) is the classic equivalent. - - ungetmouse() is the mouse equivalent of ungetch(). However, - PDCurses doesn't maintain a queue of mouse events; only one can - be pushed back, and it can overwrite or be overwritten by real - mouse events. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - mouse_set - - 4.0 - mouse_on - - 4.0 - mouse_off - - 4.0 - request_mouse_pos - - 4.0 - map_button - - 4.0 - wmouse_position - - 4.0 - getmouse - - 4.0 - getbmap - - 4.0 - mouseinterval - - - - wenclose - - - - wmouse_trafo - - - - mouse_trafo - - - - mousemask - - - - nc_getmouse - - - - ungetmouse - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> - -static bool ungot = FALSE; - -int mouse_set(unsigned long mbe) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mouse_set() - called: event %x\n", mbe)); - - SP->_trap_mbe = mbe; - return PDC_mouse_set(); -} - -int mouse_on(unsigned long mbe) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mouse_on() - called: event %x\n", mbe)); - - SP->_trap_mbe |= mbe; - return PDC_mouse_set(); -} - -int mouse_off(unsigned long mbe) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mouse_off() - called: event %x\n", mbe)); - - SP->_trap_mbe &= ~mbe; - return PDC_mouse_set(); -} - -int map_button(unsigned long button) -{ - PDC_LOG(("map_button() - called: button %x\n", button)); - -/****************** this does nothing at the moment ***************/ - SP->_map_mbe_to_key = button; - - return OK; -} - -int request_mouse_pos(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("request_mouse_pos() - called\n")); - - Mouse_status = pdc_mouse_status; - - return OK; -} - -void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wmouse_position() - called\n")); - - if (win && wenclose(win, MOUSE_Y_POS, MOUSE_X_POS)) - { - if (y) - *y = MOUSE_Y_POS - win->_begy; - if (x) - *x = MOUSE_X_POS - win->_begx; - } - else - { - if (y) - *y = -1; - if (x) - *x = -1; - } -} - -unsigned long getmouse(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getmouse() - called\n")); - - return SP->_trap_mbe; -} - -unsigned long getbmap(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("getbmap() - called\n")); - - return SP->_map_mbe_to_key; -} - -/* ncurses mouse interface */ - -int mouseinterval(int wait) -{ - int old_wait; - - PDC_LOG(("mouseinterval() - called: %d\n", wait)); - - old_wait = SP->mouse_wait; - - if (wait >= 0 && wait <= 1000) - SP->mouse_wait = wait; - - return old_wait; -} - -bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wenclose() - called: %p %d %d\n", win, y, x)); - - return (win && y >= win->_begy && y < win->_begy + win->_maxy - && x >= win->_begx && x < win->_begx + win->_maxx); -} - -bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen) -{ - int newy, newx; - - PDC_LOG(("wmouse_trafo() - called\n")); - - if (!win || !y || !x) - return FALSE; - - newy = *y; - newx = *x; - - if (to_screen) - { - newy += win->_begy; - newx += win->_begx; - - if (!wenclose(win, newy, newx)) - return FALSE; - } - else - { - if (wenclose(win, newy, newx)) - { - newy -= win->_begy; - newx -= win->_begx; - } - else - return FALSE; - } - - *y = newy; - *x = newx; - - return TRUE; -} - -bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mouse_trafo() - called\n")); - - return wmouse_trafo(stdscr, y, x, to_screen); -} - -mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mousemask() - called\n")); - - if (oldmask) - *oldmask = SP->_trap_mbe; - - /* The ncurses interface doesn't work with our move events, so - filter them here */ - - mask &= ~(BUTTON1_MOVED | BUTTON2_MOVED | BUTTON3_MOVED); - - mouse_set(mask); - - return SP->_trap_mbe; -} - -int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event) -{ - int i; - mmask_t bstate = 0; - - PDC_LOG(("nc_getmouse() - called\n")); - - if (!event) - return ERR; - - ungot = FALSE; - - request_mouse_pos(); - - event->id = 0; - - event->x = Mouse_status.x; - event->y = Mouse_status.y; - event->z = 0; - - for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) - { - if (Mouse_status.changes & (1 << i)) - { - int shf = i * 5; - short button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK; - - if (button == BUTTON_RELEASED) - bstate |= (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf); - else if (button == BUTTON_PRESSED) - bstate |= (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf); - else if (button == BUTTON_CLICKED) - bstate |= (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf); - else if (button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED) - bstate |= (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf); - - button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK; - - if (button & PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT) - bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT; - if (button & PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL) - bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL; - if (button & PDC_BUTTON_ALT) - bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT; - } - } - - if (MOUSE_WHEEL_UP) - bstate |= BUTTON4_PRESSED; - else if (MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN) - bstate |= BUTTON5_PRESSED; - - /* extra filter pass -- mainly for button modifiers */ - - event->bstate = bstate & SP->_trap_mbe; - - return OK; -} - -int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event) -{ - int i; - unsigned long bstate; - - PDC_LOG(("ungetmouse() - called\n")); - - if (!event || ungot) - return ERR; - - ungot = TRUE; - - pdc_mouse_status.x = event->x; - pdc_mouse_status.y = event->y; - - pdc_mouse_status.changes = 0; - bstate = event->bstate; - - for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) - { - int shf = i * 5; - short button = 0; - - if (bstate & ((BUTTON1_RELEASED | BUTTON1_PRESSED | - BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED) << shf)) - { - pdc_mouse_status.changes |= 1 << i; - - if (bstate & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf)) - button = BUTTON_PRESSED; - if (bstate & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf)) - button = BUTTON_CLICKED; - if (bstate & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf)) - button = BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED; - - if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT) - button |= PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT; - if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL) - button |= PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL; - if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT) - button |= PDC_BUTTON_ALT; - } - - pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = button; - } - - if (bstate & BUTTON4_PRESSED) - pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP; - else if (bstate & BUTTON5_PRESSED) - pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN; - - return ungetch(KEY_MOUSE); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/move.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/move.c deleted file mode 100755 index 062f115ce..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/move.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -move ----- - -### Synopsis - - int move(int y, int x); - int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - -### Description - - The cursor associated with the window is moved to the given - location. This does not move the physical cursor of the - terminal until refresh() is called. The position specified is - relative to the upper left corner of the window, which is (0,0). - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - move Y Y Y - wmove Y Y Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int move(int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("move() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x)); - - if (!stdscr || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= stdscr->_maxx || y >= stdscr->_maxy) - return ERR; - - stdscr->_curx = x; - stdscr->_cury = y; - - return OK; -} - -int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wmove() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x)); - - if (!win || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= win->_maxx || y >= win->_maxy) - return ERR; - - win->_curx = x; - win->_cury = y; - - return OK; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/outopts.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/outopts.c deleted file mode 100755 index 605e88729..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/outopts.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -outopts -------- - -### Synopsis - - int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - int setscrreg(int top, int bot); - int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot); - int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - - int raw_output(bool bf); - -### Description - - With clearok(), if bf is TRUE, the next call to wrefresh() with - this window will clear the screen completely and redraw the - entire screen. - - immedok(), called with a second argument of TRUE, causes an - automatic wrefresh() every time a change is made to the - specified window. - - Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of the - window being refreshed. leaveok() allows the cursor to be - left wherever the update happens to leave it. It's useful - for applications where the cursor is not used, since it reduces - the need for cursor motions. If possible, the cursor is made - invisible when this option is enabled. - - wsetscrreg() sets a scrolling region in a window; "top" and - "bot" are the line numbers for the top and bottom margins. If - this option and scrollok() are enabled, any attempt to move off - the bottom margin will cause all lines in the scrolling region - to scroll up one line. setscrreg() is the stdscr version. - - idlok() and idcok() do nothing in PDCurses, but are provided for - compatibility with other curses implementations. - - raw_output() enables the output of raw characters using the - standard *add* and *ins* curses functions (that is, it disables - translation of control characters). - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - clearok Y Y Y - idlok Y Y Y - idcok Y - 4.0 - immedok Y - 4.0 - leaveok Y Y Y - setscrreg Y Y Y - wsetscrreg Y Y Y - scrollok Y Y Y - raw_output - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) -{ - PDC_LOG(("clearok() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - win->_clear = bf; - - return OK; -} - -int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) -{ - PDC_LOG(("idlok() - called\n")); - - return OK; -} - -void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) -{ - PDC_LOG(("idcok() - called\n")); -} - -void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) -{ - PDC_LOG(("immedok() - called\n")); - - if (win) - win->_immed = bf; -} - -int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) -{ - PDC_LOG(("leaveok() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - win->_leaveit = bf; - - curs_set(!bf); - - return OK; -} - -int setscrreg(int top, int bottom) -{ - PDC_LOG(("setscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom)); - - return wsetscrreg(stdscr, top, bottom); -} - -int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bottom) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wsetscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom)); - - if (win && 0 <= top && top <= win->_cury && - win->_cury <= bottom && bottom < win->_maxy) - { - win->_tmarg = top; - win->_bmarg = bottom; - - return OK; - } - else - return ERR; -} - -int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) -{ - PDC_LOG(("scrollok() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - win->_scroll = bf; - - return OK; -} - -int raw_output(bool bf) -{ - PDC_LOG(("raw_output() - called\n")); - - SP->raw_out = bf; - - return OK; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/overlay.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/overlay.c deleted file mode 100755 index 73919c6b8..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/overlay.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -overlay -------- - -### Synopsis - - int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w) - int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w) - int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr, - int src_tc, int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br, - int dst_bc, bool overlay) - -### Description - - overlay() and overwrite() copy all the text from src_w into - dst_w. The windows need not be the same size. Those characters - in the source window that intersect with the destination window - are copied, so that the characters appear in the same physical - position on the screen. The difference between the two functions - is that overlay() is non-destructive (blanks are not copied) - while overwrite() is destructive (blanks are copied). - - copywin() is similar, but doesn't require that the two windows - overlap. The arguments src_tc and src_tr specify the top left - corner of the region to be copied. dst_tc, dst_tr, dst_br, and - dst_bc specify the region within the destination window to copy - to. The argument "overlay", if TRUE, indicates that the copy is - done non-destructively (as in overlay()); blanks in the source - window are not copied to the destination window. When overlay is - FALSE, blanks are copied. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - overlay Y Y Y - overwrite Y Y Y - copywin Y - 3.0 - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -/* Thanks to Andreas Otte <venn@@uni-paderborn.de> for the - corrected overlay()/overwrite() behavior. */ - -static int _copy_win(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr, - int src_tc, int src_br, int src_bc, int dst_tr, - int dst_tc, bool _overlay) -{ - int col, line, y1, fc, *minchng, *maxchng; - chtype *w1ptr, *w2ptr; - - int lc = 0; - int xdiff = src_bc - src_tc; - int ydiff = src_br - src_tr; - - if (!src_w || !dst_w) - return ERR; - - minchng = dst_w->_firstch; - maxchng = dst_w->_lastch; - - for (y1 = 0; y1 < dst_tr; y1++) - { - minchng++; - maxchng++; - } - - for (line = 0; line < ydiff; line++) - { - w1ptr = src_w->_y[line + src_tr] + src_tc; - w2ptr = dst_w->_y[line + dst_tr] + dst_tc; - - fc = _NO_CHANGE; - - for (col = 0; col < xdiff; col++) - { - if ((*w1ptr) != (*w2ptr) && - !((*w1ptr & A_CHARTEXT) == ' ' && _overlay)) - { - *w2ptr = *w1ptr; - - if (fc == _NO_CHANGE) - fc = col + dst_tc; - - lc = col + dst_tc; - } - - w1ptr++; - w2ptr++; - } - - if (*minchng == _NO_CHANGE) - { - *minchng = fc; - *maxchng = lc; - } - else if (fc != _NO_CHANGE) - { - if (fc < *minchng) - *minchng = fc; - if (lc > *maxchng) - *maxchng = lc; - } - - minchng++; - maxchng++; - } - - return OK; -} - -int _copy_overlap(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, bool overlay) -{ - int first_line, first_col, last_line, last_col; - int src_start_x, src_start_y, dst_start_x, dst_start_y; - int xdiff, ydiff; - - if (!src_w || !dst_w) - return ERR; - - first_col = max(dst_w->_begx, src_w->_begx); - first_line = max(dst_w->_begy, src_w->_begy); - - last_col = min(src_w->_begx + src_w->_maxx, dst_w->_begx + dst_w->_maxx); - last_line = min(src_w->_begy + src_w->_maxy, dst_w->_begy + dst_w->_maxy); - - /* determine the overlapping region of the two windows in real - coordinates */ - - /* if no overlapping region, do nothing */ - - if ((last_col < first_col) || (last_line < first_line)) - return OK; - - /* size of overlapping region */ - - xdiff = last_col - first_col; - ydiff = last_line - first_line; - - if (src_w->_begx <= dst_w->_begx) - { - src_start_x = dst_w->_begx - src_w->_begx; - dst_start_x = 0; - } - else - { - dst_start_x = src_w->_begx - dst_w->_begx; - src_start_x = 0; - } - - if (src_w->_begy <= dst_w->_begy) - { - src_start_y = dst_w->_begy - src_w->_begy; - dst_start_y = 0; - } - else - { - dst_start_y = src_w->_begy - dst_w->_begy; - src_start_y = 0; - } - - return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_start_y, src_start_x, - src_start_y + ydiff, src_start_x + xdiff, - dst_start_y, dst_start_x, overlay); -} - -int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w) -{ - PDC_LOG(("overlay() - called\n")); - - return _copy_overlap(src_w, dst_w, TRUE); -} - -int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w) -{ - PDC_LOG(("overwrite() - called\n")); - - return _copy_overlap(src_w, dst_w, FALSE); -} - -int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr, int src_tc, - int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br, int dst_bc, int _overlay) -{ - int src_end_x, src_end_y; - int src_rows, src_cols, dst_rows, dst_cols; - int min_rows, min_cols; - - PDC_LOG(("copywin() - called\n")); - - if (!src_w || !dst_w || dst_w == curscr || dst_br >= dst_w->_maxy - || dst_bc >= dst_w->_maxx || dst_tr < 0 || dst_tc < 0) - return ERR; - - src_rows = src_w->_maxy - src_tr; - src_cols = src_w->_maxx - src_tc; - dst_rows = dst_br - dst_tr + 1; - dst_cols = dst_bc - dst_tc + 1; - - min_rows = min(src_rows, dst_rows); - min_cols = min(src_cols, dst_cols); - - src_end_y = src_tr + min_rows; - src_end_x = src_tc + min_cols; - - return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_tr, src_tc, src_end_y, src_end_x, - dst_tr, dst_tc, _overlay); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/pad.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/pad.c deleted file mode 100755 index 640027696..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/pad.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -pad ---- - -### Synopsis - - WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols); - WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, - int begy, int begx); - int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, - int sy2, int sx2); - int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, - int sy2, int sx2); - int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch); - int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch); - -### Description - - A pad is a special kind of window, which is not restricted by - the screen size, and is not necessarily associated with a - particular part of the screen. You can use a pad when you need - a large window, and only a part of the window will be on the - screen at one time. Pads are not refreshed automatically (e.g., - from scrolling or echoing of input). You can't call wrefresh() - with a pad as an argument; use prefresh() or pnoutrefresh() - instead. Note that these routines require additional parameters - to specify the part of the pad to be displayed, and the location - to use on the screen. - - newpad() creates a new pad data structure. - - subpad() creates a new sub-pad within a pad, at position (begy, - begx), with dimensions of nlines lines and ncols columns. This - position is relative to the pad, and not to the screen as with - subwin. Changes to either the parent pad or sub-pad will affect - both. When using sub-pads, you may need to call touchwin() - before calling prefresh(). - - pnoutrefresh() copies the specified pad to the virtual screen. - - prefresh() calls pnoutrefresh(), followed by doupdate(). - - These routines are analogous to wnoutrefresh() and wrefresh(). - (py, px) specifies the upper left corner of the part of the pad - to be displayed; (sy1, sx1) and (sy2, sx2) describe the screen - rectangle that will contain the selected part of the pad. - - pechochar() is functionally equivalent to addch() followed by - a call to prefresh(), with the last-used coordinates and - dimensions. pecho_wchar() is the wide-character version. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - newpad Y - Y - subpad Y - Y - prefresh Y - Y - pnoutrefresh Y - Y - pechochar Y - 3.0 - pecho_wchar Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> - -/* save values for pechochar() */ - -static int save_pminrow, save_pmincol; -static int save_sminrow, save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol; - -WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols) -{ - WINDOW *win; - - PDC_LOG(("newpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d\n", nlines, ncols)); - - if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, 0, 0)) - || !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) ) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - werase(win); - - win->_flags = _PAD; - - /* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call to - prefresh(). */ - - save_pminrow = 0; - save_pmincol = 0; - save_sminrow = 0; - save_smincol = 0; - save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1; - save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1; - - return win; -} - -WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx) -{ - WINDOW *win; - int i; - int j = begy; - int k = begx; - - PDC_LOG(("subpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n", - nlines, ncols, begy, begx)); - - if (!orig || !(orig->_flags & _PAD)) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - /* make sure window fits inside the original one */ - - if ((begy < orig->_begy) || (begx < orig->_begx) || - (begy + nlines) > (orig->_begy + orig->_maxy) || - (begx + ncols) > (orig->_begx + orig->_maxx)) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - if (!nlines) - nlines = orig->_maxy - 1 - j; - - if (!ncols) - ncols = orig->_maxx - 1 - k; - - if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) ) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - /* initialize window variables */ - - win->_attrs = orig->_attrs; - win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit; - win->_scroll = orig->_scroll; - win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay; - win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad; - win->_parent = orig; - - for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++) - win->_y[i] = (orig->_y[j++]) + k; - - win->_flags = _SUBPAD; - - /* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call - to prefresh(). */ - - save_pminrow = 0; - save_pmincol = 0; - save_sminrow = 0; - save_smincol = 0; - save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1; - save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1; - - return win; -} - -int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2) -{ - PDC_LOG(("prefresh() - called\n")); - - if (pnoutrefresh(win, py, px, sy1, sx1, sy2, sx2) == ERR) - return ERR; - - doupdate(); - return OK; -} - -int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2) -{ - int num_cols; - int sline = sy1; - int pline = py; - - PDC_LOG(("pnoutrefresh() - called\n")); - - if (!w || !(w->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) || (sy2 >= LINES) || (sx2 >= COLS)) - return ERR; - - if (py < 0) - py = 0; - if (px < 0) - px = 0; - if (sy1 < 0) - sy1 = 0; - if (sx1 < 0) - sx1 = 0; - - if (sy2 < sy1 || sx2 < sx1) - return ERR; - - num_cols = min((sx2 - sx1 + 1), (w->_maxx - px)); - - while (sline <= sy2) - { - if (pline < w->_maxy) - { - memcpy(curscr->_y[sline] + sx1, w->_y[pline] + px, - num_cols * sizeof(chtype)); - - if ((curscr->_firstch[sline] == _NO_CHANGE) - || (curscr->_firstch[sline] > sx1)) - curscr->_firstch[sline] = sx1; - - if (sx2 > curscr->_lastch[sline]) - curscr->_lastch[sline] = sx2; - - w->_firstch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */ - w->_lastch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */ - } - - sline++; - pline++; - } - - if (w->_clear) - { - w->_clear = FALSE; - curscr->_clear = TRUE; - } - - /* position the cursor to the pad's current position if possible -- - is the pad current position going to end up displayed? if not, - then don't move the cursor; if so, move it to the correct place */ - - if (!w->_leaveit && w->_cury >= py && w->_curx >= px && - w->_cury <= py + (sy2 - sy1) && w->_curx <= px + (sx2 - sx1)) - { - curscr->_cury = (w->_cury - py) + sy1; - curscr->_curx = (w->_curx - px) + sx1; - } - - return OK; -} - -int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("pechochar() - called\n")); - - if (waddch(pad, ch) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow, - save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("pecho_wchar() - called\n")); - - if (!wch || (waddch(pad, *wch) == ERR)) - return ERR; - - return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow, - save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol); -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/panel.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/panel.c deleted file mode 100755 index fbee054bf..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/panel.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,633 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -panel ------ - -### Synopsis - - int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan); - int del_panel(PANEL *pan); - int hide_panel(PANEL *pan); - int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx); - PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win); - PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan); - PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan); - int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan); - const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan); - WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan); - int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win); - int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr); - int show_panel(PANEL *pan); - int top_panel(PANEL *pan); - void update_panels(void); - -### Description - - The panel library is built using the curses library, and any - program using panels routines must call one of the curses - initialization routines such as initscr(). A program using these - routines must be linked with the panels and curses libraries. - The header <panel.h> includes the header <curses.h>. - - The panels package gives the applications programmer a way to - have depth relationships between curses windows; a curses window - is associated with every panel. The panels routines allow curses - windows to overlap without making visible the overlapped - portions of underlying windows. The initial curses window, - stdscr, lies beneath all panels. The set of currently visible - panels is the 'deck' of panels. - - The panels package allows the applications programmer to create - panels, fetch and set their associated windows, shuffle panels - in the deck, and manipulate panels in other ways. - - bottom_panel() places pan at the bottom of the deck. The size, - location and contents of the panel are unchanged. - - del_panel() deletes pan, but not its associated winwow. - - hide_panel() removes a panel from the deck and thus hides it - from view. - - move_panel() moves the curses window associated with pan, so - that its upper lefthand corner is at the supplied coordinates. - (Do not use mvwin() on the window.) - - new_panel() creates a new panel associated with win and returns - the panel pointer. The new panel is placed at the top of the - deck. - - panel_above() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck above - pan, or NULL if pan is the top panel. If the value of pan passed - is NULL, this function returns a pointer to the bottom panel in - the deck. - - panel_below() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck below - pan, or NULL if pan is the bottom panel. If the value of pan - passed is NULL, this function returns a pointer to the top panel - in the deck. - - panel_hidden() returns OK if pan is hidden and ERR if it is not. - - panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available for - maintaining relevant information. This function returns a - pointer to that information previously set up by - set_panel_userptr(). - - panel_window() returns a pointer to the curses window associated - with the panel. - - replace_panel() replaces the current window of pan with win. - - set_panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available - for maintaining relevant information. This function sets the - value of that information. - - show_panel() makes a previously hidden panel visible and places - it back in the deck on top. - - top_panel() places pan on the top of the deck. The size, - location and contents of the panel are unchanged. - - update_panels() refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the - depth relationships between the panels in the deck. The user - must use doupdate() to refresh the physical screen. - -### Return Value - - Each routine that returns a pointer to an object returns NULL if - an error occurs. Each panel routine that returns an integer, - returns OK if it executes successfully and ERR if it does not. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - bottom_panel - - Y - del_panel - - Y - hide_panel - - Y - move_panel - - Y - new_panel - - Y - panel_above - - Y - panel_below - - Y - panel_hidden - - Y - panel_userptr - - Y - panel_window - - Y - replace_panel - - Y - set_panel_userptr - - Y - show_panel - - Y - top_panel - - Y - update_panels - - Y - - Credits: - Original Author - Warren Tucker <[email protected]> - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <panel.h> -#include <stdlib.h> - -PANEL *_bottom_panel = (PANEL *)0; -PANEL *_top_panel = (PANEL *)0; -PANEL _stdscr_pseudo_panel = { (WINDOW *)0 }; - -#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG - -static void dPanel(char *text, PANEL *pan) -{ - PDC_LOG(("%s id=%s b=%s a=%s y=%d x=%d", text, pan->user, - pan->below ? pan->below->user : "--", - pan->above ? pan->above->user : "--", - pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx)); -} - -static void dStack(char *fmt, int num, PANEL *pan) -{ - char s80[80]; - - sprintf(s80, fmt, num, pan); - PDC_LOG(("%s b=%s t=%s", s80, _bottom_panel ? _bottom_panel->user : "--", - _top_panel ? _top_panel->user : "--")); - - if (pan) - PDC_LOG(("pan id=%s", pan->user)); - - pan = _bottom_panel; - - while (pan) - { - dPanel("stk", pan); - pan = pan->above; - } -} - -/* debugging hook for wnoutrefresh */ - -static void Wnoutrefresh(PANEL *pan) -{ - dPanel("wnoutrefresh", pan); - wnoutrefresh(pan->win); -} - -static void Touchpan(PANEL *pan) -{ - dPanel("Touchpan", pan); - touchwin(pan->win); -} - -static void Touchline(PANEL *pan, int start, int count) -{ - char s80[80]; - - sprintf(s80, "Touchline s=%d c=%d", start, count); - dPanel(s80, pan); - touchline(pan->win, start, count); -} - -#else /* PANEL_DEBUG */ - -#define dPanel(text, pan) -#define dStack(fmt, num, pan) -#define Wnoutrefresh(pan) wnoutrefresh((pan)->win) -#define Touchpan(pan) touchwin((pan)->win) -#define Touchline(pan, start, count) touchline((pan)->win, start, count) - -#endif /* PANEL_DEBUG */ - -static bool _panels_overlapped(PANEL *pan1, PANEL *pan2) -{ - if (!pan1 || !pan2) - return FALSE; - - return ((pan1->wstarty >= pan2->wstarty && pan1->wstarty < pan2->wendy) - || (pan2->wstarty >= pan1->wstarty && pan2->wstarty < pan1->wendy)) - && ((pan1->wstartx >= pan2->wstartx && pan1->wstartx < pan2->wendx) - || (pan2->wstartx >= pan1->wstartx && pan2->wstartx < pan1->wendx)); -} - -static void _free_obscure(PANEL *pan) -{ - PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */ - PANELOBS *nobs; /* "next" one */ - - while (tobs) - { - nobs = tobs->above; - free((char *)tobs); - tobs = nobs; - } - pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0; -} - -static void _override(PANEL *pan, int show) -{ - int y; - PANEL *pan2; - PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */ - - if (show == 1) - Touchpan(pan); - else if (!show) - { - Touchpan(pan); - Touchpan(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel); - } - else if (show == -1) - while (tobs && (tobs->pan != pan)) - tobs = tobs->above; - - while (tobs) - { - if ((pan2 = tobs->pan) != pan) - for (y = pan->wstarty; y < pan->wendy; y++) - if ((y >= pan2->wstarty) && (y < pan2->wendy) && - ((is_linetouched(pan->win, y - pan->wstarty)) || - (is_linetouched(stdscr, y)))) - Touchline(pan2, y - pan2->wstarty, 1); - - tobs = tobs->above; - } -} - -static void _calculate_obscure(void) -{ - PANEL *pan, *pan2; - PANELOBS *tobs; /* "this" one */ - PANELOBS *lobs; /* last one */ - - pan = _bottom_panel; - - while (pan) - { - if (pan->obscure) - _free_obscure(pan); - - lobs = (PANELOBS *)0; - pan2 = _bottom_panel; - - while (pan2) - { - if (_panels_overlapped(pan, pan2)) - { - if ((tobs = malloc(sizeof(PANELOBS))) == NULL) - return; - - tobs->pan = pan2; - dPanel("obscured", pan2); - tobs->above = (PANELOBS *)0; - - if (lobs) - lobs->above = tobs; - else - pan->obscure = tobs; - - lobs = tobs; - } - - pan2 = pan2->above; - } - - _override(pan, 1); - pan = pan->above; - } -} - -/* check to see if panel is in the stack */ - -static bool _panel_is_linked(const PANEL *pan) -{ - PANEL *pan2 = _bottom_panel; - - while (pan2) - { - if (pan2 == pan) - return TRUE; - - pan2 = pan2->above; - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* link panel into stack at top */ - -static void _panel_link_top(PANEL *pan) -{ -#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG - dStack("<lt%d>", 1, pan); - if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) - return; -#endif - pan->above = (PANEL *)0; - pan->below = (PANEL *)0; - - if (_top_panel) - { - _top_panel->above = pan; - pan->below = _top_panel; - } - - _top_panel = pan; - - if (!_bottom_panel) - _bottom_panel = pan; - - _calculate_obscure(); - dStack("<lt%d>", 9, pan); -} - -/* link panel into stack at bottom */ - -static void _panel_link_bottom(PANEL *pan) -{ -#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG - dStack("<lb%d>", 1, pan); - if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) - return; -#endif - pan->above = (PANEL *)0; - pan->below = (PANEL *)0; - - if (_bottom_panel) - { - _bottom_panel->below = pan; - pan->above = _bottom_panel; - } - - _bottom_panel = pan; - - if (!_top_panel) - _top_panel = pan; - - _calculate_obscure(); - dStack("<lb%d>", 9, pan); -} - -static void _panel_unlink(PANEL *pan) -{ - PANEL *prev; - PANEL *next; - -#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG - dStack("<u%d>", 1, pan); - if (!_panel_is_linked(pan)) - return; -#endif - _override(pan, 0); - _free_obscure(pan); - - prev = pan->below; - next = pan->above; - - /* if non-zero, we will not update the list head */ - - if (prev) - { - prev->above = next; - if(next) - next->below = prev; - } - else if (next) - next->below = prev; - - if (pan == _bottom_panel) - _bottom_panel = next; - - if (pan == _top_panel) - _top_panel = prev; - - _calculate_obscure(); - - pan->above = (PANEL *)0; - pan->below = (PANEL *)0; - dStack("<u%d>", 9, pan); - -} - -/************************************************************************ - * The following are the public functions for the panels library. * - ************************************************************************/ - -int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan) -{ - if (!pan) - return ERR; - - if (pan == _bottom_panel) - return OK; - - if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) - hide_panel(pan); - - _panel_link_bottom(pan); - - return OK; -} - -int del_panel(PANEL *pan) -{ - if (pan) - { - if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) - hide_panel(pan); - - free((char *)pan); - return OK; - } - - return ERR; -} - -int hide_panel(PANEL *pan) -{ - if (!pan) - return ERR; - - if (!_panel_is_linked(pan)) - { - pan->above = (PANEL *)0; - pan->below = (PANEL *)0; - return ERR; - } - - _panel_unlink(pan); - - return OK; -} - -int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx) -{ - WINDOW *win; - int maxy, maxx; - - if (!pan) - return ERR; - - if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) - _override(pan, 0); - - win = pan->win; - - if (mvwin(win, starty, startx) == ERR) - return ERR; - - getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx); - getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx); - pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy; - pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx; - - if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) - _calculate_obscure(); - - return OK; -} - -PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win) -{ - PANEL *pan = malloc(sizeof(PANEL)); - - if (!_stdscr_pseudo_panel.win) - { - _stdscr_pseudo_panel.win = stdscr; - _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstarty = 0; - _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstartx = 0; - _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendy = LINES; - _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendx = COLS; - _stdscr_pseudo_panel.user = "stdscr"; - _stdscr_pseudo_panel.obscure = (PANELOBS *)0; - } - - if (pan) - { - int maxy, maxx; - - pan->win = win; - pan->above = (PANEL *)0; - pan->below = (PANEL *)0; - getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx); - getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx); - pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy; - pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx; -#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG - pan->user = "new"; -#else - pan->user = (char *)0; -#endif - pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0; - show_panel(pan); - } - - return pan; -} - -PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan) -{ - return pan ? pan->above : _bottom_panel; -} - -PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan) -{ - return pan ? pan->below : _top_panel; -} - -int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan) -{ - if (!pan) - return ERR; - - return _panel_is_linked(pan) ? ERR : OK; -} - -const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan) -{ - return pan ? pan->user : NULL; -} - -WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan) -{ - PDC_LOG(("panel_window() - called\n")); - - return pan->win; -} - -int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win) -{ - int maxy, maxx; - - if (!pan) - return ERR; - - if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) - _override(pan, 0); - - pan->win = win; - getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx); - getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx); - pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy; - pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx; - - if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) - _calculate_obscure(); - - return OK; -} - -int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr) -{ - if (!pan) - return ERR; - - pan->user = uptr; - return OK; -} - -int show_panel(PANEL *pan) -{ - if (!pan) - return ERR; - - if (pan == _top_panel) - return OK; - - if (_panel_is_linked(pan)) - hide_panel(pan); - - _panel_link_top(pan); - - return OK; -} - -int top_panel(PANEL *pan) -{ - return show_panel(pan); -} - -void update_panels(void) -{ - PANEL *pan; - - PDC_LOG(("update_panels() - called\n")); - - pan = _bottom_panel; - - while (pan) - { - _override(pan, -1); - pan = pan->above; - } - - if (is_wintouched(stdscr)) - Wnoutrefresh(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel); - - pan = _bottom_panel; - - while (pan) - { - if (is_wintouched(pan->win) || !pan->above) - Wnoutrefresh(pan); - - pan = pan->above; - } -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/printw.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/printw.c deleted file mode 100755 index 3961faa7e..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/printw.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -printw ------- - -### Synopsis - - int printw(const char *fmt, ...); - int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...); - int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...); - int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt,...); - int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist); - int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist); - -### Description - - The printw() functions add a formatted string to the window at - the current or specified cursor position. The format strings are - the same as used in the standard C library's printf(). (printw() - can be used as a drop-in replacement for printf().) - -### Return Value - - All functions return the number of characters printed, or - ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - printw Y Y Y - wprintw Y Y Y - mvprintw Y Y Y - mvwprintw Y Y Y - vwprintw Y - 4.0 - vw_printw Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> - -int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist) -{ - char printbuf[513]; - int len; - - PDC_LOG(("vwprintw() - called\n")); - -#ifdef HAVE_VSNPRINTF - len = vsnprintf(printbuf, 512, fmt, varglist); -#else - len = vsprintf(printbuf, fmt, varglist); -#endif - return (waddstr(win, printbuf) == ERR) ? ERR : len; -} - -int printw(const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - int retval; - - PDC_LOG(("printw() - called\n")); - - va_start(args, fmt); - retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - - return retval; -} - -int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - int retval; - - PDC_LOG(("wprintw() - called\n")); - - va_start(args, fmt); - retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - - return retval; -} - -int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - int retval; - - PDC_LOG(("mvprintw() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - va_start(args, fmt); - retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - - return retval; -} - -int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - int retval; - - PDC_LOG(("mvwprintw() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - va_start(args, fmt); - retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - - return retval; -} - -int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist) -{ - PDC_LOG(("vw_printw() - called\n")); - - return vwprintw(win, fmt, varglist); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/refresh.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/refresh.c deleted file mode 100755 index 08034fb8b..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/refresh.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,279 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -refresh -------- - -### Synopsis - - int refresh(void); - int wrefresh(WINDOW *win); - int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win); - int doupdate(void); - int redrawwin(WINDOW *win); - int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines); - -### Description - - wrefresh() copies the named window to the physical terminal - screen, taking into account what is already there in order to - optimize cursor movement. refresh() does the same, using stdscr. - These routines must be called to get any output on the terminal, - as other routines only manipulate data structures. Unless - leaveok() has been enabled, the physical cursor of the terminal - is left at the location of the window's cursor. - - wnoutrefresh() and doupdate() allow multiple updates with more - efficiency than wrefresh() alone. wrefresh() works by first - calling wnoutrefresh(), which copies the named window to the - virtual screen. It then calls doupdate(), which compares the - virtual screen to the physical screen and does the actual - update. A series of calls to wrefresh() will result in - alternating calls to wnoutrefresh() and doupdate(), causing - several bursts of output to the screen. By first calling - wnoutrefresh() for each window, it is then possible to call - doupdate() only once. - - In PDCurses, redrawwin() is equivalent to touchwin(), and - wredrawln() is the same as touchline(). In some other curses - implementations, there's a subtle distinction, but it has no - meaning in PDCurses. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - refresh Y Y Y - wrefresh Y Y Y - wnoutrefresh Y Y Y - doupdate Y Y Y - redrawwin Y - 4.0 - wredrawln Y - 4.0 - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> - -int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win) -{ - int begy, begx; /* window's place on screen */ - int i, j; - - PDC_LOG(("wnoutrefresh() - called: win=%p\n", win)); - - if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) ) - return ERR; - - begy = win->_begy; - begx = win->_begx; - - for (i = 0, j = begy; i < win->_maxy; i++, j++) - { - if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE) - { - chtype *src = win->_y[i]; - chtype *dest = curscr->_y[j] + begx; - - int first = win->_firstch[i]; /* first changed */ - int last = win->_lastch[i]; /* last changed */ - - /* ignore areas on the outside that are marked as changed, - but really aren't */ - - while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first]) - first++; - - while (last >= first && src[last] == dest[last]) - last--; - - /* if any have really changed... */ - - if (first <= last) - { - memcpy(dest + first, src + first, - (last - first + 1) * sizeof(chtype)); - - first += begx; - last += begx; - - if (first < curscr->_firstch[j] || - curscr->_firstch[j] == _NO_CHANGE) - curscr->_firstch[j] = first; - - if (last > curscr->_lastch[j]) - curscr->_lastch[j] = last; - } - - win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */ - } - - win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */ - } - - if (win->_clear) - win->_clear = FALSE; - - if (!win->_leaveit) - { - curscr->_cury = win->_cury + begy; - curscr->_curx = win->_curx + begx; - } - - return OK; -} - -int doupdate(void) -{ - int y; - bool clearall; - - PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - called\n")); - - if (!curscr) - return ERR; - - if (isendwin()) /* coming back after endwin() called */ - { - reset_prog_mode(); - clearall = TRUE; - SP->alive = TRUE; /* so isendwin() result is correct */ - } - else - clearall = !!curscr->_clear; - - for (y = 0; y < SP->lines; y++) - { - PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - Transforming line %d of %d: %s\n", - y, SP->lines, (curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE) ? - "Yes" : "No")); - - if (clearall || curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE) - { - int first, last; - - chtype *src = curscr->_y[y]; - chtype *dest = pdc_lastscr->_y[y]; - - if (clearall) - { - first = 0; - last = COLS - 1; - } - else - { - first = curscr->_firstch[y]; - last = curscr->_lastch[y]; - } - - while (first <= last) - { - int len = 0; - - /* build up a run of changed cells; if two runs are - separated by a single unchanged cell, ignore the - break */ - - if (clearall) - len = last - first + 1; - else - while (first + len <= last && - (src[first + len] != dest[first + len] || - (len && first + len < last && - src[first + len + 1] != dest[first + len + 1]) - ) - ) - len++; - - /* update the screen, and pdc_lastscr */ - - if (len) - { - PDC_transform_line(y, first, len, src + first); - memcpy(dest + first, src + first, len * sizeof(chtype)); - first += len; - } - - /* skip over runs of unchanged cells */ - - while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first]) - first++; - } - - curscr->_firstch[y] = _NO_CHANGE; - curscr->_lastch[y] = _NO_CHANGE; - } - } - - curscr->_clear = FALSE; - - if (SP->visibility) - PDC_gotoyx(curscr->_cury, curscr->_curx); - - SP->cursrow = curscr->_cury; - SP->curscol = curscr->_curx; - - return OK; -} - -int wrefresh(WINDOW *win) -{ - bool save_clear; - - PDC_LOG(("wrefresh() - called\n")); - - if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) ) - return ERR; - - save_clear = !!win->_clear; - - if (win == curscr) - curscr->_clear = TRUE; - else - wnoutrefresh(win); - - if (save_clear && win->_maxy == SP->lines && win->_maxx == SP->cols) - curscr->_clear = TRUE; - - return doupdate(); -} - -int refresh(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("refresh() - called\n")); - - return wrefresh(stdscr); -} - -int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int start, int num) -{ - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("wredrawln() - called: win=%p start=%d num=%d\n", - win, start, num)); - - if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + num > win->_maxy) - return ERR; - - for (i = start; i < start + num; i++) - { - win->_firstch[i] = 0; - win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1; - } - - return OK; -} - -int redrawwin(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("redrawwin() - called: win=%p\n", win)); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - return wredrawln(win, 0, win->_maxy); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/scanw.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/scanw.c deleted file mode 100755 index 7b974357d..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/scanw.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,578 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -scanw ------ - -### Synopsis - - int scanw(const char *fmt, ...); - int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...); - int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...); - int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...); - int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist); - int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist); - -### Description - - These routines correspond to the standard C library's scanf() - family. Each gets a string from the window via wgetnstr(), and - uses the resulting line as input for the scan. - -### Return Value - - On successful completion, these functions return the number of - items successfully matched. Otherwise they return ERR. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - scanw Y Y Y - wscanw Y Y Y - mvscanw Y Y Y - mvwscanw Y Y Y - vwscanw Y - 4.0 - vw_scanw Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> - -#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF -# include <stdlib.h> -# include <ctype.h> -# include <limits.h> - -static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *, const char *, va_list); - -# define vsscanf _pdc_vsscanf -#endif - -int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist) -{ - char scanbuf[256]; - - PDC_LOG(("vwscanw() - called\n")); - - if (wgetnstr(win, scanbuf, 255) == ERR) - return ERR; - - return vsscanf(scanbuf, fmt, varglist); -} - -int scanw(const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - int retval; - - PDC_LOG(("scanw() - called\n")); - - va_start(args, fmt); - retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - - return retval; -} - -int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - int retval; - - PDC_LOG(("wscanw() - called\n")); - - va_start(args, fmt); - retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - - return retval; -} - -int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - int retval; - - PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n")); - - if (move(y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - va_start(args, fmt); - retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - - return retval; -} - -int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - int retval; - - PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n")); - - if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR) - return ERR; - - va_start(args, fmt); - retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - - return retval; -} - -int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist) -{ - PDC_LOG(("vw_scanw() - called\n")); - - return vwscanw(win, fmt, varglist); -} - -#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF - -/* _pdc_vsscanf() - Internal routine to parse and format an input - buffer. It scans a series of input fields; each field is formatted - according to a supplied format string and the formatted input is - stored in the variable number of addresses passed. Returns the number - of input fields or EOF on error. - - Don't compile this unless required. Some compilers (at least Borland - C++ 3.0) have to link with math libraries due to the use of floats. - - Based on vsscanf.c and input.c from emx 0.8f library source, - Copyright (c) 1990-1992 by Eberhard Mattes, who has kindly agreed to - its inclusion in PDCurses. */ - -#define WHITE(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t' || (x) == '\n') - -#define NEXT(x) \ - do { \ - x = *buf++; \ - if (!x) \ - return (count ? count : EOF); \ - ++chars; \ - } while (0) - -#define UNGETC() \ - do { \ - --buf; --chars; \ - } while (0) - -static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list arg_ptr) -{ - int count, chars, c, width, radix, d, i; - int *int_ptr; - long *long_ptr; - short *short_ptr; - char *char_ptr; - unsigned char f; - char neg, assign, ok, size; - long n; - char map[256], end; - double dx, dd, *dbl_ptr; - float *flt_ptr; - int exp; - char eneg; - - count = 0; - chars = 0; - c = 0; - while ((f = *fmt) != 0) - { - if (WHITE(f)) - { - do - { - ++fmt; - f = *fmt; - } - while (WHITE(f)); - do - { - c = *buf++; - if (!c) - { - if (!f || count) - return count; - else - return EOF; - } else - ++chars; - } - while (WHITE(c)); - UNGETC(); - } else if (f != '%') - { - NEXT(c); - if (c != f) - return count; - ++fmt; - } else - { - assign = TRUE; - width = INT_MAX; - char_ptr = NULL; - ++fmt; - if (*fmt == '*') - { - assign = FALSE; - ++fmt; - } - if (isdigit(*fmt)) - { - width = 0; - while (isdigit(*fmt)) - width = width * 10 + (*fmt++ - '0'); - if (!width) - width = INT_MAX; - } - size = 0; - if (*fmt == 'h' || *fmt == 'l') - size = *fmt++; - f = *fmt; - switch (f) - { - case 'c': - if (width == INT_MAX) - width = 1; - if (assign) - char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *); - while (width > 0) - { - --width; - NEXT(c); - if (assign) - { - *char_ptr++ = (char) c; - ++count; - } - } - break; - case '[': - memset(map, 0, 256); - end = 0; - ++fmt; - if (*fmt == '^') - { - ++fmt; - end = 1; - } - i = 0; - for (;;) - { - f = (unsigned char) *fmt; - switch (f) - { - case 0: - /* avoid skipping past 0 */ - --fmt; - NEXT(c); - goto string; - case ']': - if (i > 0) - { - NEXT(c); - goto string; - } - /* no break */ - default: - if (fmt[1] == '-' && fmt[2] - && f < (unsigned char)fmt[2]) - { - memset(map + f, 1, (unsigned char)fmt[2] - f); - fmt += 2; - } - else - map[f] = 1; - break; - } - ++fmt; - ++i; - } - case 's': - memset(map, 0, 256); - map[' '] = 1; - map['\n'] = 1; - map['\r'] = 1; - map['\t'] = 1; - end = 1; - do - { - NEXT(c); - } - while (WHITE(c)); - string: - if (assign) - char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *); - while (width > 0 && map[(unsigned char) c] != end) - { - --width; - if (assign) - *char_ptr++ = (char) c; - c = *buf++; - if (!c) - break; - else - ++chars; - } - if (assign) - { - *char_ptr = 0; - ++count; - } - if (!c) - return count; - else - UNGETC(); - break; - case 'f': - case 'e': - case 'E': - case 'g': - case 'G': - neg = ok = FALSE; - dx = 0.0; - do - { - NEXT(c); - } - while (WHITE(c)); - if (c == '+') - { - NEXT(c); - --width; - } else if (c == '-') - { - neg = TRUE; - NEXT(c); - --width; - } - while (width > 0 && isdigit(c)) - { - --width; - dx = dx * 10.0 + (double) (c - '0'); - ok = TRUE; - c = *buf++; - if (!c) - break; - else - ++chars; - } - if (width > 0 && c == '.') - { - --width; - dd = 10.0; - NEXT(c); - while (width > 0 && isdigit(c)) - { - --width; - dx += (double) (c - '0') / dd; - dd *= 10.0; - ok = TRUE; - c = *buf++; - if (!c) - break; - else - ++chars; - } - } - if (!ok) - return count; - if (width > 0 && (c == 'e' || c == 'E')) - { - eneg = FALSE; - exp = 0; - NEXT(c); - --width; - if (width > 0 && c == '+') - { - NEXT(c); - --width; - } else if (width > 0 && c == '-') - { - eneg = TRUE; - NEXT(c); - --width; - } - if (!(width > 0 && isdigit(c))) - { - UNGETC(); - return count; - } - while (width > 0 && isdigit(c)) - { - --width; - exp = exp * 10 + (c - '0'); - c = *buf++; - if (!c) - break; - else - ++chars; - } - if (eneg) - exp = -exp; - while (exp > 0) - { - dx *= 10.0; - --exp; - } - while (exp < 0) - { - dx /= 10.0; - ++exp; - } - } - if (assign) - { - if (neg) - dx = -dx; - if (size == 'l') - { - dbl_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, double *); - *dbl_ptr = dx; - } - else - { - flt_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, float *); - *flt_ptr = (float)dx; - } - ++count; - } - if (!c) - return count; - else - UNGETC(); - break; - case 'i': - neg = FALSE; - radix = 10; - do - { - NEXT(c); - } - while (WHITE(c)); - if (!(width > 0 && c == '0')) - goto scan_complete_number; - NEXT(c); - --width; - if (width > 0 && (c == 'x' || c == 'X')) - { - NEXT(c); - radix = 16; - --width; - } - else if (width > 0 && (c >= '0' && c <= '7')) - radix = 8; - goto scan_unsigned_number; - case 'd': - case 'u': - case 'o': - case 'x': - case 'X': - do - { - NEXT(c); - } - while (WHITE(c)); - switch (f) - { - case 'o': - radix = 8; - break; - case 'x': - case 'X': - radix = 16; - break; - default: - radix = 10; - break; - } - scan_complete_number: - neg = FALSE; - if (width > 0 && c == '+') - { - NEXT(c); - --width; - } - else if (width > 0 && c == '-' && radix == 10) - { - neg = TRUE; - NEXT(c); - --width; - } - scan_unsigned_number: - n = 0; - ok = FALSE; - while (width > 0) - { - --width; - if (isdigit(c)) - d = c - '0'; - else if (isupper(c)) - d = c - 'A' + 10; - else if (islower(c)) - d = c - 'a' + 10; - else - break; - if (d < 0 || d >= radix) - break; - ok = TRUE; - n = n * radix + d; - c = *buf++; - if (!c) - break; - else - ++chars; - } - if (!ok) - return count; - if (assign) - { - if (neg) - n = -n; - switch (size) - { - case 'h': - short_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, short *); - *short_ptr = (short) n; - break; - case 'l': - long_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, long *); - *long_ptr = (long) n; - break; - default: - int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *); - *int_ptr = (int) n; - } - ++count; - } - if (!c) - return count; - else - UNGETC(); - break; - case 'n': - if (assign) - { - int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *); - *int_ptr = chars; - ++count; - } - break; - default: - if (!f) /* % at end of string */ - return count; - NEXT(c); - if (c != f) - return count; - break; - } - ++fmt; - } - } - return count; -} -#endif /* HAVE_VSSCANF */ diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/scr_dump.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/scr_dump.c deleted file mode 100755 index ec74ae808..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/scr_dump.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -scr_dump --------- - -### Synopsis - - int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep); - WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep); - int scr_dump(const char *filename); - int scr_init(const char *filename); - int scr_restore(const char *filename); - int scr_set(const char *filename); - -### Description - - getwin() reads window-related data previously stored in a file - by putwin(). It then creates and initialises a new window using - that data. - - putwin() writes all data associated with a window into a file, - using an unspecified format. This information can be retrieved - later using getwin(). - - scr_dump() writes the current contents of the virtual screen to - the file named by filename in an unspecified format. - - scr_restore() function sets the virtual screen to the contents - of the file named by filename, which must have been written - using scr_dump(). The next refresh operation restores the screen - to the way it looked in the dump file. - - In PDCurses, scr_init() does nothing, and scr_set() is a synonym - for scr_restore(). Also, scr_dump() and scr_restore() save and - load from curscr. This differs from some other implementations, - where scr_init() works with curscr, and scr_restore() works with - newscr; but the effect should be the same. (PDCurses has no - newscr.) - -### Return Value - - On successful completion, getwin() returns a pointer to the - window it created. Otherwise, it returns a null pointer. Other - functions return OK or ERR. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - putwin Y - getwin Y - scr_dump Y - scr_init Y - scr_restore Y - scr_set Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#define DUMPVER 1 /* Should be updated whenever the WINDOW struct is - changed */ - -int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep) -{ - static const char *marker = "PDC"; - static const unsigned char version = DUMPVER; - - PDC_LOG(("putwin() - called\n")); - - /* write the marker and the WINDOW struct */ - - if (filep && fwrite(marker, strlen(marker), 1, filep) - && fwrite(&version, 1, 1, filep) - && fwrite(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep)) - { - int i; - - /* write each line */ - - for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++) - if (!fwrite(win->_y[i], win->_maxx * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep)) - return ERR; - - return OK; - } - - return ERR; -} - -WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep) -{ - WINDOW *win; - char marker[4]; - int i, nlines, ncols; - - PDC_LOG(("getwin() - called\n")); - - if ( !(win = (WINDOW*)malloc(sizeof(WINDOW))) ) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - /* check for the marker, and load the WINDOW struct */ - - if (!filep || !fread(marker, 4, 1, filep) || strncmp(marker, "PDC", 3) - || marker[3] != DUMPVER || !fread(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep)) - { - free(win); - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - - nlines = win->_maxy; - ncols = win->_maxx; - - /* allocate the line pointer array */ - - if ( !(win->_y = (chtype**)malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *))) ) - { - free(win); - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - - /* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */ - - if ( !(win->_firstch = (int*)malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) ) - { - free(win->_y); - free(win); - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - - if ( !(win->_lastch = (int*)malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) ) - { - free(win->_firstch); - free(win->_y); - free(win); - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - - /* allocate the lines */ - - if ( !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) ) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - /* read them */ - - for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++) - { - if (!fread(win->_y[i], ncols * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep)) - { - delwin(win); - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - } - - touchwin(win); - - return win; -} - -int scr_dump(const char *filename) -{ - FILE *filep; - - PDC_LOG(("scr_dump() - called: filename %s\n", filename)); - - if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "wb")) != NULL) - { - int result = putwin(curscr, filep); - fclose(filep); - return result; - } - - return ERR; -} - -int scr_init(const char *filename) -{ - PDC_LOG(("scr_init() - called: filename %s\n", filename)); - - return OK; -} - -int scr_restore(const char *filename) -{ - FILE *filep; - - PDC_LOG(("scr_restore() - called: filename %s\n", filename)); - - if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "rb")) != NULL) - { - WINDOW *replacement = getwin(filep); - fclose(filep); - - if (replacement) - { - int result = overwrite(replacement, curscr); - delwin(replacement); - return result; - } - } - - return ERR; -} - -int scr_set(const char *filename) -{ - PDC_LOG(("scr_set() - called: filename %s\n", filename)); - - return scr_restore(filename); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/scroll.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/scroll.c deleted file mode 100755 index 81c4aa659..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/scroll.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -scroll ------- - -### Synopsis - - int scroll(WINDOW *win); - int scrl(int n); - int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n); - -### Description - - scroll() causes the window to scroll up one line. This involves - moving the lines in the window data strcture. - - With a positive n, scrl() and wscrl() scroll the window up n - lines (line i + n becomes i); otherwise they scroll the window - down n lines. - - For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via - scrollok(). Note also that scrolling is not allowed if the - supplied window is a pad. - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - scroll Y Y Y - scrl Y - 4.0 - wscrl Y - 4.0 - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n) -{ - int i, l, dir, start, end; - chtype blank, *temp; - - /* Check if window scrolls. Valid for window AND pad */ - - if (!win || !win->_scroll || !n) - return ERR; - - blank = win->_bkgd; - - if (n > 0) - { - start = win->_tmarg; - end = win->_bmarg; - dir = 1; - } - else - { - start = win->_bmarg; - end = win->_tmarg; - dir = -1; - } - - for (l = 0; l < (n * dir); l++) - { - temp = win->_y[start]; - - /* re-arrange line pointers */ - - for (i = start; i != end; i += dir) - win->_y[i] = win->_y[i + dir]; - - win->_y[end] = temp; - - /* make a blank line */ - - for (i = 0; i < win->_maxx; i++) - *temp++ = blank; - } - - touchline(win, win->_tmarg, win->_bmarg - win->_tmarg + 1); - - PDC_sync(win); - return OK; -} - -int scrl(int n) -{ - PDC_LOG(("scrl() - called\n")); - - return wscrl(stdscr, n); -} - -int scroll(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("scroll() - called\n")); - - return wscrl(win, 1); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/slk.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/slk.c deleted file mode 100755 index 4a87a577a..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/slk.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,646 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -slk ---- - -### Synopsis - - int slk_init(int fmt); - int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify); - int slk_refresh(void); - int slk_noutrefresh(void); - char *slk_label(int labnum); - int slk_clear(void); - int slk_restore(void); - int slk_touch(void); - int slk_attron(const chtype attrs); - int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts); - int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs); - int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts); - int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs); - int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts); - int slk_color(short color_pair); - - int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify); - - int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x); - void PDC_slk_free(void); - void PDC_slk_initialize(void); - - wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum) - -### Description - - These functions manipulate a window that contain Soft Label Keys - (SLK). To use the SLK functions, a call to slk_init() must be - made BEFORE initscr() or newterm(). slk_init() removes 1 or 2 - lines from the useable screen, depending on the format selected. - - The line(s) removed from the screen are used as a separate - window, in which SLKs are displayed. - - slk_init() requires a single parameter which describes the - format of the SLKs as follows: - - 0 3-2-3 format - 1 4-4 format - 2 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension) - 3 4-4-4 format with index line (ncurses extension) - 2 lines used - 55 5-5 format (pdcurses format) - - slk_refresh(), slk_noutrefresh() and slk_touch() are analogous - to refresh(), noutrefresh() and touch(). - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - slk_init Y - Y - slk_set Y - Y - slk_refresh Y - Y - slk_noutrefresh Y - Y - slk_label Y - Y - slk_clear Y - Y - slk_restore Y - Y - slk_touch Y - Y - slk_attron Y - Y - slk_attrset Y - Y - slk_attroff Y - Y - slk_attr_on Y - slk_attr_set Y - slk_attr_off Y - slk_wset Y - PDC_mouse_in_slk - - - - PDC_slk_free - - - - PDC_slk_initialize - - - - slk_wlabel - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <stdlib.h> - -enum { LABEL_NORMAL = 8, LABEL_EXTENDED = 10, LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED = 12 }; - -static int label_length = 0; -static int labels = 0; -static int label_fmt = 0; -static int label_line = 0; -static bool hidden = FALSE; - -static struct SLK { - chtype label[32]; - int len; - int format; - int start_col; -} *slk = (struct SLK *)NULL; - -/* slk_init() is the slk initialization routine. - This must be called before initscr(). - - label_fmt = 0, 1 or 55. - 0 = 3-2-3 format - 1 = 4 - 4 format - 2 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys) - 3 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys - - with index line) - 55 = 5 - 5 format (extended for PC, 10 function keys) */ - -int slk_init(int fmt) -{ - PDC_LOG(("slk_init() - called\n")); - - if (SP) - return ERR; - - switch (fmt) - { - case 0: /* 3 - 2 - 3 */ - labels = LABEL_NORMAL; - break; - - case 1: /* 4 - 4 */ - labels = LABEL_NORMAL; - break; - - case 2: /* 4 4 4 */ - labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED; - break; - - case 3: /* 4 4 4 with index */ - labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED; - break; - - case 55: /* 5 - 5 */ - labels = LABEL_EXTENDED; - break; - - default: - return ERR; - } - - label_fmt = fmt; - - slk = (struct SLK*)calloc(labels, sizeof(struct SLK)); - - if (!slk) - labels = 0; - - return slk ? OK : ERR; -} - -/* draw a single button */ - -static void _drawone(int num) -{ - int i, col, slen; - - if (hidden) - return; - - slen = slk[num].len; - - switch (slk[num].format) - { - case 0: /* LEFT */ - col = 0; - break; - - case 1: /* CENTER */ - col = (label_length - slen) / 2; - - if (col + slen > label_length) - --col; - break; - - default: /* RIGHT */ - col = label_length - slen; - } - - wmove(SP->slk_winptr, label_line, slk[num].start_col); - - for (i = 0; i < label_length; ++i) - waddch(SP->slk_winptr, (i >= col && i < (col + slen)) ? - slk[num].label[i - col] : ' '); -} - -/* redraw each button */ - -static void _redraw(void) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < labels; ++i) - _drawone(i); -} - -/* slk_set() Used to set a slk label to a string. - - labnum = 1 - 8 (or 10) (number of the label) - label = string (8 or 7 bytes total), or NULL - justify = 0 : left, 1 : center, 2 : right */ - -int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify) -{ -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - wchar_t wlabel[32]; - - PDC_mbstowcs(wlabel, label, 31); - return slk_wset(labnum, wlabel, justify); -#else - PDC_LOG(("slk_set() - called\n")); - - if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2) - return ERR; - - labnum--; - - if (!label || !(*label)) - { - /* Clear the label */ - - *slk[labnum].label = 0; - slk[labnum].format = 0; - slk[labnum].len = 0; - } - else - { - int i, j = 0; - - /* Skip leading spaces */ - - while (label[j] == ' ') - j++; - - /* Copy it */ - - for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++) - { - chtype ch = label[i + j]; - - slk[labnum].label[i] = ch; - - if (!ch) - break; - } - - /* Drop trailing spaces */ - - while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == ' ')) - i--; - - slk[labnum].label[i] = 0; - slk[labnum].format = justify; - slk[labnum].len = i; - } - - _drawone(labnum); - - return OK; -#endif -} - -int slk_refresh(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("slk_refresh() - called\n")); - - return (slk_noutrefresh() == ERR) ? ERR : doupdate(); -} - -int slk_noutrefresh(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("slk_noutrefresh() - called\n")); - - return wnoutrefresh(SP->slk_winptr); -} - -char *slk_label(int labnum) -{ - static char temp[33]; -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - wchar_t *wtemp = slk_wlabel(labnum); - - PDC_wcstombs(temp, wtemp, 32); -#else - chtype *p; - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("slk_label() - called\n")); - - if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels) - return (char *)0; - - for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++) - temp[i] = (char)*p++; - - temp[i] = '\0'; -#endif - return temp; -} - -int slk_clear(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("slk_clear() - called\n")); - - hidden = TRUE; - werase(SP->slk_winptr); - return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr); -} - -int slk_restore(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("slk_restore() - called\n")); - - hidden = FALSE; - _redraw(); - return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr); -} - -int slk_touch(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("slk_touch() - called\n")); - - return touchwin(SP->slk_winptr); -} - -int slk_attron(const chtype attrs) -{ - int rc; - - PDC_LOG(("slk_attron() - called\n")); - - rc = wattron(SP->slk_winptr, attrs); - _redraw(); - - return rc; -} - -int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_on() - called\n")); - - return slk_attron(attrs); -} - -int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs) -{ - int rc; - - PDC_LOG(("slk_attroff() - called\n")); - - rc = wattroff(SP->slk_winptr, attrs); - _redraw(); - - return rc; -} - -int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_off() - called\n")); - - return slk_attroff(attrs); -} - -int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs) -{ - int rc; - - PDC_LOG(("slk_attrset() - called\n")); - - rc = wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, attrs); - _redraw(); - - return rc; -} - -int slk_color(short color_pair) -{ - int rc; - - PDC_LOG(("slk_color() - called\n")); - - rc = wcolor_set(SP->slk_winptr, color_pair, NULL); - _redraw(); - - return rc; -} - -int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts) -{ - PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_set() - called\n")); - - return slk_attrset(attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair)); -} - -static void _slk_calc(void) -{ - int i, center, col = 0; - label_length = COLS / labels; - - if (label_length > 31) - label_length = 31; - - switch (label_fmt) - { - case 0: /* 3 - 2 - 3 F-Key layout */ - - --label_length; - - slk[0].start_col = col; - slk[1].start_col = (col += label_length); - slk[2].start_col = (col += label_length); - - center = COLS / 2; - - slk[3].start_col = center - label_length + 1; - slk[4].start_col = center + 1; - - col = COLS - (label_length * 3) + 1; - - slk[5].start_col = col; - slk[6].start_col = (col += label_length); - slk[7].start_col = (col += label_length); - break; - - case 1: /* 4 - 4 F-Key layout */ - - for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) - { - slk[i].start_col = col; - col += label_length; - - if (i == 3) - col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1; - } - - break; - - case 2: /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout */ - case 3: /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout with index */ - - for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) - { - slk[i].start_col = col; - col += label_length; - } - - center = COLS/2; - - slk[4].start_col = center - (label_length * 2) + 1; - slk[5].start_col = center - label_length - 1; - slk[6].start_col = center + 1; - slk[7].start_col = center + label_length + 1; - - col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1; - - for (i = 8; i < 12; i++) - { - slk[i].start_col = col; - col += label_length; - } - - break; - - default: /* 5 - 5 F-Key layout */ - - for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) - { - slk[i].start_col = col; - col += label_length; - - if (i == 4) - col = COLS - (label_length * 5) + 1; - } - } - - --label_length; - - /* make sure labels are all in window */ - - _redraw(); -} - -void PDC_slk_initialize(void) -{ - if (slk) - { - if (label_fmt == 3) - { - SP->slklines = 2; - label_line = 1; - } - else - SP->slklines = 1; - - if (!SP->slk_winptr) - { - if ( !(SP->slk_winptr = newwin(SP->slklines, COLS, - LINES - SP->slklines, 0)) ) - return; - - wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_REVERSE); - } - - _slk_calc(); - - /* if we have an index line, display it now */ - - if (label_fmt == 3) - { - chtype save_attr; - int i; - - save_attr = SP->slk_winptr->_attrs; - wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_NORMAL); - wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0); - whline(SP->slk_winptr, 0, COLS); - - for (i = 0; i < labels; i++) - mvwprintw(SP->slk_winptr, 0, slk[i].start_col, "F%d", i + 1); - - SP->slk_winptr->_attrs = save_attr; - } - - touchwin(SP->slk_winptr); - } -} - -void PDC_slk_free(void) -{ - if (slk) - { - if (SP->slk_winptr) - { - delwin(SP->slk_winptr); - SP->slk_winptr = (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - - free(slk); - slk = (struct SLK *)NULL; - - label_length = 0; - labels = 0; - label_fmt = 0; - label_line = 0; - hidden = FALSE; - } -} - -int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x) -{ - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_mouse_in_slk() - called: y->%d x->%d\n", y, x)); - - /* If the line on which the mouse was clicked is NOT the last line - of the screen, we are not interested in it. */ - - if (!slk || !SP->slk_winptr || (y != SP->slk_winptr->_begy + label_line)) - return 0; - - for (i = 0; i < labels; i++) - if (x >= slk[i].start_col && x < (slk[i].start_col + label_length)) - return i + 1; - - return 0; -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify) -{ - PDC_LOG(("slk_wset() - called\n")); - - if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2) - return ERR; - - labnum--; - - if (!label || !(*label)) - { - /* Clear the label */ - - *slk[labnum].label = 0; - slk[labnum].format = 0; - slk[labnum].len = 0; - } - else - { - int i, j = 0; - - /* Skip leading spaces */ - - while (label[j] == L' ') - j++; - - /* Copy it */ - - for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++) - { - chtype ch = label[i + j]; - - slk[labnum].label[i] = ch; - - if (!ch) - break; - } - - /* Drop trailing spaces */ - - while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == L' ')) - i--; - - slk[labnum].label[i] = 0; - slk[labnum].format = justify; - slk[labnum].len = i; - } - - _drawone(labnum); - - return OK; -} - -wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum) -{ - static wchar_t temp[33]; - chtype *p; - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("slk_wlabel() - called\n")); - - if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels) - return (wchar_t *)0; - - for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++) - temp[i] = (wchar_t)*p++; - - temp[i] = '\0'; - - return temp; -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/termattr.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/termattr.c deleted file mode 100755 index 9e284e4f9..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/termattr.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -termattr --------- - -### Synopsis - - int baudrate(void); - char erasechar(void); - bool has_ic(void); - bool has_il(void); - char killchar(void); - char *longname(void); - chtype termattrs(void); - attr_t term_attrs(void); - char *termname(void); - - int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch); - int killwchar(wchar_t *ch); - - char wordchar(void); - -### Description - - baudrate() is supposed to return the output speed of the - terminal. In PDCurses, it simply returns INT_MAX. - - has_ic and has_il() return TRUE. These functions have meaning in - some other implementations of curses. - - erasechar() and killchar() return ^H and ^U, respectively -- the - ERASE and KILL characters. In other curses implementations, - these may vary by terminal type. erasewchar() and killwchar() - are the wide-character versions; they take a pointer to a - location in which to store the character, and return OK or ERR. - - longname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a - verbose description of the current terminal. The maximum length - of the string is 128 characters. It is defined only after the - call to initscr() or newterm(). - - termname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a - short description of the current terminal (14 characters). - - termattrs() returns a logical OR of all video attributes - supported by the terminal. - - wordchar() is a PDCurses extension of the concept behind the - functions erasechar() and killchar(), returning the "delete - word" character, ^W. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - baudrate Y Y Y - erasechar Y Y Y - has_ic Y Y Y - has_il Y Y Y - killchar Y Y Y - longname Y Y Y - termattrs Y Y Y - termname Y Y Y - erasewchar Y - killwchar Y - term_attrs Y - wordchar - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <string.h> -#include <limits.h> - -int baudrate(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("baudrate() - called\n")); - - return INT_MAX; -} - -char erasechar(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("erasechar() - called\n")); - - return _ECHAR; /* character delete char (^H) */ -} - -bool has_ic(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("has_ic() - called\n")); - - return TRUE; -} - -bool has_il(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("has_il() - called\n")); - - return TRUE; -} - -char killchar(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("killchar() - called\n")); - - return _DLCHAR; /* line delete char (^U) */ -} - -char *longname(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("longname() - called\n")); - - return ttytype + 9; /* skip "pdcurses|" */ -} - -chtype termattrs(void) -{ - chtype temp = A_BLINK | A_BOLD | A_INVIS | A_REVERSE | A_UNDERLINE; - - /* note: blink is bold background on some platforms */ - - PDC_LOG(("termattrs() - called\n")); - - if (!SP->mono) - temp |= A_COLOR; - - return temp; -} - -attr_t term_attrs(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("term_attrs() - called\n")); - - return WA_BLINK | WA_BOLD | WA_INVIS | WA_LEFT | WA_REVERSE | - WA_RIGHT | WA_UNDERLINE; -} - -char *termname(void) -{ - static char _termname[14] = "pdcurses"; - - PDC_LOG(("termname() - called\n")); - - return _termname; -} - -char wordchar(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("wordchar() - called\n")); - - return _DWCHAR; /* word delete char */ -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("erasewchar() - called\n")); - - if (!ch) - return ERR; - - *ch = (wchar_t)_ECHAR; - - return OK; -} - -int killwchar(wchar_t *ch) -{ - PDC_LOG(("killwchar() - called\n")); - - if (!ch) - return ERR; - - *ch = (wchar_t)_DLCHAR; - - return OK; -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/terminfo.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/terminfo.c deleted file mode 100755 index fadba2302..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/terminfo.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -terminfo --------- - -### Synopsis - - int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol); - int vidattr(chtype attr); - int vid_attr(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt); - int vidputs(chtype attr, int (*putfunc)(int)); - int vid_puts(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt, - int (*putfunc)(int)); - - int del_curterm(TERMINAL *); - int putp(const char *); - int restartterm(const char *, int, int *); - TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *); - int setterm(const char *term); - int setupterm(const char *, int, int *); - int tgetent(char *, const char *); - int tgetflag(const char *); - int tgetnum(const char *); - char *tgetstr(const char *, char **); - char *tgoto(const char *, int, int); - int tigetflag(const char *); - int tigetnum(const char *); - char *tigetstr(const char *); - char *tparm(const char *,long, long, long, long, long, long, - long, long, long); - int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int)); - -### Description - - mvcur() lets you move the physical cursor without updating any - window cursor positions. It returns OK or ERR. - - The rest of these functions are currently implemented as stubs, - returning the appropriate errors and doing nothing else. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - mvcur Y Y Y - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <term.h> - -TERMINAL *cur_term = NULL; - -int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvcur() - called: oldrow %d oldcol %d newrow %d newcol %d\n", - oldrow, oldcol, newrow, newcol)); - - if ((newrow >= LINES) || (newcol >= COLS) || (newrow < 0) || (newcol < 0)) - return ERR; - - PDC_gotoyx(newrow, newcol); - SP->cursrow = newrow; - SP->curscol = newcol; - - return OK; -} - -int vidattr(chtype attr) -{ - PDC_LOG(("vidattr() - called: attr %d\n", attr)); - - return ERR; -} - -int vid_attr(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt) -{ - PDC_LOG(("vid_attr() - called\n")); - - return ERR; -} - -int vidputs(chtype attr, int (*putfunc)(int)) -{ - PDC_LOG(("vidputs() - called: attr %d\n", attr)); - - return ERR; -} - -int vid_puts(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt, int (*putfunc)(int)) -{ - PDC_LOG(("vid_puts() - called\n")); - - return ERR; -} - -int del_curterm(TERMINAL *oterm) -{ - PDC_LOG(("del_curterm() - called\n")); - - return ERR; -} - -int putp(const char *str) -{ - PDC_LOG(("putp() - called: str %s\n", str)); - - return ERR; -} - -int restartterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret) -{ - PDC_LOG(("restartterm() - called\n")); - - if (errret) - *errret = -1; - - return ERR; -} - -TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *nterm) -{ - PDC_LOG(("set_curterm() - called\n")); - - return (TERMINAL *)NULL; -} - -int setterm(const char *term) -{ - PDC_LOG(("setterm() - called\n")); - - return ERR; -} - -int setupterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret) -{ - PDC_LOG(("setupterm() - called\n")); - - if (errret) - *errret = -1; - else - fprintf(stderr, "There is no terminfo database\n"); - - return ERR; -} - -int tgetent(char *bp, const char *name) -{ - PDC_LOG(("tgetent() - called: name %s\n", name)); - - return ERR; -} - -int tgetflag(const char *id) -{ - PDC_LOG(("tgetflag() - called: id %s\n", id)); - - return ERR; -} - -int tgetnum(const char *id) -{ - PDC_LOG(("tgetnum() - called: id %s\n", id)); - - return ERR; -} - -char *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area) -{ - PDC_LOG(("tgetstr() - called: id %s\n", id)); - - return (char *)NULL; -} - -char *tgoto(const char *cap, int col, int row) -{ - PDC_LOG(("tgoto() - called\n")); - - return (char *)NULL; -} - -int tigetflag(const char *capname) -{ - PDC_LOG(("tigetflag() - called: capname %s\n", capname)); - - return -1; -} - -int tigetnum(const char *capname) -{ - PDC_LOG(("tigetnum() - called: capname %s\n", capname)); - - return -2; -} - -char *tigetstr(const char *capname) -{ - PDC_LOG(("tigetstr() - called: capname %s\n", capname)); - - return (char *)(-1); -} - -char *tparm(const char *cap, long p1, long p2, long p3, long p4, - long p5, long p6, long p7, long p8, long p9) -{ - PDC_LOG(("tparm() - called: cap %s\n", cap)); - - return (char *)NULL; -} - -int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putfunc)(int)) -{ - PDC_LOG(("tputs() - called\n")); - - return ERR; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/touch.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/touch.c deleted file mode 100755 index 21111624c..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/touch.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -touch ------ - -### Synopsis - - int touchwin(WINDOW *win); - int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count); - int untouchwin(WINDOW *win); - int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed); - bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line); - bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win); - -### Description - - touchwin() and touchline() throw away all information about - which parts of the window have been touched, pretending that the - entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes necessary - when using overlapping windows, since a change to one window - will affect the other window, but the records of which lines - have been changed in the other window will not reflect the - change. - - untouchwin() marks all lines in the window as unchanged since - the last call to wrefresh(). - - wtouchln() makes n lines in the window, starting at line y, look - as if they have (changed == 1) or have not (changed == 0) been - changed since the last call to wrefresh(). - - is_linetouched() returns TRUE if the specified line in the - specified window has been changed since the last call to - wrefresh(). - - is_wintouched() returns TRUE if the specified window - has been changed since the last call to wrefresh(). - -### Return Value - - All functions return OK on success and ERR on error except - is_wintouched() and is_linetouched(). - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - touchwin Y Y Y - touchline Y - 3.0 - untouchwin Y - 4.0 - wtouchln Y Y Y - is_linetouched Y - 4.0 - is_wintouched Y - 4.0 - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int touchwin(WINDOW *win) -{ - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("touchwin() - called: Win=%x\n", win)); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++) - { - win->_firstch[i] = 0; - win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1; - } - - return OK; -} - -int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count) -{ - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("touchline() - called: win=%p start %d count %d\n", - win, start, count)); - - if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + count > win->_maxy) - return ERR; - - for (i = start; i < start + count; i++) - { - win->_firstch[i] = 0; - win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1; - } - - return OK; -} - -int untouchwin(WINDOW *win) -{ - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("untouchwin() - called: win=%p", win)); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++) - { - win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; - win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; - } - - return OK; -} - -int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed) -{ - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("wtouchln() - called: win=%p y=%d n=%d changed=%d\n", - win, y, n, changed)); - - if (!win || y > win->_maxy || y + n > win->_maxy) - return ERR; - - for (i = y; i < y + n; i++) - { - if (changed) - { - win->_firstch[i] = 0; - win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1; - } - else - { - win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; - win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; - } - } - - return OK; -} - -bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line) -{ - PDC_LOG(("is_linetouched() - called: win=%p line=%d\n", win, line)); - - if (!win || line > win->_maxy || line < 0) - return FALSE; - - return (win->_firstch[line] != _NO_CHANGE) ? TRUE : FALSE; -} - -bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win) -{ - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("is_wintouched() - called: win=%p\n", win)); - - if (win) - for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++) - if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE) - return TRUE; - - return FALSE; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/util.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/util.c deleted file mode 100755 index 81f29a0b2..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/util.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,312 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -util ----- - -### Synopsis - - char *unctrl(chtype c); - void filter(void); - void use_env(bool x); - int delay_output(int ms); - - int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs, - short *color_pair, void *opts); - int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs, - short color_pair, const void *opts); - wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc); - - int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n); - size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n); - size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n); - -### Description - - unctrl() expands the text portion of the chtype c into a - printable string. Control characters are changed to the "^X" - notation; others are passed through. wunctrl() is the wide- - character version of the function. - - filter() and use_env() are no-ops in PDCurses. - - delay_output() inserts an ms millisecond pause in output. - - getcchar() works in two modes: When wch is not NULL, it reads - the cchar_t pointed to by wcval and stores the attributes in - attrs, the color pair in color_pair, and the text in the - wide-character string wch. When wch is NULL, getcchar() merely - returns the number of wide characters in wcval. In either mode, - the opts argument is unused. - - setcchar constructs a cchar_t at wcval from the wide-character - text at wch, the attributes in attr and the color pair in - color_pair. The opts argument is unused. - - Currently, the length returned by getcchar() is always 1 or 0. - Similarly, setcchar() will only take the first wide character - from wch, and ignore any others that it "should" take (i.e., - combining characters). Nor will it correctly handle any - character outside the basic multilingual plane (UCS-2). - -### Return Value - - unctrl() and wunctrl() return NULL on failure. delay_output() - always returns OK. - - getcchar() returns the number of wide characters wcval points to - when wch is NULL; when it's not, getcchar() returns OK or ERR. - - setcchar() returns OK or ERR. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - unctrl Y Y Y - filter Y - 3.0 - use_env Y - 4.0 - delay_output Y Y Y - getcchar Y - setcchar Y - wunctrl Y - PDC_mbtowc - - - - PDC_mbstowcs - - - - PDC_wcstombs - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8 -# include <string.h> -# else -# include <stdlib.h> -# endif -#endif - -char *unctrl(chtype c) -{ - static char strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0}; - - chtype ic; - - PDC_LOG(("unctrl() - called\n")); - - ic = c & A_CHARTEXT; - - if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f) /* normal characters */ - { - strbuf[0] = (char)ic; - strbuf[1] = '\0'; - return strbuf; - } - - strbuf[0] = '^'; /* '^' prefix */ - - if (ic == 0x7f) /* 0x7f == DEL */ - strbuf[1] = '?'; - else /* other control */ - strbuf[1] = (char)(ic + '@'); - - return strbuf; -} - -void filter(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("filter() - called\n")); -} - -void use_env(bool x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("use_env() - called: x %d\n", x)); -} - -int delay_output(int ms) -{ - PDC_LOG(("delay_output() - called: ms %d\n", ms)); - - return napms(ms); -} - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs, - short *color_pair, void *opts) -{ - if (!wcval) - return ERR; - - if (wch) - { - if (!attrs || !color_pair) - return ERR; - - *wch = (*wcval & A_CHARTEXT); - *attrs = (*wcval & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR)); - *color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(*wcval & A_COLOR); - - if (*wch) - *++wch = L'\0'; - - return OK; - } - else - return ((*wcval & A_CHARTEXT) != L'\0'); -} - -int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs, - short color_pair, const void *opts) -{ - if (!wcval || !wch) - return ERR; - - *wcval = *wch | attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair); - - return OK; -} - -wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc) -{ - static wchar_t strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0}; - - cchar_t ic; - - PDC_LOG(("wunctrl() - called\n")); - - ic = *wc & A_CHARTEXT; - - if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f) /* normal characters */ - { - strbuf[0] = (wchar_t)ic; - strbuf[1] = L'\0'; - return strbuf; - } - - strbuf[0] = '^'; /* '^' prefix */ - - if (ic == 0x7f) /* 0x7f == DEL */ - strbuf[1] = '?'; - else /* other control */ - strbuf[1] = (wchar_t)(ic + '@'); - - return strbuf; -} - -int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n) -{ -# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8 - wchar_t key; - int i = -1; - const unsigned char *string; - - if (!s || (n < 1)) - return -1; - - if (!*s) - return 0; - - string = (const unsigned char *)s; - - key = string[0]; - - /* Simplistic UTF-8 decoder -- only does the BMP, minimal validation */ - - if (key & 0x80) - { - if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xc0) - { - if (1 < n) - { - key = ((key & 0x1f) << 6) | (string[1] & 0x3f); - i = 2; - } - } - else if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xe0) - { - if (2 < n) - { - key = ((key & 0x0f) << 12) | ((string[1] & 0x3f) << 6) | - (string[2] & 0x3f); - i = 3; - } - } - } - else - i = 1; - - if (i) - *pwc = key; - - return i; -# else - return mbtowc(pwc, s, n); -# endif -} - -size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n) -{ -# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8 - size_t i = 0, len; - - if (!src || !dest) - return 0; - - len = strlen(src); - - while (*src && i < n) - { - int retval = PDC_mbtowc(dest + i, src, len); - - if (retval < 1) - return -1; - - src += retval; - len -= retval; - i++; - } -# else - size_t i = mbstowcs(dest, src, n); -# endif - dest[i] = 0; - return i; -} - -size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n) -{ -# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8 - size_t i = 0; - - if (!src || !dest) - return 0; - - while (*src && i < n) - { - chtype code = *src++; - - if (code < 0x80) - { - dest[i] = code; - i++; - } - else - if (code < 0x800) - { - dest[i] = ((code & 0x07c0) >> 6) | 0xc0; - dest[i + 1] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80; - i += 2; - } - else - { - dest[i] = ((code & 0xf000) >> 12) | 0xe0; - dest[i + 1] = ((code & 0x0fc0) >> 6) | 0x80; - dest[i + 2] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80; - i += 3; - } - } -# else - size_t i = wcstombs(dest, src, n); -# endif - dest[i] = '\0'; - return i; -} -#endif diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/window.c b/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/window.c deleted file mode 100755 index 28931a1b7..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/pdcurses/window.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,569 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include <curspriv.h> - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -window ------- - -### Synopsis - - WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx); - WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols, - int begy, int begx); - WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols, - int begy, int begx); - WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win); - int delwin(WINDOW *win); - int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x); - int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx); - int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf); - void wsyncup(WINDOW *win); - void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win); - void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win); - - WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols); - int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols); - WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win); - WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx); - void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win); - -### Description - - newwin() creates a new_ window with the given number of lines, - nlines and columns, ncols. The upper left corner of the window - is at line begy, column begx. If nlines is zero, it defaults to - LINES - begy; ncols to COLS - begx. Create a new_ full-screen - window by calling newwin(0, 0, 0, 0). - - delwin() deletes the named window, freeing all associated - memory. In the case of overlapping windows, subwindows should be - deleted before the main window. - - mvwin() moves the window so that the upper left-hand corner is - at position (y,x). If the move would cause the window to be off - the screen, it is an error and the window is not moved. Moving - subwindows is allowed. - - subwin() creates a new_ subwindow within a window. The - dimensions of the subwindow are nlines lines and ncols columns. - The subwindow is at position (begy, begx) on the screen. This - position is relative to the screen, and not to the window orig. - Changes made to either window will affect both. When using this - routine, you will often need to call touchwin() before calling - wrefresh(). - - derwin() is the same as subwin(), except that begy and begx are - relative to the origin of the window orig rather than the - screen. There is no difference between subwindows and derived - windows. - - mvderwin() moves a derived window (or subwindow) inside its - parent window. The screen-relative parameters of the window are - not changed. This routine is used to display different parts of - the parent window at the same physical position on the screen. - - dupwin() creates an exact duplicate of the window win. - - wsyncup() causes a touchwin() of all of the window's parents. - - If wsyncok() is called with a second argument of TRUE, this - causes a wsyncup() to be called every time the window is - changed. - - wcursyncup() causes the current cursor position of all of a - window's ancestors to reflect the current cursor position of the - current window. - - wsyncdown() causes a touchwin() of the current window if any of - its parent's windows have been touched. - - resize_window() allows the user to resize an existing window. It - returns the pointer to the new_ window, or NULL on failure. - - wresize() is an ncurses-compatible wrapper for resize_window(). - Note that, unlike ncurses, it will NOT process any subwindows of - the window. (However, you still can call it _on_ subwindows.) It - returns OK or ERR. - - PDC_makenew() allocates all data for a new_ WINDOW * except the - actual lines themselves. If it's unable to allocate memory for - the window structure, it will free all allocated memory and - return a NULL pointer. - - PDC_makelines() allocates the memory for the lines. - - PDC_sync() handles wrefresh() and wsyncup() calls when a window - is changed. - -### Return Value - - newwin(), subwin(), derwin() and dupwin() return a pointer - to the new_ window, or NULL on failure. delwin(), mvwin(), - mvderwin() and syncok() return OK or ERR. wsyncup(), - wcursyncup() and wsyncdown() return nothing. - -### Errors - - It is an error to call resize_window() before calling initscr(). - Also, an error will be generated if we fail to create a newly - sized replacement window for curscr, or stdscr. This could - happen when increasing the window size. NOTE: If this happens, - the previously successfully allocated windows are left alone; - i.e., the resize is NOT cancelled for those windows. - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - newwin Y Y Y - delwin Y Y Y - mvwin Y Y Y - subwin Y Y Y - derwin Y - Y - mvderwin Y - Y - dupwin Y - 4.0 - wsyncup Y - 4.0 - syncok Y - 4.0 - wcursyncup Y - 4.0 - wsyncdown Y - 4.0 - resize_window - - - - wresize - - - - PDC_makelines - - - - PDC_makenew - - - - PDC_sync - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#include <stdlib.h> - -WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx) -{ - WINDOW *win; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_makenew() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n", - nlines, ncols, begy, begx)); - - /* allocate the window structure itself */ - - if ((win = (WINDOW*)calloc(1, sizeof(WINDOW))) == (WINDOW *)NULL) - return win; - - /* allocate the line pointer array */ - - if ((win->_y = (chtype**)malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *))) == NULL) - { - free(win); - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - - /* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */ - - if ((win->_firstch = (int*)malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) == NULL) - { - free(win->_y); - free(win); - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - - if ((win->_lastch = (int*)malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) == NULL) - { - free(win->_firstch); - free(win->_y); - free(win); - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - - /* initialize window variables */ - - win->_maxy = nlines; /* real max screen size */ - win->_maxx = ncols; /* real max screen size */ - win->_begy = begy; - win->_begx = begx; - win->_bkgd = ' '; /* wrs 4/10/93 -- initialize background to blank */ - win->_clear = (bool) ((nlines == LINES) && (ncols == COLS)); - win->_bmarg = nlines - 1; - win->_parx = win->_pary = -1; - - /* init to say window all changed */ - - touchwin(win); - - return win; -} - -WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win) -{ - int i, j, nlines, ncols; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_makelines() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - nlines = win->_maxy; - ncols = win->_maxx; - - for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++) - { - if ((win->_y[i] = (chtype*)malloc(ncols * sizeof(chtype))) == NULL) - { - /* if error, free all the data */ - - for (j = 0; j < i; j++) - free(win->_y[j]); - - free(win->_firstch); - free(win->_lastch); - free(win->_y); - free(win); - - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - } - - return win; -} - -void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_sync() - called:\n")); - - if (win->_immed) - wrefresh(win); - if (win->_sync) - wsyncup(win); -} - -WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx) -{ - WINDOW *win; - - PDC_LOG(("newwin() - called:lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n", - nlines, ncols, begy, begx)); - - if (!nlines) - nlines = LINES - begy; - if (!ncols) - ncols = COLS - begx; - - if ( (begy + nlines > SP->lines || begx + ncols > SP->cols) - || !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) - || !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) ) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - werase(win); - - return win; -} - -int delwin(WINDOW *win) -{ - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("delwin() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - /* subwindows use parents' lines */ - - if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBWIN|_SUBPAD))) - for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++) - if (win->_y[i]) - free(win->_y[i]); - - free(win->_firstch); - free(win->_lastch); - free(win->_y); - free(win); - - return OK; -} - -int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x) -{ - PDC_LOG(("mvwin() - called\n")); - - if (!win || (y + win->_maxy > LINES || y < 0) - || (x + win->_maxx > COLS || x < 0)) - return ERR; - - win->_begy = y; - win->_begx = x; - touchwin(win); - - return OK; -} - -WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx) -{ - WINDOW *win; - int i; - int j = begy - orig->_begy; - int k = begx - orig->_begx; - - PDC_LOG(("subwin() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n", - nlines, ncols, begy, begx)); - - /* make sure window fits inside the original one */ - - if (!orig || (begy < orig->_begy) || (begx < orig->_begx) || - (begy + nlines) > (orig->_begy + orig->_maxy) || - (begx + ncols) > (orig->_begx + orig->_maxx)) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - if (!nlines) - nlines = orig->_maxy - 1 - j; - if (!ncols) - ncols = orig->_maxx - 1 - k; - - if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) ) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - /* initialize window variables */ - - win->_attrs = orig->_attrs; - win->_bkgd = orig->_bkgd; - win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit; - win->_scroll = orig->_scroll; - win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay; - win->_delayms = orig->_delayms; - win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad; - win->_immed = orig->_immed; - win->_sync = orig->_sync; - win->_pary = j; - win->_parx = k; - win->_parent = orig; - - for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++, j++) - win->_y[i] = orig->_y[j] + k; - - win->_flags |= _SUBWIN; - - return win; -} - -WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx) -{ - return subwin(orig, nlines, ncols, begy + orig->_begy, begx + orig->_begx); -} - -int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx) -{ - int i, j; - WINDOW *mypar; - - if (!win || !(win->_parent)) - return ERR; - - mypar = win->_parent; - - if (pary < 0 || parx < 0 || (pary + win->_maxy) > mypar->_maxy || - (parx + win->_maxx) > mypar->_maxx) - return ERR; - - j = pary; - - for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++) - win->_y[i] = (mypar->_y[j++]) + parx; - - win->_pary = pary; - win->_parx = parx; - - return OK; -} - -WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win) -{ - WINDOW *new_; - chtype *ptr, *ptr1; - int nlines, ncols, begy, begx, i; - - if (!win) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - nlines = win->_maxy; - ncols = win->_maxx; - begy = win->_begy; - begx = win->_begx; - - if ( !(new_ = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) - || !(new_ = PDC_makelines(new_)) ) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - /* copy the contents of win into new_ */ - - for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++) - { - for (ptr = new_->_y[i], ptr1 = win->_y[i]; - ptr < new_->_y[i] + ncols; ptr++, ptr1++) - *ptr = *ptr1; - - new_->_firstch[i] = 0; - new_->_lastch[i] = ncols - 1; - } - - new_->_curx = win->_curx; - new_->_cury = win->_cury; - new_->_maxy = win->_maxy; - new_->_maxx = win->_maxx; - new_->_begy = win->_begy; - new_->_begx = win->_begx; - new_->_flags = win->_flags; - new_->_attrs = win->_attrs; - new_->_clear = win->_clear; - new_->_leaveit = win->_leaveit; - new_->_scroll = win->_scroll; - new_->_nodelay = win->_nodelay; - new_->_delayms = win->_delayms; - new_->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad; - new_->_tmarg = win->_tmarg; - new_->_bmarg = win->_bmarg; - new_->_parx = win->_parx; - new_->_pary = win->_pary; - new_->_parent = win->_parent; - new_->_bkgd = win->_bkgd; - new_->_flags = win->_flags; - - return new_; -} - -WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols) -{ - WINDOW *new_; - int i, save_cury, save_curx, new_begy, new_begx; - - PDC_LOG(("resize_window() - called: nlines %d ncols %d\n", - nlines, ncols)); - - if (!win) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - if (win->_flags & _SUBPAD) - { - if ( !(new_ = subpad(win->_parent, nlines, ncols, - win->_begy, win->_begx)) ) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - else if (win->_flags & _SUBWIN) - { - if ( !(new_ = subwin(win->_parent, nlines, ncols, - win->_begy, win->_begx)) ) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - else - { - if (win == SP->slk_winptr) - { - new_begy = SP->lines - SP->slklines; - new_begx = 0; - } - else - { - new_begy = win->_begy; - new_begx = win->_begx; - } - - if ( !(new_ = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, new_begy, new_begx)) ) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - } - - save_curx = min(win->_curx, (new_->_maxx - 1)); - save_cury = min(win->_cury, (new_->_maxy - 1)); - - if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBPAD|_SUBWIN))) - { - if ( !(new_ = PDC_makelines(new_)) ) - return (WINDOW *)NULL; - - werase(new_); - - copywin(win, new_, 0, 0, 0, 0, min(win->_maxy, new_->_maxy) - 1, - min(win->_maxx, new_->_maxx) - 1, FALSE); - - for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++) - if (win->_y[i]) - free(win->_y[i]); - } - - new_->_flags = win->_flags; - new_->_attrs = win->_attrs; - new_->_clear = win->_clear; - new_->_leaveit = win->_leaveit; - new_->_scroll = win->_scroll; - new_->_nodelay = win->_nodelay; - new_->_delayms = win->_delayms; - new_->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad; - new_->_tmarg = (win->_tmarg > new_->_maxy - 1) ? 0 : win->_tmarg; - new_->_bmarg = (win->_bmarg == win->_maxy - 1) ? - new_->_maxy - 1 : min(win->_bmarg, (new_->_maxy - 1)); - new_->_parent = win->_parent; - new_->_immed = win->_immed; - new_->_sync = win->_sync; - new_->_bkgd = win->_bkgd; - - new_->_curx = save_curx; - new_->_cury = save_cury; - - free(win->_firstch); - free(win->_lastch); - free(win->_y); - - *win = *new_; - free(new_); - - return win; -} - -int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols) -{ - return (resize_window(win, nlines, ncols) ? OK : ERR); -} - -void wsyncup(WINDOW *win) -{ - WINDOW *tmp; - - PDC_LOG(("wsyncup() - called\n")); - - for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent) - touchwin(tmp); -} - -int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf) -{ - PDC_LOG(("syncok() - called\n")); - - if (!win) - return ERR; - - win->_sync = bf; - - return OK; -} - -void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win) -{ - WINDOW *tmp; - - PDC_LOG(("wcursyncup() - called\n")); - - for (tmp = win; tmp && tmp->_parent; tmp = tmp->_parent) - wmove(tmp->_parent, tmp->_pary + tmp->_cury, tmp->_parx + tmp->_curx); -} - -void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win) -{ - WINDOW *tmp; - - PDC_LOG(("wsyncdown() - called\n")); - - for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent) - { - if (is_wintouched(tmp)) - { - touchwin(win); - break; - } - } -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/repo b/core/src/pdcurses/repo new file mode 160000 +Subproject 46d2c800bee8b5c1a51a9dfbbbc77461e98b9ec diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/term.h b/core/src/pdcurses/term.h deleted file mode 100755 index 48dbe80e7..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/term.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -/* PDCurses doesn't operate with terminfo, but we need these functions for - compatibility, to allow some things (notably, interface libraries for - other languages) to be compiled. Anyone who tries to actually _use_ - them will be disappointed, since they only return ERR. */ - -#ifndef __PDCURSES_TERM_H__ -#define __PDCURSES_TERM_H__ 1 - -#include <curses.h> - -#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) -extern "C" -{ -#endif - -typedef struct -{ - const char *_termname; -} TERMINAL; - -#ifdef PDC_DLL_BUILD -# ifndef CURSES_LIBRARY -__declspec(dllimport) TERMINAL *cur_term; -# else -__declspec(dllexport) extern TERMINAL *cur_term; -# endif -#else -extern TERMINAL *cur_term; -#endif - -int del_curterm(TERMINAL *); -int putp(const char *); -int restartterm(const char *, int, int *); -TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *); -int setterm(const char *); -int setupterm(const char *, int, int *); -int tgetent(char *, const char *); -int tgetflag(const char *); -int tgetnum(const char *); -char *tgetstr(const char *, char **); -char *tgoto(const char *, int, int); -int tigetflag(const char *); -int tigetnum(const char *); -char *tigetstr(const char *); -char *tparm(const char *, long, long, long, long, long, - long, long, long, long); -int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int)); - -#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS) -} -#endif - -#endif /* __PDCURSES_TERM_H__ */ diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/README.md b/core/src/pdcurses/win32/README.md deleted file mode 100755 index cfce5f337..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -PDCurses for Win32 -================== - -This directory contains PDCurses source code files specific to Win32 -console mode (Win9x/Me/NT/2k/XP/Vista). - - -Building --------- - -- Choose the appropriate makefile for your compiler: - - bccwin32.mak - Borland C++ 4.0.2+ - dmcwin32.mak - Digital Mars - gccwin32.mak - Cygnus GNU Compiler - lccwin32.mak - LCC-Win32 - mingwin32.mak - MinGW - vcwin32.mak - Microsoft Visual C++ 2.0+ - wccwin32.mak - Open Watcom 1.8+ - -- Optionally, you can build in a different directory than the platform - directory by setting PDCURSES_SRCDIR to point to the directory where - you unpacked PDCurses, and changing to your target directory: - - set PDCURSES_SRCDIR=c:\pdcurses - - This won't work with the LCC or Digital Mars makefiles, nor will the - options described below. - -- Build it: - - make -f makefilename - - (For Watcom, use "wmake" instead of "make"; for MSVC, "nmake".) You'll - get the libraries (pdcurses.lib or .a, depending on your compiler; and - panel.lib or .a), the demos (*.exe), and a lot of object files. Note - that the panel library is just a copy of the main library, provided - for convenience; both panel and curses functions are in the main - library. - - You can also give the optional parameter "WIDE=Y", to build the - library with wide-character (Unicode) support: - - make -f mingwin32.mak WIDE=Y - - When built this way, the library is not compatible with Windows 9x, - unless you also link with the Microsoft Layer for Unicode (not - tested). - - Another option, "UTF8=Y", makes PDCurses ignore the system locale, and - treat all narrow-character strings as UTF-8. This option has no effect - unless WIDE=Y is also set. Use it to get around the poor support for - UTF-8 in the Win32 console: - - make -f mingwin32.mak WIDE=Y UTF8=Y - - You can also use the optional parameter "DLL=Y" with Visual C++, - MinGW or Cygwin, to build the library as a DLL: - - nmake -f vcwin32.mak WIDE=Y DLL=Y - - When you build the library as a Windows DLL, you must always define - PDC_DLL_BUILD when linking against it. (Or, if you only want to use - the DLL, you could add this definition to your curses.h.) - - -Distribution Status -------------------- - -The files in this directory are released to the Public Domain. - - -Acknowledgements ----------------- - -Generic Win32 port was provided by Chris Szurgot <[email protected]> diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcclip.c b/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcclip.c deleted file mode 100755 index 7cce4dedb..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcclip.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include "pdcwin.h" - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -clipboard ---------- - -### Synopsis - - int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length); - int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length); - int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents); - int PDC_clearclipboard(void); - -### Description - - PDC_getclipboard() gets the textual contents of the system's - clipboard. This function returns the contents of the clipboard - in the contents argument. It is the responsibilitiy of the - caller to free the memory returned, via PDC_freeclipboard(). - The length of the clipboard contents is returned in the length - argument. - - PDC_setclipboard copies the supplied text into the system's - clipboard, emptying the clipboard prior to the copy. - - PDC_clearclipboard() clears the internal clipboard. - -### Return Values - - indicator of success/failure of call. - PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS the call was successful - PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR unable to allocate sufficient memory for - the clipboard contents - PDC_CLIP_EMPTY the clipboard contains no text - PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR no clipboard support - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - PDC_getclipboard - - - - PDC_setclipboard - - - - PDC_freeclipboard - - - - PDC_clearclipboard - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -# define PDC_TEXT CF_UNICODETEXT -#else -# define PDC_TEXT CF_OEMTEXT -#endif - -int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length) -{ - HANDLE handle; - long len; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_getclipboard() - called\n")); - - if (!OpenClipboard(NULL)) - return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR; - - if ((handle = GetClipboardData(PDC_TEXT)) == NULL) - { - CloseClipboard(); - return PDC_CLIP_EMPTY; - } - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - len = (long)wcslen((wchar_t *)handle) * 3; -#else - len = strlen((char *)handle); -#endif - *contents = (char *)GlobalAlloc(GMEM_FIXED, len + 1); - - if (!*contents) - { - CloseClipboard(); - return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR; - } - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - len = (long)PDC_wcstombs((char *)*contents, (wchar_t *)handle, len); -#else - strcpy((char *)*contents, (char *)handle); -#endif - *length = len; - CloseClipboard(); - - return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS; -} - -int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length) -{ - HGLOBAL ptr1; - LPTSTR ptr2; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_setclipboard() - called\n")); - - if (!OpenClipboard(NULL)) - return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR; - - ptr1 = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE, - (length + 1) * sizeof(TCHAR)); - - if (!ptr1) - return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR; - - ptr2 = (LPTSTR)GlobalLock(ptr1); - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - PDC_mbstowcs((wchar_t *)ptr2, contents, length); -#else - memcpy((char *)ptr2, contents, length + 1); -#endif - GlobalUnlock(ptr1); - EmptyClipboard(); - - if (!SetClipboardData(PDC_TEXT, ptr1)) - { - GlobalFree(ptr1); - return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR; - } - - CloseClipboard(); - GlobalFree(ptr1); - - return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS; -} - -int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_freeclipboard() - called\n")); - - GlobalFree(contents); - return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS; -} - -int PDC_clearclipboard(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_clearclipboard() - called\n")); - - EmptyClipboard(); - - return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcdisp.c b/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcdisp.c deleted file mode 100755 index 7ded19900..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcdisp.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include "pdcwin.h" - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> - -#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG - -# define A(x) ((chtype)x | A_ALTCHARSET) - -chtype acs_map[128] = -{ - A(0), A(1), A(2), A(3), A(4), A(5), A(6), A(7), A(8), A(9), A(10), - A(11), A(12), A(13), A(14), A(15), A(16), A(17), A(18), A(19), - A(20), A(21), A(22), A(23), A(24), A(25), A(26), A(27), A(28), - A(29), A(30), A(31), ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', '\'', '(', - ')', '*', - -# ifdef PDC_WIDE - 0x2192, 0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2193, -# else - A(0x1a), A(0x1b), A(0x18), A(0x19), -# endif - - '/', - -# ifdef PDC_WIDE - 0x2588, -# else - 0xdb, -# endif - - '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=', - '>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J', - 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', - 'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_', - -# ifdef PDC_WIDE - 0x2666, 0x2592, -# else - A(0x04), 0xb1, -# endif - - 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', - -# ifdef PDC_WIDE - 0x00b0, 0x00b1, 0x2591, 0x00a4, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514, - 0x253c, 0x23ba, 0x23bb, 0x2500, 0x23bc, 0x23bd, 0x251c, 0x2524, - 0x2534, 0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03c0, 0x2260, 0x00a3, - 0x00b7, -# else - 0xf8, 0xf1, 0xb0, A(0x0f), 0xd9, 0xbf, 0xda, 0xc0, 0xc5, 0x2d, 0x2d, - 0xc4, 0x2d, 0x5f, 0xc3, 0xb4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xb3, 0xf3, 0xf2, 0xe3, - 0xd8, 0x9c, 0xf9, -# endif - - A(127) -}; - -# undef A - -#endif - -/* position hardware cursor at (y, x) */ - -void PDC_gotoyx(int row, int col) -{ - COORD coord; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_gotoyx() - called: row %d col %d from row %d col %d\n", - row, col, SP->cursrow, SP->curscol)); - - coord.X = col; - coord.Y = row; - - SetConsoleCursorPosition(pdc_con_out, coord); -} - -/* update the given physical line to look like the corresponding line in - curscr */ - -void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp) -{ - CHAR_INFO ci[512]; - int j; - COORD bufSize, bufPos; - SMALL_RECT sr; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_transform_line() - called: lineno=%d\n", lineno)); - - bufPos.X = bufPos.Y = 0; - - bufSize.X = len; - bufSize.Y = 1; - - sr.Top = lineno; - sr.Bottom = lineno; - sr.Left = x; - sr.Right = x + len - 1; - - for (j = 0; j < len; j++) - { - chtype ch = srcp[j]; - - ci[j].Attributes = pdc_atrtab[ch >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT]; -#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG - if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80)) - ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f]; -#endif - ci[j].Char.UnicodeChar = ch & A_CHARTEXT; - } - - WriteConsoleOutput(pdc_con_out, ci, bufSize, bufPos, &sr); -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcgetsc.c b/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcgetsc.c deleted file mode 100755 index 3e9d86824..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcgetsc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include "pdcwin.h" - -/* get the cursor size/shape */ - -int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void) -{ - CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO ci; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_cursor_mode() - called\n")); - - GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &ci); - - return ci.dwSize; -} - -/* return number of screen rows */ - -int PDC_get_rows(void) -{ - CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - called\n")); - - GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr); - - return scr.srWindow.Bottom - scr.srWindow.Top + 1; -} - -/* return number of buffer rows */ - -int PDC_get_buffer_rows(void) -{ - CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_buffer_rows() - called\n")); - - GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr); - - return scr.dwSize.Y; -} - -/* return width of screen/viewport */ - -int PDC_get_columns(void) -{ - CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - called\n")); - - GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr); - - return scr.srWindow.Right - scr.srWindow.Left + 1; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdckbd.c b/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdckbd.c deleted file mode 100755 index ff8464b42..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdckbd.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,668 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include "pdcwin.h" - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -pdckbd ------- - -### Synopsis - - unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void); - -### Description - - PDC_get_input_fd() returns the file descriptor that PDCurses - reads its input from. It can be used for select(). - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - PDC_get_input_fd - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers = 0L; - -/* These variables are used to store information about the next - Input Event. */ - -static INPUT_RECORD save_ip; -static MOUSE_STATUS old_mouse_status; -static DWORD event_count = 0; -static SHORT left_key; -static int key_count = 0; -static int save_press = 0; - -#define KEV save_ip.Event.KeyEvent -#define MEV save_ip.Event.MouseEvent - -/************************************************************************ - * Table for key code translation of function keys in keypad mode * - * These values are for strict IBM keyboard compatibles only * - ************************************************************************/ - -typedef struct -{ - unsigned short normal; - unsigned short shift; - unsigned short control; - unsigned short alt; - unsigned short extended; -} KPTAB; - -static KPTAB kptab[] = -{ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 0 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 1 VK_LBUTTON */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 2 VK_RBUTTON */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 3 VK_CANCEL */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 4 VK_MBUTTON */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 5 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 6 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 7 */ - {0x08, 0x08, 0x7F, ALT_BKSP, 0 }, /* 8 VK_BACK */ - {0x09, KEY_BTAB, CTL_TAB, ALT_TAB, 999 }, /* 9 VK_TAB */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 10 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 11 */ - {KEY_B2, 0x35, CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5, 0 }, /* 12 VK_CLEAR */ - {0x0D, 0x0D, CTL_ENTER, ALT_ENTER, 1 }, /* 13 VK_RETURN */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 14 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 15 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 16 VK_SHIFT HANDLED SEPARATELY */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 17 VK_CONTROL HANDLED SEPARATELY */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 18 VK_MENU HANDLED SEPARATELY */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 19 VK_PAUSE */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 20 VK_CAPITAL HANDLED SEPARATELY */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 21 VK_HANGUL */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 22 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 23 VK_JUNJA */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 24 VK_FINAL */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 25 VK_HANJA */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 26 */ - {0x1B, 0x1B, 0x1B, ALT_ESC, 0 }, /* 27 VK_ESCAPE */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 28 VK_CONVERT */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 29 VK_NONCONVERT */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 30 VK_ACCEPT */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 31 VK_MODECHANGE */ - {0x20, 0x20, 0x20, 0x20, 0 }, /* 32 VK_SPACE */ - {KEY_A3, 0x39, CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9, 3 }, /* 33 VK_PRIOR */ - {KEY_C3, 0x33, CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3, 4 }, /* 34 VK_NEXT */ - {KEY_C1, 0x31, CTL_PAD1, ALT_PAD1, 5 }, /* 35 VK_END */ - {KEY_A1, 0x37, CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7, 6 }, /* 36 VK_HOME */ - {KEY_B1, 0x34, CTL_PAD4, ALT_PAD4, 7 }, /* 37 VK_LEFT */ - {KEY_A2, 0x38, CTL_PAD8, ALT_PAD8, 8 }, /* 38 VK_UP */ - {KEY_B3, 0x36, CTL_PAD6, ALT_PAD6, 9 }, /* 39 VK_RIGHT */ - {KEY_C2, 0x32, CTL_PAD2, ALT_PAD2, 10 }, /* 40 VK_DOWN */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 41 VK_SELECT */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 42 VK_PRINT */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 43 VK_EXECUTE */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 44 VK_SNAPSHOT*/ - {PAD0, 0x30, CTL_PAD0, ALT_PAD0, 11 }, /* 45 VK_INSERT */ - {PADSTOP, 0x2E, CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP,12 }, /* 46 VK_DELETE */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 47 VK_HELP */ - {0x30, 0x29, 0, ALT_0, 0 }, /* 48 */ - {0x31, 0x21, 0, ALT_1, 0 }, /* 49 */ - {0x32, 0x40, 0, ALT_2, 0 }, /* 50 */ - {0x33, 0x23, 0, ALT_3, 0 }, /* 51 */ - {0x34, 0x24, 0, ALT_4, 0 }, /* 52 */ - {0x35, 0x25, 0, ALT_5, 0 }, /* 53 */ - {0x36, 0x5E, 0, ALT_6, 0 }, /* 54 */ - {0x37, 0x26, 0, ALT_7, 0 }, /* 55 */ - {0x38, 0x2A, 0, ALT_8, 0 }, /* 56 */ - {0x39, 0x28, 0, ALT_9, 0 }, /* 57 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 58 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 59 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 60 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 61 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 62 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 63 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 64 */ - {0x61, 0x41, 0x01, ALT_A, 0 }, /* 65 */ - {0x62, 0x42, 0x02, ALT_B, 0 }, /* 66 */ - {0x63, 0x43, 0x03, ALT_C, 0 }, /* 67 */ - {0x64, 0x44, 0x04, ALT_D, 0 }, /* 68 */ - {0x65, 0x45, 0x05, ALT_E, 0 }, /* 69 */ - {0x66, 0x46, 0x06, ALT_F, 0 }, /* 70 */ - {0x67, 0x47, 0x07, ALT_G, 0 }, /* 71 */ - {0x68, 0x48, 0x08, ALT_H, 0 }, /* 72 */ - {0x69, 0x49, 0x09, ALT_I, 0 }, /* 73 */ - {0x6A, 0x4A, 0x0A, ALT_J, 0 }, /* 74 */ - {0x6B, 0x4B, 0x0B, ALT_K, 0 }, /* 75 */ - {0x6C, 0x4C, 0x0C, ALT_L, 0 }, /* 76 */ - {0x6D, 0x4D, 0x0D, ALT_M, 0 }, /* 77 */ - {0x6E, 0x4E, 0x0E, ALT_N, 0 }, /* 78 */ - {0x6F, 0x4F, 0x0F, ALT_O, 0 }, /* 79 */ - {0x70, 0x50, 0x10, ALT_P, 0 }, /* 80 */ - {0x71, 0x51, 0x11, ALT_Q, 0 }, /* 81 */ - {0x72, 0x52, 0x12, ALT_R, 0 }, /* 82 */ - {0x73, 0x53, 0x13, ALT_S, 0 }, /* 83 */ - {0x74, 0x54, 0x14, ALT_T, 0 }, /* 84 */ - {0x75, 0x55, 0x15, ALT_U, 0 }, /* 85 */ - {0x76, 0x56, 0x16, ALT_V, 0 }, /* 86 */ - {0x77, 0x57, 0x17, ALT_W, 0 }, /* 87 */ - {0x78, 0x58, 0x18, ALT_X, 0 }, /* 88 */ - {0x79, 0x59, 0x19, ALT_Y, 0 }, /* 89 */ - {0x7A, 0x5A, 0x1A, ALT_Z, 0 }, /* 90 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 91 VK_LWIN */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 92 VK_RWIN */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 93 VK_APPS */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 94 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 95 */ - {0x30, 0, CTL_PAD0, ALT_PAD0, 0 }, /* 96 VK_NUMPAD0 */ - {0x31, 0, CTL_PAD1, ALT_PAD1, 0 }, /* 97 VK_NUMPAD1 */ - {0x32, 0, CTL_PAD2, ALT_PAD2, 0 }, /* 98 VK_NUMPAD2 */ - {0x33, 0, CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3, 0 }, /* 99 VK_NUMPAD3 */ - {0x34, 0, CTL_PAD4, ALT_PAD4, 0 }, /* 100 VK_NUMPAD4 */ - {0x35, 0, CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5, 0 }, /* 101 VK_NUMPAD5 */ - {0x36, 0, CTL_PAD6, ALT_PAD6, 0 }, /* 102 VK_NUMPAD6 */ - {0x37, 0, CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7, 0 }, /* 103 VK_NUMPAD7 */ - {0x38, 0, CTL_PAD8, ALT_PAD8, 0 }, /* 104 VK_NUMPAD8 */ - {0x39, 0, CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9, 0 }, /* 105 VK_NUMPAD9 */ - {PADSTAR, SHF_PADSTAR,CTL_PADSTAR, ALT_PADSTAR,999 }, /* 106 VK_MULTIPLY*/ - {PADPLUS, SHF_PADPLUS,CTL_PADPLUS, ALT_PADPLUS,999 }, /* 107 VK_ADD */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 108 VK_SEPARATOR */ - {PADMINUS, SHF_PADMINUS,CTL_PADMINUS,ALT_PADMINUS,999}, /* 109 VK_SUBTRACT*/ - {0x2E, 0, CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP,0 }, /* 110 VK_DECIMAL */ - {PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH,CTL_PADSLASH,ALT_PADSLASH,2 }, /* 111 VK_DIVIDE */ - {KEY_F(1), KEY_F(13), KEY_F(25), KEY_F(37), 0 }, /* 112 VK_F1 */ - {KEY_F(2), KEY_F(14), KEY_F(26), KEY_F(38), 0 }, /* 113 VK_F2 */ - {KEY_F(3), KEY_F(15), KEY_F(27), KEY_F(39), 0 }, /* 114 VK_F3 */ - {KEY_F(4), KEY_F(16), KEY_F(28), KEY_F(40), 0 }, /* 115 VK_F4 */ - {KEY_F(5), KEY_F(17), KEY_F(29), KEY_F(41), 0 }, /* 116 VK_F5 */ - {KEY_F(6), KEY_F(18), KEY_F(30), KEY_F(42), 0 }, /* 117 VK_F6 */ - {KEY_F(7), KEY_F(19), KEY_F(31), KEY_F(43), 0 }, /* 118 VK_F7 */ - {KEY_F(8), KEY_F(20), KEY_F(32), KEY_F(44), 0 }, /* 119 VK_F8 */ - {KEY_F(9), KEY_F(21), KEY_F(33), KEY_F(45), 0 }, /* 120 VK_F9 */ - {KEY_F(10), KEY_F(22), KEY_F(34), KEY_F(46), 0 }, /* 121 VK_F10 */ - {KEY_F(11), KEY_F(23), KEY_F(35), KEY_F(47), 0 }, /* 122 VK_F11 */ - {KEY_F(12), KEY_F(24), KEY_F(36), KEY_F(48), 0 }, /* 123 VK_F12 */ - - /* 124 through 218 */ - - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, - - {0x5B, 0x7B, 0x1B, ALT_LBRACKET,0 }, /* 219 */ - {0x5C, 0x7C, 0x1C, ALT_BSLASH, 0 }, /* 220 */ - {0x5D, 0x7D, 0x1D, ALT_RBRACKET,0 }, /* 221 */ - {0, 0, 0x27, ALT_FQUOTE, 0 }, /* 222 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 223 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 224 */ - {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } /* 225 */ -}; - -static KPTAB ext_kptab[] = -{ - {0, 0, 0, 0, }, /* MUST BE EMPTY */ - {PADENTER, SHF_PADENTER, CTL_PADENTER, ALT_PADENTER}, /* 13 */ - {PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH, CTL_PADSLASH, ALT_PADSLASH}, /* 111 */ - {KEY_PPAGE, KEY_SPREVIOUS, CTL_PGUP, ALT_PGUP }, /* 33 */ - {KEY_NPAGE, KEY_SNEXT, CTL_PGDN, ALT_PGDN }, /* 34 */ - {KEY_END, KEY_SEND, CTL_END, ALT_END }, /* 35 */ - {KEY_HOME, KEY_SHOME, CTL_HOME, ALT_HOME }, /* 36 */ - {KEY_LEFT, KEY_SLEFT, CTL_LEFT, ALT_LEFT }, /* 37 */ - {KEY_UP, KEY_SUP, CTL_UP, ALT_UP }, /* 38 */ - {KEY_RIGHT, KEY_SRIGHT, CTL_RIGHT, ALT_RIGHT }, /* 39 */ - {KEY_DOWN, KEY_SDOWN, CTL_DOWN, ALT_DOWN }, /* 40 */ - {KEY_IC, KEY_SIC, CTL_INS, ALT_INS }, /* 45 */ - {KEY_DC, KEY_SDC, CTL_DEL, ALT_DEL }, /* 46 */ - {PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH, CTL_PADSLASH, ALT_PADSLASH}, /* 191 */ -}; - -/* End of kptab[] */ - -unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_input_fd() - called\n")); - - return 0L; -} - -void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_keyboard_binary() - called\n")); -} - -/* check if a key or mouse event is waiting */ - -bool PDC_check_key(void) -{ - if (key_count > 0) - return TRUE; - - GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(pdc_con_in, &event_count); - - return (event_count != 0); -} - -/* _get_key_count returns 0 if save_ip doesn't contain an event which - should be passed back to the user. This function filters "useless" - events. - - The function returns the number of keys waiting. This may be > 1 - if the repetition of real keys pressed so far are > 1. - - Returns 0 on NUMLOCK, CAPSLOCK, SCROLLLOCK. - - Returns 1 for SHIFT, ALT, CTRL only if no other key has been pressed - in between, and SP->return_key_modifiers is set; these are returned - on keyup. - - Normal keys are returned on keydown only. The number of repetitions - are returned. Dead keys (diacritics) are omitted. See below for a - description. -*/ - -static int _get_key_count(void) -{ - int num_keys = 0, vk; - - PDC_LOG(("_get_key_count() - called\n")); - - vk = KEV.wVirtualKeyCode; - - if (KEV.bKeyDown) - { - /* key down */ - - save_press = 0; - - if (vk == VK_CAPITAL || vk == VK_NUMLOCK || vk == VK_SCROLL) - { - /* throw away these modifiers */ - } - else if (vk == VK_SHIFT || vk == VK_CONTROL || vk == VK_MENU) - { - /* These keys are returned on keyup only. */ - - save_press = vk; - switch (vk) - { - case VK_SHIFT: - left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LSHIFT); - break; - case VK_CONTROL: - left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LCONTROL); - break; - case VK_MENU: - left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LMENU); - } - } - else - { - /* Check for diacritics. These are dead keys. Some locales - have modified characters like umlaut-a, which is an "a" - with two dots on it. In some locales you have to press a - special key (the dead key) immediately followed by the - "a" to get a composed umlaut-a. The special key may have - a normal meaning with different modifiers. */ - - if (KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar || !(MapVirtualKey(vk, 2) & 0x80000000)) - num_keys = KEV.wRepeatCount; - } - } - else - { - /* key up */ - - /* Only modifier keys or the results of ALT-numpad entry are - returned on keyup */ - - if ((vk == VK_MENU && KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar) || - ((vk == VK_SHIFT || vk == VK_CONTROL || vk == VK_MENU) && - vk == save_press)) - { - save_press = 0; - num_keys = 1; - } - } - - PDC_LOG(("_get_key_count() - returning: num_keys %d\n", num_keys)); - - return num_keys; -} - -/* _process_key_event returns -1 if the key in save_ip should be - ignored. Otherwise it returns the keycode which should be returned - by PDC_get_key(). save_ip must be a key event. - - CTRL-ALT support has been disabled, when is it emitted plainly? */ - -static int _process_key_event(void) -{ - int key = (unsigned short)KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar; - WORD vk = KEV.wVirtualKeyCode; - DWORD state = KEV.dwControlKeyState; - - int idx; - BOOL enhanced; - - SP->key_code = TRUE; - - /* Save the key modifiers if required. Do this first to allow to - detect e.g. a pressed CTRL key after a hit of NUMLOCK. */ - - if (SP->save_key_modifiers) - { - if (state & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED)) - pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT; - - if (state & SHIFT_PRESSED) - pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT; - - if (state & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED)) - pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL; - - if (state & NUMLOCK_ON) - pdc_key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK; - } - - /* Handle modifier keys hit by themselves */ - - switch (vk) - { - case VK_SHIFT: /* shift */ - if (!SP->return_key_modifiers) - return -1; - - return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_SHIFT_L : KEY_SHIFT_R; - - case VK_CONTROL: /* control */ - if (!SP->return_key_modifiers) - return -1; - - return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_CONTROL_L : KEY_CONTROL_R; - - case VK_MENU: /* alt */ - if (!key) - { - if (!SP->return_key_modifiers) - return -1; - - return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_ALT_L : KEY_ALT_R; - } - } - - /* The system may emit Ascii or Unicode characters depending on - whether ReadConsoleInputA or ReadConsoleInputW is used. - - Normally, if key != 0 then the system did the translation - successfully. But this is not true for LEFT_ALT (different to - RIGHT_ALT). In case of LEFT_ALT we can get key != 0. So - check for this first. */ - - if (key && ( !(state & LEFT_ALT_PRESSED) || - (state & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED) )) - { - /* This code should catch all keys returning a printable - character. Characters above 0x7F should be returned as - positive codes. */ - - if (kptab[vk].extended == 0) - { - SP->key_code = FALSE; - return key; - } - } - - /* This case happens if a functional key has been entered. */ - - if ((state & ENHANCED_KEY) && (kptab[vk].extended != 999)) - { - enhanced = TRUE; - idx = kptab[vk].extended; - } - else - { - enhanced = FALSE; - idx = vk; - } - - if (state & SHIFT_PRESSED) - key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].shift : kptab[idx].shift; - - else if (state & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED)) - key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].control : kptab[idx].control; - - else if (state & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED)) - key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].alt : kptab[idx].alt; - - else - key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].normal : kptab[idx].normal; - - if (key < KEY_CODE_YES) - SP->key_code = FALSE; - - return key; -} - -static int _process_mouse_event(void) -{ - static const DWORD button_mask[] = {1, 4, 2}; - short action, shift_flags = 0; - int i; - - save_press = 0; - SP->key_code = TRUE; - - memset(&pdc_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(MOUSE_STATUS)); - - /* Handle scroll wheel */ - - if (MEV.dwEventFlags == 4) - { - pdc_mouse_status.changes = (MEV.dwButtonState & 0xFF000000) ? - PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN : PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP; - - pdc_mouse_status.x = -1; - pdc_mouse_status.y = -1; - - memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status)); - - return KEY_MOUSE; - } - - if (MEV.dwEventFlags == 8) - { - pdc_mouse_status.changes = (MEV.dwButtonState & 0xFF000000) ? - PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_RIGHT : PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_LEFT; - - pdc_mouse_status.x = -1; - pdc_mouse_status.y = -1; - - memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status)); - - return KEY_MOUSE; - } - - action = (MEV.dwEventFlags == 2) ? BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED : - ((MEV.dwEventFlags == 1) ? BUTTON_MOVED : BUTTON_PRESSED); - - for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) - pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = - (MEV.dwButtonState & button_mask[i]) ? action : 0; - - if (action == BUTTON_PRESSED && MEV.dwButtonState & 7 && SP->mouse_wait) - { - /* Check for a click -- a PRESS followed immediately by a release */ - - if (!event_count) - { - napms(SP->mouse_wait); - - GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(pdc_con_in, &event_count); - } - - if (event_count) - { - INPUT_RECORD ip; - DWORD count; - bool have_click = FALSE; - - PeekConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &ip, 1, &count); - - for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) - { - if (pdc_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_PRESSED && - !(ip.Event.MouseEvent.dwButtonState & button_mask[i])) - { - pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_CLICKED; - have_click = TRUE; - } - } - - /* If a click was found, throw out the event */ - - if (have_click) - ReadConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &ip, 1, &count); - } - } - - pdc_mouse_status.x = MEV.dwMousePosition.X; - pdc_mouse_status.y = MEV.dwMousePosition.Y; - - pdc_mouse_status.changes = 0; - - for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) - { - if (old_mouse_status.button[i] != pdc_mouse_status.button[i]) - pdc_mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i); - - if (pdc_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_MOVED) - { - /* Discard non-moved "moves" */ - - if (pdc_mouse_status.x == old_mouse_status.x && - pdc_mouse_status.y == old_mouse_status.y) - return -1; - - /* Motion events always flag the button as changed */ - - pdc_mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i); - pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED; - break; - } - } - - old_mouse_status = pdc_mouse_status; - - /* Treat click events as release events for comparison purposes */ - - for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) - { - if (old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_CLICKED || - old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED) - old_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_RELEASED; - } - - /* Check for SHIFT/CONTROL/ALT */ - - if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED)) - shift_flags |= BUTTON_ALT; - - if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED)) - shift_flags |= BUTTON_CONTROL; - - if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & SHIFT_PRESSED) - shift_flags |= BUTTON_SHIFT; - - if (shift_flags) - { - for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) - { - if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & (1 << i)) - pdc_mouse_status.button[i] |= shift_flags; - } - } - - return KEY_MOUSE; -} - -/* return the next available key or mouse event */ - -int PDC_get_key(void) -{ - pdc_key_modifiers = 0L; - - if (!key_count) - { - DWORD count; - - ReadConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &save_ip, 1, &count); - event_count--; - - if (save_ip.EventType == MOUSE_EVENT) - key_count = 1; - else if (save_ip.EventType == KEY_EVENT) - key_count = _get_key_count(); - } - - if (key_count) - { - key_count--; - - switch (save_ip.EventType) - { - case KEY_EVENT: - return _process_key_event(); - - case MOUSE_EVENT: - return _process_mouse_event(); - } - } - - return -1; -} - -/* discard any pending keyboard or mouse input -- this is the core - routine for flushinp() */ - -void PDC_flushinp(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_flushinp() - called\n")); - - FlushConsoleInputBuffer(pdc_con_in); -} - -int PDC_mouse_set(void) -{ - /* If turning on mouse input: Set ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT, and clear - all other flags, including the extended flags; - If turning off the mouse: Set QuickEdit Mode to the status it - had on startup, and clear all other flags */ - - SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, SP->_trap_mbe ? - (ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT|0x0080) : (pdc_quick_edit|0x0080)); - - memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status)); - - return OK; -} - -int PDC_modifiers_set(void) -{ - return OK; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcscrn.c b/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcscrn.c deleted file mode 100755 index d5ad97275..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcscrn.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,679 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include "pdcwin.h" -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <malloc.h> - -#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG -# define PDC_OFFSET 32 -#else -# define PDC_OFFSET 8 -#endif - -#ifdef _WIN32 -#pragma warning(disable: 4996) -#endif - -/* COLOR_PAIR to attribute encoding table. */ - -unsigned char *pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL; - -HANDLE std_con_out = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; -HANDLE pdc_con_out = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; -HANDLE pdc_con_in = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; - -DWORD pdc_quick_edit; - -static short curstoreal[16], realtocurs[16] = -{ - COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_RED, - COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK + 8, - COLOR_BLUE + 8, COLOR_GREEN + 8, COLOR_CYAN + 8, COLOR_RED + 8, - COLOR_MAGENTA + 8, COLOR_YELLOW + 8, COLOR_WHITE + 8 -}; - -enum { PDC_RESTORE_NONE, PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER }; - -/* Struct for storing console registry keys, and for use with the - undocumented WM_SETCONSOLEINFO message. Originally by James Brown, - www.catch22.net. */ - -static struct -{ - ULONG Length; - COORD ScreenBufferSize; - COORD WindowSize; - ULONG WindowPosX; - ULONG WindowPosY; - - COORD FontSize; - ULONG FontFamily; - ULONG FontWeight; - WCHAR FaceName[32]; - - ULONG CursorSize; - ULONG FullScreen; - ULONG QuickEdit; - ULONG AutoPosition; - ULONG InsertMode; - - USHORT ScreenColors; - USHORT PopupColors; - ULONG HistoryNoDup; - ULONG HistoryBufferSize; - ULONG NumberOfHistoryBuffers; - - COLORREF ColorTable[16]; - - ULONG CodePage; - HWND Hwnd; - - WCHAR ConsoleTitle[0x100]; -} console_info; - -#ifndef HAVE_INFOEX -/* Console screen buffer information (extended version) */ -typedef struct _CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX { - ULONG cbSize; - COORD dwSize; - COORD dwCursorPosition; - WORD wAttributes; - SMALL_RECT srWindow; - COORD dwMaximumWindowSize; - WORD wPopupAttributes; - BOOL bFullscreenSupported; - COLORREF ColorTable[16]; -} CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX; -typedef CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX *PCONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX; -#endif - -typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)(HANDLE hConsoleOutput, - PCONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX lpConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx); -typedef BOOL (WINAPI *GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)(HANDLE hConsoleOutput, - PCONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX lpConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx); - -static SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx = NULL; -static GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx = NULL; - -static CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO orig_scr; -static CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX console_infoex; - -static LPTOP_LEVEL_EXCEPTION_FILTER xcpt_filter; - -static DWORD old_console_mode = 0; - -static bool is_nt; - -static HWND _find_console_handle(void) -{ - TCHAR orgtitle[1024], temptitle[1024]; - HWND wnd; - - GetConsoleTitle(orgtitle, 1024); - - wsprintf(temptitle, TEXT("%d/%d"), GetTickCount(), GetCurrentProcessId()); - SetConsoleTitle(temptitle); - - Sleep(40); - - wnd = FindWindow(NULL, temptitle); - - SetConsoleTitle(orgtitle); - - return wnd; -} - -/* Undocumented console message */ - -#define WM_SETCONSOLEINFO (WM_USER + 201) - -/* Wrapper around WM_SETCONSOLEINFO. We need to create the necessary - section (file-mapping) object in the context of the process which - owns the console, before posting the message. Originally by JB. */ - -static void _set_console_info(void) -{ - CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi; - CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci; - DWORD dwConsoleOwnerPid; - HANDLE hProcess; - HANDLE hSection, hDupSection; - PVOID ptrView; - - /* Each-time initialization for console_info */ - - GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci); - console_info.CursorSize = cci.dwSize; - - GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &csbi); - console_info.ScreenBufferSize = csbi.dwSize; - - console_info.WindowSize.X = csbi.srWindow.Right - csbi.srWindow.Left + 1; - console_info.WindowSize.Y = csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1; - - console_info.WindowPosX = csbi.srWindow.Left; - console_info.WindowPosY = csbi.srWindow.Top; - - /* Open the process which "owns" the console */ - - GetWindowThreadProcessId(console_info.Hwnd, &dwConsoleOwnerPid); - - hProcess = OpenProcess(PROCESS_ALL_ACCESS, FALSE, dwConsoleOwnerPid); - - /* Create a SECTION object backed by page-file, then map a view of - this section into the owner process so we can write the contents - of the CONSOLE_INFO buffer into it */ - - hSection = CreateFileMapping(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, 0, PAGE_READWRITE, - 0, sizeof(console_info), 0); - - /* Copy our console structure into the section-object */ - - ptrView = MapViewOfFile(hSection, FILE_MAP_WRITE|FILE_MAP_READ, - 0, 0, sizeof(console_info)); - - memcpy(ptrView, &console_info, sizeof(console_info)); - - UnmapViewOfFile(ptrView); - - /* Map the memory into owner process */ - - DuplicateHandle(GetCurrentProcess(), hSection, hProcess, &hDupSection, - 0, FALSE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS); - - /* Send console window the "update" message */ - - SendMessage(console_info.Hwnd, WM_SETCONSOLEINFO, (WPARAM)hDupSection, 0); - - CloseHandle(hSection); - CloseHandle(hProcess); -} - -static int _set_console_infoex(void) -{ - if (!pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(pdc_con_out, &console_infoex)) - return ERR; - - return OK; -} - -static int _set_colors(void) -{ - if (pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx) - return _set_console_infoex(); - else - { - _set_console_info(); - return OK; - } -} - -/* One-time initialization for console_info -- color table and font info - from the registry; other values from functions. */ - -static void _init_console_info(void) -{ - DWORD scrnmode, len; - HKEY reghnd; - int i; - - console_info.Hwnd = _find_console_handle(); - console_info.Length = sizeof(console_info); - - GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &scrnmode); - console_info.QuickEdit = !!(scrnmode & 0x0040); - console_info.InsertMode = !!(scrnmode & 0x0020); - - console_info.FullScreen = FALSE; - console_info.AutoPosition = 0x10000; - console_info.ScreenColors = SP->orig_back << 4 | SP->orig_fore; - console_info.PopupColors = 0xf5; - - console_info.HistoryNoDup = FALSE; - console_info.HistoryBufferSize = 50; - console_info.NumberOfHistoryBuffers = 4; - - console_info.CodePage = GetConsoleOutputCP(); - - RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, TEXT("Console"), 0, - KEY_QUERY_VALUE, ®hnd); - - len = sizeof(DWORD); - - /* Default color table */ - - for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) - { - char tname[13]; - - sprintf(tname, "ColorTable%02d", i); - RegQueryValueExA(reghnd, tname, NULL, NULL, - (LPBYTE)(&(console_info.ColorTable[i])), &len); - } - - /* Font info */ - - RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontSize"), NULL, NULL, - (LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontSize), &len); - RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontFamily"), NULL, NULL, - (LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontFamily), &len); - RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontWeight"), NULL, NULL, - (LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontWeight), &len); - - len = sizeof(WCHAR) * 32; - RegQueryValueExW(reghnd, L"FaceName", NULL, NULL, - (LPBYTE)(console_info.FaceName), &len); - - RegCloseKey(reghnd); -} - -static int _init_console_infoex(void) -{ - console_infoex.cbSize = sizeof(console_infoex); - - if (!pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(pdc_con_out, &console_infoex)) - return ERR; - - console_infoex.srWindow.Right++; - console_infoex.srWindow.Bottom++; - - return OK; -} - -static COLORREF *_get_colors(void) -{ - if (pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx) - { - int status = OK; - if (!console_infoex.cbSize) - status = _init_console_infoex(); - return (status == ERR) ? NULL : - (COLORREF *)(&(console_infoex.ColorTable)); - } - else - { - if (!console_info.Hwnd) - _init_console_info(); - return (COLORREF *)(&(console_info.ColorTable)); - } -} - -/* restore the original console buffer in the event of a crash */ - -static LONG WINAPI _restore_console(LPEXCEPTION_POINTERS ep) -{ - PDC_scr_close(); - - return EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH; -} - -/* restore the original console buffer on Ctrl+Break (or Ctrl+C, - if it gets re-enabled) */ - -static BOOL WINAPI _ctrl_break(DWORD dwCtrlType) -{ - if (dwCtrlType == CTRL_BREAK_EVENT || dwCtrlType == CTRL_C_EVENT) - PDC_scr_close(); - - return FALSE; -} - -/* close the physical screen -- may restore the screen to its state - before PDC_scr_open(); miscellaneous cleanup */ - -void PDC_scr_close(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_close() - called\n")); - - if (SP->visibility != 1) - curs_set(1); - - PDC_reset_shell_mode(); - - /* Position cursor to the bottom left of the screen. */ - - if (SP->_restore == PDC_RESTORE_NONE) - { - SMALL_RECT win; - - win.Left = orig_scr.srWindow.Left; - win.Right = orig_scr.srWindow.Right; - win.Top = 0; - win.Bottom = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom - orig_scr.srWindow.Top; - SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &win); - PDC_gotoyx(win.Bottom, 0); - } -} - -void PDC_scr_free(void) -{ - if (SP) - free(SP); - if (pdc_atrtab) - free(pdc_atrtab); - - pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL; - - if (pdc_con_out != std_con_out) - { - CloseHandle(pdc_con_out); - pdc_con_out = std_con_out; - } - - SetUnhandledExceptionFilter(xcpt_filter); - SetConsoleCtrlHandler(_ctrl_break, FALSE); -} - -/* open the physical screen -- allocate SP, miscellaneous intialization, - and may save the existing screen for later restoration */ - -int PDC_scr_open(int argc, char **argv) -{ - const char *str; - CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi; - HMODULE h_kernel; - int i; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - called\n")); - - SP = calloc(1, sizeof(SCREEN)); - pdc_atrtab = calloc(PDC_COLOR_PAIRS * PDC_OFFSET, 1); - - if (!SP || !pdc_atrtab) - return ERR; - - for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) - curstoreal[realtocurs[i]] = i; - - std_con_out = - pdc_con_out = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE); - pdc_con_in = GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE); - - if (GetFileType(pdc_con_in) != FILE_TYPE_CHAR) - { - fprintf(stderr, "\nRedirection is not supported.\n"); - exit(1); - } - - is_nt = !(GetVersion() & 0x80000000); - - GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &csbi); - GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &orig_scr); - GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &old_console_mode); - - /* preserve QuickEdit Mode setting for use in PDC_mouse_set() when - the mouse is not enabled -- other console input settings are - cleared */ - - pdc_quick_edit = old_console_mode & 0x0040; - - SP->lines = (str = getenv("LINES")) ? atoi(str) : PDC_get_rows(); - SP->cols = (str = getenv("COLS")) ? atoi(str) : PDC_get_columns(); - - SP->mouse_wait = PDC_CLICK_PERIOD; - SP->audible = TRUE; - - if (SP->lines < 2 || SP->lines > csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.Y) - { - fprintf(stderr, "LINES value must be >= 2 and <= %d: got %d\n", - csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.Y, SP->lines); - - return ERR; - } - - if (SP->cols < 2 || SP->cols > csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.X) - { - fprintf(stderr, "COLS value must be >= 2 and <= %d: got %d\n", - csbi.dwMaximumWindowSize.X, SP->cols); - - return ERR; - } - - SP->orig_fore = csbi.wAttributes & 0x0f; - SP->orig_back = (csbi.wAttributes & 0xf0) >> 4; - - SP->orig_attr = TRUE; - - SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_NONE; - - if ((str = getenv("PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN")) == NULL || *str != '0') - { - /* Create a new console buffer */ - - pdc_con_out = - CreateConsoleScreenBuffer(GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, - FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE, - NULL, CONSOLE_TEXTMODE_BUFFER, NULL); - - if (pdc_con_out == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) - { - PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - screen buffer failure\n")); - - pdc_con_out = std_con_out; - } - else - SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER; - } - - xcpt_filter = SetUnhandledExceptionFilter(_restore_console); - SetConsoleCtrlHandler(_ctrl_break, TRUE); - - SP->_preserve = (getenv("PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN") != NULL); - - PDC_reset_prog_mode(); - - SP->mono = FALSE; - - h_kernel = GetModuleHandleA("kernel32.dll"); - pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx = - (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)GetProcAddress(h_kernel, - "GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx"); - pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx = - (SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)GetProcAddress(h_kernel, - "SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx"); - - return OK; -} - - /* Calls SetConsoleWindowInfo with the given parameters, but fits them - if a scoll bar shrinks the maximum possible value. The rectangle - must at least fit in a half-sized window. */ - -static BOOL _fit_console_window(HANDLE con_out, CONST SMALL_RECT *rect) -{ - SMALL_RECT run; - SHORT mx, my; - - if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, rect)) - return TRUE; - - run = *rect; - run.Right /= 2; - run.Bottom /= 2; - - mx = run.Right; - my = run.Bottom; - - if (!SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run)) - return FALSE; - - for (run.Right = rect->Right; run.Right >= mx; run.Right--) - if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run)) - break; - - if (run.Right < mx) - return FALSE; - - for (run.Bottom = rect->Bottom; run.Bottom >= my; run.Bottom--) - if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run)) - return TRUE; - - return FALSE; -} - -/* the core of resize_term() */ - -int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols) -{ - SMALL_RECT rect; - COORD size, max; - - if (nlines < 2 || ncols < 2) - return ERR; - - max = GetLargestConsoleWindowSize(pdc_con_out); - - rect.Left = rect.Top = 0; - rect.Right = ncols - 1; - - if (rect.Right > max.X) - rect.Right = max.X; - - rect.Bottom = nlines - 1; - - if (rect.Bottom > max.Y) - rect.Bottom = max.Y; - - size.X = rect.Right + 1; - size.Y = rect.Bottom + 1; - - _fit_console_window(pdc_con_out, &rect); - SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, size); - _fit_console_window(pdc_con_out, &rect); - SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, size); - SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out); - - return OK; -} - -void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_prog_mode() - called.\n")); - - if (pdc_con_out != std_con_out) - SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out); - else if (is_nt) - { - COORD bufsize; - SMALL_RECT rect; - - bufsize.X = orig_scr.srWindow.Right - orig_scr.srWindow.Left + 1; - bufsize.Y = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom - orig_scr.srWindow.Top + 1; - - rect.Top = rect.Left = 0; - rect.Bottom = bufsize.Y - 1; - rect.Right = bufsize.X - 1; - - SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, bufsize); - SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &rect); - SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, bufsize); - SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out); - } - - PDC_mouse_set(); -} - -void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_shell_mode() - called.\n")); - - if (pdc_con_out != std_con_out) - SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(std_con_out); - else if (is_nt) - { - SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, orig_scr.dwSize); - SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &orig_scr.srWindow); - SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, orig_scr.dwSize); - SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &orig_scr.srWindow); - SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out); - } - - SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, old_console_mode); -} - -void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i) -{ -} - -void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i) -{ -} - -void PDC_init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg) -{ - unsigned char att, temp_bg; - chtype i; - - fg = curstoreal[fg]; - bg = curstoreal[bg]; - - for (i = 0; i < PDC_OFFSET; i++) - { - att = fg | (bg << 4); - - if (i & (A_REVERSE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT)) - att = bg | (fg << 4); - if (i & (A_UNDERLINE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT)) - att = 1; - if (i & (A_INVIS >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT)) - { - temp_bg = att >> 4; - att = temp_bg << 4 | temp_bg; - } - if (i & (A_BOLD >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT)) - att |= 8; - if (i & (A_BLINK >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT)) - att |= 128; - - pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET + i] = att; - } -} - -int PDC_pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg) -{ - *fg = realtocurs[pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0x0F]; - *bg = realtocurs[(pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0xF0) >> 4]; - - return OK; -} - -bool PDC_can_change_color(void) -{ - return is_nt; -} - -int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue) -{ - COLORREF *color_table = _get_colors(); - - if (color_table) - { - DWORD col = color_table[curstoreal[color]]; - - *red = DIVROUND(GetRValue(col) * 1000, 255); - *green = DIVROUND(GetGValue(col) * 1000, 255); - *blue = DIVROUND(GetBValue(col) * 1000, 255); - - return OK; - } - - return ERR; -} - -int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue) -{ - COLORREF *color_table = _get_colors(); - - if (color_table) - { - color_table[curstoreal[color]] = - RGB(DIVROUND(red * 255, 1000), - DIVROUND(green * 255, 1000), - DIVROUND(blue * 255, 1000)); - - return _set_colors(); - } - - return ERR; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcsetsc.c b/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcsetsc.c deleted file mode 100755 index 2c40d1dad..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcsetsc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include "pdcwin.h" - -/*man-start************************************************************** - -pdcsetsc --------- - -### Synopsis - - int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon); - void PDC_set_title(const char *title); - -### Description - - PDC_set_blink() toggles whether the A_BLINK attribute sets an - actual blink mode (TRUE), or sets the background color to high - intensity (FALSE). The default is platform-dependent (FALSE in - most cases). It returns OK if it could set the state to match - the given parameter, ERR otherwise. Current platforms also - adjust the value of COLORS according to this function -- 16 for - FALSE, and 8 for TRUE. - - PDC_set_title() sets the title of the window in which the curses - program is running. This function may not do anything on some - platforms. (Currently it only works in Win32 and X11.) - -### Portability - X/Open BSD SYS V - PDC_set_blink - - - - PDC_set_title - - - - -**man-end****************************************************************/ - -int PDC_curs_set(int visibility) -{ - CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci; - int ret_vis; - - PDC_LOG(("PDC_curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility)); - - ret_vis = SP->visibility; - - if (GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci) == FALSE) - return ERR; - - switch(visibility) - { - case 0: /* invisible */ - cci.bVisible = FALSE; - break; - case 2: /* highly visible */ - cci.bVisible = TRUE; - cci.dwSize = 95; - break; - default: /* normal visibility */ - cci.bVisible = TRUE; - cci.dwSize = SP->orig_cursor; - break; - } - - if (SetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci) == FALSE) - return ERR; - - SP->visibility = visibility; - return ret_vis; -} - -void PDC_set_title(const char *title) -{ -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - wchar_t wtitle[512]; -#endif - PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_title() - called:<%s>\n", title)); - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE - PDC_mbstowcs(wtitle, title, 511); - SetConsoleTitleW(wtitle); -#else - SetConsoleTitleA(title); -#endif -} - -int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon) -{ - if (pdc_color_started) - COLORS = 16; - - return blinkon ? ERR : OK; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcurses.ico b/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcurses.ico Binary files differdeleted file mode 100755 index 53a6dde3c..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcurses.ico +++ /dev/null diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcurses.rc b/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcurses.rc deleted file mode 100755 index 1b8bba4bf..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcurses.rc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -#include "winver.h" - -1 VERSIONINFO - FILEVERSION 3,4,0,0 - PRODUCTVERSION 3,4,0,0 - FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL - FILEFLAGS 0x0L - FILEOS VOS_UNKNOWN - FILETYPE VFT_DLL - FILESUBTYPE 0x0L -BEGIN - BLOCK "StringFileInfo" - BEGIN - BLOCK "040904b0" - BEGIN - VALUE "Maintainer", "William McBrine\0" - VALUE "FileDescription", "Public Domain Curses\0" - VALUE "FileVersion", "3.4.0\0" - VALUE "InternalName", "PDCurses\0" - VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Public Domain\0" - VALUE "OriginalFilename", "PDCURSES.DLL\0" - VALUE "ProductName", "Public Domain Curses Library\0" - VALUE "ProductVersion", "3.4.0\0" - END - END -END - -1 ICON DISCARDABLE "PDCURSES.ico" diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcutil.c b/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcutil.c deleted file mode 100755 index 111ed2ff2..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcutil.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#include "pdcwin.h" - -void PDC_beep(void) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_beep() - called\n")); - -/* MessageBeep(MB_OK); */ - MessageBeep(0XFFFFFFFF); -} - -void PDC_napms(int ms) -{ - PDC_LOG(("PDC_napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms)); - - Sleep(ms); -} - -const char *PDC_sysname(void) -{ - return "Win32"; -} diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcwin.h b/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcwin.h deleted file mode 100755 index 9156bb6b3..000000000 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/win32/pdcwin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -/* Public Domain Curses */ - -#ifdef PDC_WIDE -# define UNICODE -#endif - -#include <windows.h> -#undef MOUSE_MOVED -#include <curspriv.h> - -#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG -# define PDC_ATTR_SHIFT 19 -#else -# define PDC_ATTR_SHIFT 8 -#endif - -#if (defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ - !defined(HAVE_INFOEX) -# define HAVE_INFOEX -#endif - -extern unsigned char *pdc_atrtab; -extern HANDLE pdc_con_out, pdc_con_in; -extern DWORD pdc_quick_edit; - -extern int PDC_get_buffer_rows(void); diff --git a/core/src/pdcurses/xmake.lua b/core/src/pdcurses/xmake.lua index 4de5a22a4..d23a7c1aa 100644 --- a/core/src/pdcurses/xmake.lua +++ b/core/src/pdcurses/xmake.lua @@ -4,14 +4,11 @@ target("pdcurses") -- make as a static library set_kind("static") - -- set the object files directory - set_objectdir("$(buildir)/.objs") - -- add includes directory - add_includedirs(".") + add_includedirs("repo", {public = true}) -- add the common source files - add_files("**.c") + add_files("repo/pdcurses/*.c", "repo/win32/*.c") -- add defines add_defines("PDC_WIDE") |